WO2021107024A1 - Curable resin composition, cured film, layered product, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and resin - Google Patents

Curable resin composition, cured film, layered product, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and resin Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021107024A1
WO2021107024A1 PCT/JP2020/044050 JP2020044050W WO2021107024A1 WO 2021107024 A1 WO2021107024 A1 WO 2021107024A1 JP 2020044050 W JP2020044050 W JP 2020044050W WO 2021107024 A1 WO2021107024 A1 WO 2021107024A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
formula
preferable
carbon atoms
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2020/044050
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
敦靖 野崎
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2021561499A priority Critical patent/JP7319387B2/en
Priority to KR1020227017557A priority patent/KR102703960B1/en
Priority to CN202080081668.7A priority patent/CN114730132A/en
Publication of WO2021107024A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021107024A1/en
Priority to JP2023118381A priority patent/JP2023153860A/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • C08F2/50Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light with sensitising agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F290/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
    • C08F290/08Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated side groups
    • C08F290/14Polymers provided for in subclass C08G
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F290/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
    • C08F290/08Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated side groups
    • C08F290/14Polymers provided for in subclass C08G
    • C08F290/145Polyamides; Polyesteramides; Polyimides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/14Polyamide-imides
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/037Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polyamides or polyimides
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • G03F7/0387Polyamides or polyimides
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/094Multilayer resist systems, e.g. planarising layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/12Mountings, e.g. non-detachable insulating substrates
    • H01L23/14Mountings, e.g. non-detachable insulating substrates characterised by the material or its electrical properties
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/12Mountings, e.g. non-detachable insulating substrates
    • H01L23/14Mountings, e.g. non-detachable insulating substrates characterised by the material or its electrical properties
    • H01L23/145Organic substrates, e.g. plastic
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/22Secondary treatment of printed circuits
    • H05K3/28Applying non-metallic protective coatings
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/22Secondary treatment of printed circuits
    • H05K3/28Applying non-metallic protective coatings
    • H05K3/285Permanent coating compositions
    • H05K3/287Photosensitive compositions

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a curable resin composition, a cured film, a laminate, a method for producing a cured film, a semiconductor device, and a resin.
  • Polyimide has excellent heat resistance and insulation properties, so it is applied to various applications.
  • the above application is not particularly limited, and examples of a semiconductor device for mounting include use as a material for an insulating film and a sealing material, or as a protective film. It is also used as a base film and coverlay for flexible substrates.
  • the polyimide may be used in the form of a curable resin composition containing polyimide, or may be used in the form of a curable resin composition containing a polyimide precursor or the like.
  • the precursor is cyclized to become a resin such as polyimide by heating, for example.
  • these curable resin compositions can be applied to a base material or the like by a known coating method or the like, for example, there is a degree of freedom in designing the shape, size, application position, etc. of the curable resin composition to be applied. It can be said that it is highly adaptable to manufacturing.
  • the curable resin composition containing polyimide or a polyimide precursor will be applied more and more in industry. ing.
  • curable resin composition containing polyimide it is desired to provide a curable resin composition having excellent chemical resistance of the obtained cured film.
  • a resin Including polymerization initiator, Curable resin composition
  • R 11 represents a tetravalent group having a plurality of amide bonds
  • L 11 represents a divalent linking group containing a polymerizable group
  • R 21 is a tetravalent group having a plurality of amide bonds
  • L 21 represents a divalent group containing a polymerizable group
  • R 22 and R 23 are independent hydrogen atoms.
  • a group is represented, Y 1 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, Q 1 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and A 1 represents a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a polyalkyleneoxy.
  • X 3 and X 4 are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and cyclic, linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • Y 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • Q 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • a 3 represents a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a polyalkyleneoxy group.
  • G 1 and G 2 each independently represent an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more.
  • X 1 and X 2 in the above formula (2-1) are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms
  • X 3 and X 4 in the above formula (2-2) are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms
  • X 3 and X 4 in the above formula (2-2) The curable resin composition according to ⁇ 2>, wherein each is an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms independently.
  • Y 1 in the above formula (2-1) is a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group
  • Y 2 in the above formula (2-2) is a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • Q 1 in the above formula (2-1) is a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group
  • Q 2 in the above formula (2-2) is a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • ⁇ 6> The curable resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, further comprising a polymerizable compound.
  • ⁇ 7> The curable resin composition according to ⁇ 6>, further comprising a polyfunctional polymerizable compound as the above-mentioned polymerizable compound.
  • ⁇ 8> The curable resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, which is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
  • ⁇ 9> A cured film obtained by curing the curable resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>.
  • ⁇ 10> A laminate having two or more cured films according to ⁇ 9> and having a metal layer between any of the cured films.
  • a method for producing a cured film which comprises a film forming step of applying the curable resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8> to a substrate to form a film.
  • the method for producing a cured film according to ⁇ 11> which comprises a step of heating the film at 50 to 450 ° C.
  • ⁇ 13> A semiconductor device having the cured film according to ⁇ 9> or the laminate according to ⁇ 10>.
  • ⁇ 14> Includes at least one selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-2). resin.
  • X 1 and X 2 are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and cyclic, linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • Y 1 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • Q 1 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • a 1 represents a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a polyalkyleneoxy group.
  • a 2 represents a group containing a polymerizable group
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • N1 and n2 each independently represent an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • X 3 and X 4 are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and cyclic, linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • Y 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • Q 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and
  • a 3 represents a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a polyalkyleneoxy group.
  • a 4 represents a group containing a polymerizable group, and
  • R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • G 1 and G 2 each independently represent an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more.
  • a curable resin composition having excellent chemical resistance of the obtained cured film, a cured film obtained by curing the curable resin composition, a laminate containing the cured film, and the curing A method for producing a film and a semiconductor device including the cured film or the laminate are provided. Further, according to another embodiment of the present invention, a novel resin is provided.
  • the present invention is not limited to the specified embodiments.
  • the numerical range represented by the symbol "-" means a range including the numerical values before and after "-" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value, respectively.
  • the term "process” means not only an independent process but also a process that cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes as long as the desired action of the process can be achieved.
  • the notation not describing substitution and non-substitution includes a group having a substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having no substituent (atomic group).
  • alkyl group includes a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, and an alkyl group represented by a combination thereof, unless otherwise specified.
  • exposure includes not only exposure using light but also exposure using particle beams such as an electron beam and an ion beam. Examples of the light used for exposure include the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, active rays such as electron beams, or radiation.
  • (meth) acrylate means both “acrylate” and “methacrylate”, or either
  • (meth) acrylic means both “acrylic” and “methacrylic", or
  • Either, and "(meth) acryloyl” means both “acryloyl” and “methacrylic", or either.
  • Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Bu represents a butyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • the total solid content means the total mass of all the components of the composition excluding the solvent.
  • the solid content concentration is the mass percentage of other components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene-equivalent values according to gel permeation chromatography (GPC measurement) unless otherwise specified.
  • GPC measurement gel permeation chromatography
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) for example, HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd.) is used, and guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, and TSKgel are used as columns. It can be obtained by using Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd.).
  • the direction in which the layers are stacked on the base material is referred to as "upper", or, if there is a curable resin composition layer, the direction from the base material to the curable resin composition layer. Is called “upper”, and the opposite direction is called “lower”. It should be noted that such a vertical setting is for convenience in the present specification, and in an actual embodiment, the "upward" direction in the present specification may be different from the vertical upward direction.
  • the composition may contain, as each component contained in the composition, two or more compounds corresponding to the component. Unless otherwise specified, the content of each component in the composition means the total content of all the compounds corresponding to the component.
  • the temperature is 23 ° C.
  • the atmospheric pressure is 101,325 Pa (1 atm)
  • the relative humidity is 50% RH.
  • the combination of preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
  • R 11 represents a tetravalent group having a plurality of amide bonds
  • L 11 represents a divalent linking group containing a polymerizable group
  • R 21 is a tetravalent group having a plurality of amide bonds
  • L 21 represents a divalent group containing a polymerizable group
  • R 22 and R 23 are independent hydrogen atoms.
  • Or represents a monovalent organic group.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably a negative type curable resin composition.
  • the negative type curable resin composition refers to a composition in which an unexposed portion (non-exposed portion) is removed by a developing solution when a layer formed from the curable resin composition is exposed.
  • the repeating unit means the smallest of the constituent units constituting the resin by being repeatedly connected. That is, for example, a resin having a structural unit in which two repeating units represented by the formula (1-2) are bonded has one repeating unit in which two repeating units represented by the formula (1-2) are bonded. It is not a resin, but a resin having two repeating units represented by the formula (1-2).
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention is excellent in chemical resistance of the obtained cured film.
  • the mechanism by which the above effect is obtained is not clear, but it is presumed as follows.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention contains a resin having a repeating unit represented by the above formula (1-1) (hereinafter, also referred to as “specific resin”).
  • the specific resin contains a plurality of amide bonds in R 11 or R 21 in the formula (1-1) or the formula (1-2).
  • L 11 or L 21 contains a polymerizable group. Since the amide bond has a high hydrogen bond property, it is considered that the resin contains the above-mentioned plurality of amide bonds, so that an interaction occurs between the resins or within the resin.
  • the cured film has excellent chemical resistance
  • another curable resin composition containing a solvent is further applied and cured on the cured film obtained by curing the curable resin composition of the present invention, and the laminated body is cured. It is considered that the dissolution of the cured film is suppressed even if the cured film comes into contact with the developing solution or other curable resin composition in the case of producing.
  • a polar solvent such as dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) or N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP)
  • an alkaline aqueous solution such as a tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • the developing solution permeates the composition before polymerization. Since the properties are improved, it is presumed that a composition film (photosensitive film) having excellent developability can be easily obtained.
  • Patent Document 1 At least one kind of repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2) is used. There is no description or suggestion about the resin to have. Further, the curable resin composition in Patent Document 1 has a problem that the chemical resistance of the obtained cured film is low.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention contains a specific resin.
  • the specific resin has at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2).
  • the specific resin has at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2) in the side chain.
  • it may be used, it is preferable to have the repeating unit in the main chain.
  • the "main chain” refers to the relatively longest binding chain among the molecules of the polymer compound constituting the resin
  • the "side chain” refers to other binding chains.
  • R 11 may be a tetravalent group, but preferably contains at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and two or more amide bonds. .. From the viewpoint of developability, R 11 is preferably a group containing an aromatic ring hydrocarbon group. Further, from the viewpoint of chemical resistance, R 11 is preferably a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group or a group containing an alkoxymethyl group is preferable, and a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acrylamide group and a (meth) acryloxy group are preferable.
  • a group, a maleimide group, a vinylphenyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group is more preferable, and a (meth) acryloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group, an epoxy group, a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group is further preferable.
  • the number of polymerizable groups contained in R 11 is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 1 to 15, further preferably 1 to 10, and 1 to 5. Is more preferable, 1 or 2 is particularly preferable, and 1 is most preferable.
  • R 11 preferably has at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a polyalkyleneoxy group as a substituent.
  • substituents a group represented by the formula (P-4) described later is preferable.
  • R 11 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (R-1).
  • X 1 and X 2 are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and cyclic, linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • L 1 and L 2 independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group
  • L 3 represents a divalent link.
  • Each represents a group
  • * represents a bonding site with one of the two imide structures in the formula (1-1)
  • # represents a bonding site with the other of the above imide structures, respectively.
  • each of X 1 and X 2 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms or an aliphatic ring group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, respectively.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable, and a hydrogen atom from a benzene ring.
  • a structure excluding three is more preferable.
  • an aliphatic ring group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms an aliphatic ring group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, an aliphatic ring group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aliphatic ring group having a 6-membered ring structure is more preferable.
  • a structure in which three hydrogen atoms are removed from the ring structure is more preferable.
  • the aliphatic ring group may be a saturated aliphatic ring group or an unsaturated aliphatic ring group, but is preferably a saturated aliphatic ring group.
  • the aliphatic ring group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group or an aliphatic heterocyclic group, but is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group.
  • the saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferable as the aliphatic ring group.
  • an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aliphatic ring group which is X 1 or X 2 two * in X 1 and two #s in X 2 are adjacent positions in the aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aliphatic ring group. It is preferred to be present.
  • a ring member in the ring structure in which a certain binding site is present and a ring member in the ring structure in which another binding site is present are defined. It means that it is an adjacent ring member in the ring structure.
  • the adjacent position is the ortho position.
  • the above-mentioned X 1 and X 2 may have a substituent as long as the effect of the present invention can be obtained.
  • substituents include an alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an alkyl halide group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a halogen atom and the like.
  • Preferred examples of the above-mentioned "group in which two or more of these are bonded" include a urea group and the like.
  • the RN represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group is more preferable, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is further preferable, and a hydrogen atom is particularly preferable.
  • the hydrocarbon group is preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, or a group represented by a combination thereof, and has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group of the above, a group obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from the benzene ring, or a group represented by a bond thereof. Further, the hydrocarbon group in L 1 and L 2 may have a group containing a polymerizable group as a substituent.
  • the polymerizable group include polymerizable groups in R 11 described above.
  • the hydrocarbon groups in L 1 and L 2 are substituted with a group containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a polyalkyleneoxy group. It is preferable to have it as a group.
  • a group represented by the formula (P-4) described later is preferable.
  • R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is further preferable.
  • Hydrogen atom is particularly preferable.
  • the above RN is as described above.
  • the hydrocarbon group is preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, or a group represented by a combination thereof, and has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group of the above, a group obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from the benzene ring, or a group represented by a bond thereof.
  • the hydrocarbon group of L 3 are polymerizable groups, aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, and, a group containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of polyalkyleneoxy group may have a substituent .
  • the polymerizable group include polymerizable groups in R 11 described above.
  • a group containing at least a polymerizable group as a substituent.
  • a group containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a polyalkyleneoxy group as a substituent.
  • a group represented by the formula (P-4) described later is preferable.
  • the L 3 preferably a group represented by the following formula (L-1).
  • Y 1 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • a 1 is at least one selected from the group consisting of a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a polyalkyleneoxy group.
  • Represents a group containing a species group n1 represents an integer of 1 or more, * represents the bonding site with the nitrogen atom to which R 1 in the formula (R-1) is bonded, and # represents the bonding site with the nitrogen atom to which R 1 is bonded, and # represents the bonding site with the nitrogen atom in the formula (R-1). It represents the bonding site with the nitrogen atom to which R 2 is bonded.
  • Y 1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (Y-1).
  • RY1 , RY2, and RY3 independently represent organic groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • Z 1 and Z 2 independently represent amide bonds
  • a and b. are each independently an integer of 0 or more, of R Y1, R Y2 and R Y3 is present in formula (Y1), at least one binding site to a 1 in the formula (L-1) Represents.
  • RY1 , RY2, and RY3 are each independently preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and each contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group. It is preferably a group.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • each of R Y1, R Y2 and R Y3 independently is preferably a structure represented by any one of the following formulas (Y1-1) ⁇ Formula (Y1-4), Formula (Y1-3) or The structure represented by the formula (Y1-4) is more preferable, and the structure represented by the formula (Y1-3) is more preferable. Bonds in the formula (Y1-1) ⁇ (Y1-4), * respectively, the binding site with another structure, each #, a binding site or a hydrogen atom and A 1 in formula (L-1) Represents a part.
  • L Y1 and L Y2 each independently represent an alkylene group, preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms More preferably, a methylene group is further preferable.
  • L Y4 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group, preferably a single bond.
  • the divalent hydrocarbon group an alkylene group is preferable, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • n independently represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
  • the amide bond in Z 1 and Z 2 is independently the same as the amide bond in R 11 described above, and the preferred embodiment is also the same. Further, the direction of the amide bond in Z 1 and Z 2 is not particularly limited.
  • a and b each independently represent an integer of 0 or more, preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and 0 or 1. It is more preferably present, and 0 is particularly preferable.
  • a 1 represents a group containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a polyalkyleneoxy group.
  • a polymerizable group a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group or a group containing an alkoxymethyl group is preferable, and a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acrylamide group and a (meth) acryloxy group are preferable.
  • a group, a maleimide group, a vinylphenyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, or a methylol group is more preferable, and a (meth) acryloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group, an epoxy group, a methylol group, or an alkoxymethyl group is further preferable.
  • a 1 is a group containing a polymerizable group
  • the number of polymerizable groups contained in A 1 is 1 or more, preferably 1 to 15, and more preferably 1 to 10.
  • the number is more preferably 1 to 5, particularly preferably 1 or 2, and most preferably 1.
  • a preferred embodiment when A 1 is a group containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a polyalkyleneoxy group is L 3 in the above formula (R-1). As described as a substituent of.
  • a 1 contains a polymerizable group, it is preferably a group represented by the following formula (P-1).
  • L 1 represents a single bond or an m + 1 valent linking group
  • a 2 represents a polymerizable group
  • m represents an integer of 1 or more
  • * represents a binding site with Y 1. ..
  • the RN represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group is more preferable, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is further preferable, and a hydrogen atom is particularly preferable.
  • a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, or a group represented by a combination thereof is preferable, and the group has a carbon number of carbon atoms. More preferably, it is a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group of 1 to 10, a group obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from the benzene ring, or a group represented by a bond thereof.
  • a 2 is a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acrylamide group, a (meth) acryloxy group, a maleimide group, a vinylphenyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group.
  • Groups are preferred, with (meth) acryloxy groups, (meth) acrylamide groups, epoxy groups, methylol groups or alkoxymethyl groups being more preferred.
  • m is preferably an integer of 1 to 15, more preferably an integer of 1 to 10, further preferably an integer of 1 to 5, and 1 or 2. Is particularly preferable, and 1 is most preferable.
  • a 1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (P-2) or formula (P-3).
  • a 2 represents a polymerizable group, and * represents a binding site with Y 1.
  • P-2 has the same meaning as A 2 in Formula (P-1), a preferable embodiment thereof is also the same.
  • a 2 represents a polymerizable group
  • L 2 is a hydrocarbon group or a hydrocarbon group
  • Z 1 is an ether bond, ester bond, urethane bond, urea bond, carbonate bond, or amide. It represents a bond, and * represents a bond site with Y 1.
  • RN is as described above.
  • a 2 has the same meaning as A 2 in Formula (P-1), a preferable embodiment thereof is also the same.
  • L 2 is preferably a hydrocarbon group, a (poly) alkyleneoxy group, or a group represented by a combination thereof, and more preferably a hydrocarbon group.
  • the (poly) alkyleneoxy group means an alkyleneoxy group or a polyalkyleneoxy group.
  • the polyalkyleneoxy group means a group in which two or more alkyleneoxy groups are directly bonded.
  • the alkylene groups in the plurality of alkyleneoxy groups contained in the polyalkyleneoxy group may be the same or different.
  • the arrangement of the alkyleneoxy groups in the polyalkyleneoxy group may be a random sequence or a sequence having a block. It may be an array having a pattern such as alternating.
  • the hydrocarbon group is preferably an alkylene group, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a group represented by a combination thereof, and more preferably an alkylene group.
  • an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • alkyl group includes a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, and an alkyl group represented by a combination thereof, unless otherwise specified.
  • an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, a phenylene group or a naphthylene group is more preferable, and a phenylene group is preferable.
  • an alkylene group in the (poly) alkyleneoxy group an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, an ethylene group or a propylene group is more preferable, and an ethylene group is further preferable. ..
  • the number of alkyleneoxy groups contained in the polyalkyleneoxy group is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 10, further preferably 2 to 5, and particularly preferably 2 to 4. preferable.
  • Z 1 represents an ether bond, an ester bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, or an amide bond, and an ester bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, or an amide bond is more preferable.
  • * represents a bonding site with Y 1.
  • the distance between the polymerizable group contained in A 1 and the main chain of the specific resin is preferably 0 to 15, and more preferably 0 to 10.
  • the distance between the polymerizable group contained in A 1 and the main chain of the specific resin is the smallest of the number of atoms contained between the atom contained in the main chain of polyimide and the polymerizable group. Say a number.
  • the distance between the methacryloxy group and the main chain is 4. That is, when the polyimide has a ring structure inside the main chain, the "atoms contained in the main chain of the above-mentioned polyimide" include the ring members of the ring structure.
  • a 1 contains a plurality of polymerizable groups, of polymerizable groups contained in A 1, and a polymerizable group closest to the main chain, that the distance between the main chain of the polyimide is 0-15 It is preferably 0 to 10, and more preferably 0 to 10. Furthermore, it if A 1 contains a plurality of polymerizable groups, and all of the polymerizable groups contained in A 1, still more preferably the distance between the main chain of the polyimide is 0-15, 0-10 Is particularly preferable.
  • a 1 is a group containing at least one selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a polyalkyleneoxy group
  • a 1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula P-4. ..
  • L 4 represents a single bond or an m + 1 valent linking group
  • a 4 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a polyalkyleneoxy group or a group represented by a bond thereof
  • m is 1. represents an integer greater than or equal
  • * represents a bonding site with Y 1.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group for A 4 alkyl group, more preferably a linear alkyl group or branched alkyl group, branched alkyl group is more preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 4 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 20.
  • examples of the group include a polyalkyleneoxy group in A 4, include the same groups as groups containing polyalkyleneoxy group in R 22 described below, preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • a 4 is a group containing a polymerizable group described above as a substituent, or may have other known substituents.
  • m represents an integer of 1 or more, an integer of 1 to 10 is preferable, an integer of 1 to 4 is more preferable, 1 or 2 is further preferable, and 1 is particularly preferable.
  • n1 represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 to 20, more preferably an integer of 1 to 10, and further preferably an integer of 1 to 4. It is preferably 1 or 2, and most preferably 1. Further, when n1 is an integer of 2 or more, it may be respectively the same n1 pieces of A 1, may be different.
  • R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferable, and the hydrogen atom has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups or aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 12 carbon atoms are more preferable, and hydrogen atoms are even more preferable.
  • L 11 represents a divalent linking group containing a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group in L 11, group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, a group containing a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group are preferred, a vinyl group, (meth) allyl group, (meth) acrylamide group, ( More preferably, a (meth) acryloxy group, a maleimide group, a vinylphenyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group, and a (meth) acryloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group, an epoxy group, a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group More preferred.
  • the number of polymerizable groups contained in L 11 is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 1 to 15, further preferably 1 to 10, and 1 to 5. Is more preferable, 1 or 2 is particularly preferable, and 1 is most preferable.
  • L 11 is preferably a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group, more preferably a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and has a benzene ring structure. , Or a group containing a naphthalene ring structure is more preferable, and a group containing a benzene ring structure is particularly preferable.
  • L 11 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (L-2).
  • Q 1 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • a 2 represents a group containing a polymerizable group
  • n 2 represents an integer of 1 or more
  • * represents another structure. Represents a binding site.
  • Q 1 is preferably an n2 + divalent group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • Aromatic hydrocarbon group in Q 1 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, 2 or more benzene rings It is more preferable that the group is obtained by removing the hydrogen atom of, and it is particularly preferable that the group is obtained by removing 3 or more hydrogen atoms from the benzene ring.
  • (L-2) in Q 1, 2 single * the binding site of according to formula (L-2) is preferably either an aromatic hydrocarbon group. That is, the two nitrogen atoms according to formula (1-1), an aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure contained in Q 1, it is preferable to directly bond.
  • the binding site with A 2 in Q 1 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group. That is, it is preferable that A 2 is directly bonded to the aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure contained in Q 1.
  • Q 1 preferably contains at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the structures represented by the following formulas (A2-1) to (A2-5), and the above formulas (A2-1) to Q1. It is more preferable that the structure is at least one selected from the group consisting of the structures represented by the formula (A2-5).
  • R A211 ⁇ R A214, R A221 ⁇ R A224, R A231 ⁇ R A238, R A241 ⁇ R A248 and R A251 ⁇ R A258 are each independently a hydrogen atom , Alkyl group, cyclic alkyl group, alkoxy group, hydroxy group, cyano group, alkyl halide group, or halogen atom, and LA231 and LA241 are independently single-bonded, carbonyl group, sulfonyl group and divalent, respectively.
  • R A211 ⁇ R A214 at least one of R a 221 ⁇ R A224 one, at least one of R A231 ⁇ R A238, at least one of R a 241 ⁇ R A248, and, at least one of R A251 ⁇ R A258 is between a 2 in the formula (L-2) It may be a binding site, and each independently represents a binding site with another structure.
  • Q 1 is preferably a structure represented by any of formulas (A2-1) ⁇ formula (A2-4), is represented by the formula (A2-1) It is more preferable to include a structure such as
  • R A211 ⁇ R A214 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyclic alkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, hydroxy It is preferable to represent a group, a cyano group, an alkyl halide group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom, and from the viewpoint of solvent solubility, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • An alkoxy group of 6 and an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms are more preferable, and an alkyl group having a hydrogen atom or 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • R A211 ⁇ R A214 is preferably a binding site with A 2 in at least Exemplary ethynylphenylbiadamantane derivatives (L-2), it is more preferable R A213 is a bond site to the A 2 ..
  • each of R A221 ⁇ R A224 have the same meanings as R A211 ⁇ R A214 in formula (A2-1), preferable embodiments thereof are also the same. Further, among the R A211 ⁇ R A214, it is preferably a binding site with A 2 in at least Exemplary ethynylphenylbiadamantane derivatives (L-2), 1 or 2 is a binding site between the A 2 More preferred.
  • each of R A231 ⁇ R A238, have the same meanings as R A211 ⁇ R A214 in formula (A2-1), preferable embodiments thereof are also the same.
  • LA231 is a single bond, a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a divalent unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms, —O—, —S.
  • RN is as described above, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • R A231 ⁇ R A2308 it is preferably a binding site with A 2 in at least Exemplary ethynylphenylbiadamantane derivatives (L-2), 1 or 2 is a binding site between the A 2 more preferably, bract one of R A231 ⁇ R A234, it is more preferably one of R A235 ⁇ R A238 is a bond site between the a 2.
  • each of R A241 ⁇ R A248 and L A 241 has the same meaning as R A231 ⁇ R A238 and L A231 in formula (A2-3), preferable embodiments thereof are also the same. Further, it is preferable that at least one of the above RA241 to RA248 is a binding site with A 2 in the formula (L-2), and one or two are binding sites with the above A 2. More preferably, bract one of R a 241 ⁇ R A244, it is more preferably one of R A245 ⁇ R A248 is a bond site between the a 2.
  • R A251 ⁇ R A258 have the same meanings as R A211 ⁇ R A214 in formula (A2-1), preferable embodiments thereof are also the same. Further, it is preferable that at least one of the above RA251 to RA258 is a binding site with A 2 in the formula (L-2), and one or two are binding sites with the above A 2. More preferably, bract one of R a 251 ⁇ R A254, it is more preferably one of R A255 ⁇ R A258 is a bond site between the a 2.
  • a 2 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group or a group containing an alkoxymethyl group is preferable, and a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acrylamide group and a (meth) acryloxy group are preferable.
  • a group, a maleimide group, a vinylphenyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, or a methylol group is more preferable, and a (meth) acryloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group, an epoxy group, a methylol group, or an alkoxymethyl group is further preferable.
  • the number of polymerizable groups contained in A 2 is 1 or more, preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 5. It is particularly preferable to have one or two, and most preferably one.
  • a 2 is preferably a group represented by the above formula (P-1), and is preferably a group represented by the above formula (P-2) or the above formula (P-3). More preferred.
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 to 20, more preferably an integer of 1 to 10, and further preferably an integer of 1 to 4. It is preferably 1 or 2, and most preferably 1. Moreover, if n2 is an integer of 2 or more, it may be a respective n2 amino A 2 same or different.
  • X 1 and X 2 are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, cyclic, linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • a group represents a group
  • Y 1 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • Q 1 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • a 1 represents a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a polyalkyleneoxy group.
  • a 2 represents a group containing a polymerizable group, and R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • N1 and n2 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more.
  • R 21 has the same meaning as R 11 in formula (1-1), and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • L 21 has the same meaning as L 11 in formula (1-1), and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and it is preferable that both are monovalent organic groups.
  • the monovalent organic group in R 22 and R 23 include a group containing a polymerizable group or an organic group which may contain a hetero atom, from the viewpoints of chemical resistance, developability and solvent solubility of the specific resin. Therefore, a group containing a polyalkyleneoxy group is preferable.
  • Groups containing polymerizable groups As the polymerizable group contained in the group containing a polymerizable group in R 22 and R 23 , a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group or a group containing an alkoxymethyl group is preferable, and a vinyl group, ( More preferably, (meth) allyl group, (meth) acrylamide group, (meth) acryloxy group, maleimide group, vinylphenyl group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group, methylol group or alkoxymethyl group, (meth) acryloxy group, (meth) acrylamide group.
  • the number of polymerizable groups contained in the group containing the polymerizable group is 1 or more, preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, and 1 to 5. More preferably, 1 or 2 is particularly preferable, and 1 is most preferable.
  • the group containing the polymerizable group is preferably a vinyl group, an allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, or a group represented by the following formula (III).
  • R200 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
  • R 201 is an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2- or a (poly) alkyleneoxy group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms (the alkylene group has 1 carbon atom).
  • ⁇ 12 is preferable, 1 to 6 is more preferable, 1 to 3 is particularly preferable; the number of repetitions is preferably 1 to 12, 1 to 6 is more preferable, and 1 to 3 is particularly preferable).
  • the (poly) alkyleneoxy group means an alkyleneoxy group or a polyalkyleneoxy group.
  • R 201 examples include ethylene group, propylene group, trimethylene group, tetramethylene group, 1,2-butandyl group, 1,3-butandyl group, pentamethylene group, hexamethylene group, octamethylene group, dodecamethylene group. , -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2-, and more preferably an ethylene group, a propylene group, a trimethylene group, and -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2-.
  • R 200 is a methyl group and R 201 is an ethylene group.
  • * represents a binding site with another structure.
  • the organic group which may contain the heteroatom is preferably an organic group containing a polyalkyleneoxy group.
  • the polyalkyleneoxy group refers to a group in which two or more alkyleneoxy groups are directly bonded.
  • the alkylene groups in the plurality of alkyleneoxy groups contained in the polyalkyleneoxy group may be the same or different.
  • the arrangement of the alkyleneoxy groups in the polyalkyleneoxy group may be a random sequence or a sequence having a block. It may be an array having a pattern such as alternating.
  • the carbon number of the alkylene group (including the carbon number of the substituent when the alkylene group has a substituent) is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 10, and 2 to 6.
  • the said alkylene group may have a substituent.
  • Preferred substituents include alkyl groups, aryl groups, halogen atoms and the like.
  • the number of alkyleneoxy groups contained in the polyalkyleneoxy group is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 10, further preferably 2 to 5, and particularly preferably 2 to 4.
  • 2 is most preferred.
  • the polyalkyleneoxy group includes a polyethyleneoxy group, a polypropyleneoxy group, a polytrimethyloxy group, a polytetramethyleneoxy group, or a plurality of ethyleneoxy groups from the viewpoint of achieving both solvent solubility and chemical resistance.
  • the group to which the propyleneoxy group is bonded is preferable, the polyethyleneoxy group or the polypropyleneoxy group is more preferable, and the polyethyleneoxy group is further preferable.
  • the ethyleneoxy groups and the propyleneoxy groups may be randomly arranged or may be arranged by forming a block. , Alternate or the like may be arranged in a pattern.
  • the preferred embodiment of the number of repetitions of the ethyleneoxy group and the like in these groups is as described above.
  • the organic group containing a polyalkyleneoxy group is preferably a group represented by the following formula (PO-1).
  • R P1 each independently represent an alkylene group
  • R P2 represents a monovalent organic group
  • n represents an integer of 2 or more
  • L P1 is connected a single bond or a divalent
  • * represents a bonding site with an oxygen atom to which R 22 or R 23 in the formula (1-2) is bonded.
  • R P1 each independently is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, an ethylene group (-CH 2 -CH 2- ) or propylene group (-CH 2- CH (CH 3 )-or-CH (CH 3 ) -CH 2- ) is more preferable, and an ethylene group is further preferable.
  • RP2 represents a monovalent organic group, preferably an alkyl group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aralkyl group, or a group containing a polymerizable group, and is preferably an alkyl group. Is more preferable.
  • alkyl group an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an ethyl group is further preferable.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferable, and a phenyl group is further preferable.
  • an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a benzyl group is more preferable.
  • a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group or a group containing an alkoxymethyl group is preferable, and a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, ( More preferred are a (meth) acrylamide group, a (meth) acryloxy group, a maleimide group, a vinylphenyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group, with a (meth) acryloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group, an epoxy group and a
  • Groups or alkoxymethyl groups are more preferred.
  • the group represented by the above-mentioned formula (P-1) is preferable, and the group represented by the above-mentioned formula (P-2) or the above-mentioned formula (P-3) is used. Is more preferable.
  • n is preferably an integer of 2 to 20, more preferably an integer of 2 to 10, further preferably an integer of 2 to 5, particularly preferably an integer of 2 to 4, and most preferably 2.
  • LP1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and a single bond is preferable.
  • a group in which two or more of these are bonded is more preferable, and a hydrocarbon group, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, or a group in which two or more of these are combined is further preferable.
  • the RN represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group is more preferable, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is further preferable, and a hydrogen atom is particularly preferable.
  • the hydrocarbon group represented by L P1 saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, or, a group represented by a combination thereof
  • the number of carbon atoms More preferably, it is a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group of 1 to 10, a group obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from the benzene ring, or a group represented by a bond thereof.
  • the organic group which may contain a hetero atom may be a hydrocarbon group substituted with a halogen atom.
  • the halogen atom in the hydrocarbon group substituted with the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom and the like, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
  • the hydrocarbon group an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferable, and an alkyl group is more preferable.
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • an aromatic hydrocarbon group an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a phenyl group is further preferable. That is, the hydrocarbon group substituted with a halogen atom is preferably an alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom. By including a hydrocarbon group substituted with a halogen atom as R 22 or R 23 , the film strength of the obtained cured film is improved.
  • R 22 and R 23 may be other substituents.
  • substituents include hydrocarbon groups having an acid group and the like.
  • hydrocarbon group having an acid group include an alkyl group having an acid group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having an acid group, and an aralkyl group having an acid group.
  • alkyl group in the alkyl group having an acid group an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • Examples of the acid group in the alkyl group having an acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group and the like, and a carboxy group is preferable.
  • a carboxy group an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferable, and a phenyl group is further preferable.
  • As the aralkyl group having an acid group an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a benzyl group is more preferable.
  • Examples of the acid group in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having the acid group or the aralkyl group having the acid group include a phenolic hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group and the like, and phenol.
  • a sex hydroxy group or a carboxy group is preferable, and a phenolic hydroxy group is more preferable.
  • an aromatic hydrocarbon group having an acid group or an aralkyl group having an acid group is preferable, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group having a phenolic hydroxy group or an aralkyl group having a phenolic hydroxy group is more preferable.
  • a phenyl group having a phenolic hydroxy group, or a benzyl group having a phenolic hydroxy group is more preferable.
  • a group such as an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an aryloxy group, or an alkyl group may be used.
  • the ratio of the molar amounts of the substituents R 22 and R 23 is preferably 0 to 60%, more preferably 0 to 30%. From the viewpoint of film strength, the above ratio is preferably 0 to 10%, more preferably 0 to 5%, and even more preferably 0 to 3%. From the viewpoint of chemical resistance, the above ratio is preferably 10 to 30%, more preferably 15 to 30%.
  • the total molar amount of R 22 and R 23 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (1-2) contained in the above resin is preferably 20 to 100%.
  • the lower limit of the above ratio is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 40% or more, further preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 60% or more. It is preferably 70% or more, and most preferably 70% or more.
  • the upper limit of the above ratio is preferably 95% or less, more preferably 90% or less, further preferably 85% or less, and preferably 80% or less. It is particularly preferable, and most preferably 70% or less.
  • the total molar amount of R 22 and R 23 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (1-2) contained in the above resin is preferably 20 to 100%.
  • the organic group containing a polyalkyleneoxy group in the above ratio description may be an organic group further containing a polymerizable group as long as it is an organic group containing a polyalkyleneoxy group, but contains a polyalkyleneoxy group. Moreover, it is preferably an organic group having no polymerizable group.
  • the lower limit of the above ratio is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 40% or more, further preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 60% or more. It is preferably 70% or more, and most preferably 70% or more.
  • the upper limit of the above ratio is preferably 95% or less, more preferably 90% or less, further preferably 85% or less, and preferably 80% or less. It is particularly preferable, and most preferably 70% or less.
  • R 21 in the above formula (1-2) is at least one selected from the group consisting of the above-mentioned aliphatic hydrocarbon group and polyalkyleneoxy group.
  • a mode in which a group containing at least the above-mentioned group is used as a substituent and R 22 and R 23 are used as the other substituents described above is also preferably mentioned.
  • the ratio of the molar amount of the R 22 and R 23 is another substituent described above, It is also preferably 50 to 100%.
  • the specific resin has a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2)
  • the specific resin is a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2-2) as a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2). It is preferable to have.
  • X 3 and X 4 are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and cyclic, linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • Y 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • Q 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and
  • a 3 represents a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a polyalkyleneoxy group.
  • a 4 represents a group containing a polymerizable group, and
  • R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • G 1 and G 2 each independently represent an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more.
  • X 3 and X 4 are synonymous with X 1 and X 2 in the above formula (2-1), respectively, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • R 3 and R 4 are synonymous with R 1 and R 2 in the above formula (2-1), respectively, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • Y 2 , A 3 and n 3 are synonymous with Y 1 , A 1 and n 1 in the above formula (2-1), respectively, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • each Q 2, A 4 and n4 have the same meanings as Q 1, A 2 and n2 in the above formula (2-1), preferable embodiments thereof are also the same.
  • G 1 and G 2 are synonymous with R 23 and R 22 in the above formula (1-2), respectively, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the specific resin has a repeating unit represented by the above formula (2-1) as a repeating unit represented by the above formula (1-1), or is represented by the above formula (1-2). It is preferable to have a repeating unit represented by the above formula (2-2) as the repeating unit to be formed.
  • X 1 and X 2 in the above formula (2-1) are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and the above formula (2-2). ), It is preferable that X 3 and X 4 are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • Y 1 in the above formula (2-1) is a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group
  • Y 2 in the above formula (2-2) is an aromatic hydrocarbon. It is preferably a group containing a group.
  • Q 1 in the above formula (2-1) is a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group
  • Q 2 in the above formula (2-2) is an aromatic hydrocarbon. It is preferably a group containing a group.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1) is 50 mol% or more with respect to all the repeating units of the specific resin. It can also be in some form.
  • the content is more preferably 60 mol% or more, further preferably 70 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 80 mol% or more.
  • the upper limit of the content is not particularly limited, and may be 100 mol% or less.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2) is 50 mol% or more with respect to all the repeating units of the specific resin. It can also be in some form.
  • the content is more preferably 60 mol% or more, further preferably 70 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 80 mol% or more.
  • the upper limit of the content is not particularly limited, and may be 100 mol% or less.
  • the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1) may be contained alone, or the formula (1-1) having a different structure may be contained. Two or more types of repeating units represented by may be included.
  • the specific resin contains two or more repeating units represented by the formula (1-1) having different structures, the total content of the repeating units represented by the formula (1-1) contained in the specific resin is , It is preferable that the content is within the above range.
  • the specific resin has a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2)
  • the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2) may be contained alone, or the repeating unit having a different structure (1-2) may be contained. Two or more types of repeating units represented by may be included.
  • the specific resin contains two or more repeating units represented by the formula (1-2) having different structures, the total content of the repeating units represented by the formula (1-2) contained in the specific resin is , It is preferable that the content is within the above range.
  • the imidization rate (ring closure rate) of the specific resin is preferably 70% or more.
  • the imidization ratio is more preferably 80% or more, and further preferably 90% or more.
  • the upper limit of the imidization rate is not particularly limited, and may be 100% or less.
  • the imidization rate is measured by, for example, the following method. The infrared absorption spectrum of the specific resin is measured, and the peak intensity P1 near 1377 cm -1, which is the absorption peak derived from the imide structure, is obtained. Next, the polyimide is heat-treated at 350 ° C.
  • the specific resin may further contain other repeating units.
  • the other repeating unit include a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1).
  • the repeating unit corresponding to the repeating unit represented by the above formula (1-2) shall not correspond to the repeating unit represented by the following formula (1).
  • the specific resin preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1) in the main chain.
  • a A1 and A A2 independently represent an oxygen atom or NH
  • R 111 represents a divalent organic group
  • R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group
  • R 113 and R 114 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • the repeating unit represented by the above formula (1) is a repeating unit in which the number of amide bonds contained in R 115 is 1 or less, or R 111 does not have a polymerizable group.
  • a A1 and A A2 independently represent an oxygen atom or -NH-, and are preferably oxygen atoms.
  • R 113 and R 114 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and are preferably monovalent organic groups. Further, it is preferable that at least one of R 113 and R 114 contains a polymerizable group, and it is more preferable that both contain a polymerizable group.
  • the monovalent organic group in R 113 and R 114 is a group containing a polymerizable group in R 22 and R 23 in the above formula (1-2), an organic group which may contain a hetero atom, or an organic group. Other substituents are also preferably mentioned.
  • the R 115 may have the same structure as the R 21 in the above formula (1-2).
  • R 115 in the formula (1) has the same structure as R 21 in the above formula (1-2)
  • R 111 in the formula (1) has a structure not containing a polymerizable group.
  • R 115 is preferably a tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring, and more preferably a group represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6).
  • R 112 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be replaced with a single bond or a fluorine atom, —O—, —CO ⁇ , —S—, —SO. 2- , NHCO-, and a group selected from a combination thereof are preferable, and a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO. More preferably, it is a group selected from-, -S- and SO 2- , -CH 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , -C (CH 3 ) 2-, -O-, -CO. It is more preferably a divalent group selected from the group consisting of-, -S- and SO 2-.
  • * represents a binding site with another structure, respectively.
  • R 115 include tetracarboxylic acid residues remaining after removal of the anhydride group from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Only one type of tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be used, or two or more types may be used.
  • the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably represented by the following formula (O).
  • R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • R 115 has the same meaning as R 115 in formula (1), and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • tetracarboxylic dianhydride examples include pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3', 4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-.
  • PMDA pyromellitic dianhydride
  • 3,3', 4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride 3,3', 4,4'-.
  • tetracarboxylic dianhydrides (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) described in paragraph 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 are also mentioned as preferable examples.
  • the R 111 may have the same structure as the L 21 in the above formula (1-2).
  • the number of amide bonds contained in R 115 in the formula (1) is 1 or less. ..
  • R 111 may have a structure containing no polymerizable group.
  • RN is as described above.
  • R 111 is preferably a group containing an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, and is preferably a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. More preferred.
  • R 111 in the formula (1) is preferably represented by ⁇ Ar 0 ⁇ L 0 ⁇ Ar 0 ⁇ from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the obtained cured film.
  • Ar 0 is independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), and a phenylene group is preferable.
  • L 0 is the same meaning as L A231 in the above formula (A2-3), preferable embodiments thereof are also the same.
  • R 111 in the formula (1) is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or the formula (61) from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance.
  • a divalent organic group represented by the formula (61) is more preferable from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance and availability.
  • R 50 to R 57 are independently hydrogen atoms, fluorine atoms or monovalent organic groups, and at least one of R 50 to R 57 is a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a fluoromethyl group. It is a difluoromethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, and * independently represents a binding site with another structure.
  • the monovalent organic group of R 50 to R 57 includes an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms) and 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms). Examples thereof include an alkyl fluoride group.
  • R 58 and R 59 are independently fluorine atoms, fluoromethyl groups, difluoromethyl groups, or trifluoromethyl groups, respectively.
  • R 111 in the formula (1) preferably has a structure derived from a diamine.
  • the diamine include 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2- or 1,3-diamino.
  • diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) described in paragraphs 0030 to 0031 of International Publication No. 2017/0385898 are also preferable.
  • Diamines having two or more alkylene glycol units in the main chain as described in paragraphs 0032 to 0034 of WO 2017/038598 are also preferably used.
  • Examples of the diamine giving the structure of the above formula (51) or (61) include dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, and the like. Examples thereof include 2,2'-bis (fluoro) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl and 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl. One of these may be used, or two or more thereof may be used in combination.
  • diamines can also be preferably used.
  • a diamine having a siloxane structure such as bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane or bis (paraaminophenyl) octamethylpentasiloxane may be used as the diamine component. Good.
  • the specific resin may further contain a repeating unit represented by the formula (4).
  • the specific resin preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4) in the main chain.
  • the repeating unit represented by the above equation (1-1) does not correspond to the repeating unit represented by the equation (4).
  • R 131 represents a divalent organic group and R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • R 131 and R 132 have the same meaning as R 111 and R 115 in formula (1), respectively, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the total content of the other repeating units in the specific resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and 10% by mass with respect to the total mass of the specific resin. The following is more preferable.
  • the lower limit of the total content is not particularly limited, and may be 0% by mass or more.
  • one aspect of the specific resin is a form that does not substantially contain other repeating units.
  • the total content of the other repeating units is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or less, and 1% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the specific resin. Is more preferable.
  • the lower limit of the content is not particularly limited, and may be 0% by mass or more.
  • the specific resin may contain one other repeating unit alone, or may contain two or more other repeating units having different structures. When the specific resin contains two or more other repeating units having different structures, it is preferable that the total content of all the other repeating units contained in the specific resin is included in the above content range.
  • the terminal of the specific resin is not particularly limited, but in order to improve the storage stability of the composition, the terminal is an end-capping agent such as a monoamine, an acid anhydride, a monocarboxylic acid, a monoacid chloride compound, or a monoactive ester compound. It may be sealed with.
  • end-capping agents it is preferable to use monoamines.
  • monoamines include aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-.
  • the content of the specific resin in the curable resin composition of the present invention is 20% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content of the curable resin composition from the viewpoint of improving the breaking elongation of the obtained cured film. It is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the content is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99% by mass or less, and 98% by mass, from the viewpoint of improving the resolution of the curable resin composition. It is more preferably less than or equal to 97% by mass or less, and even more preferably 95% by mass or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the specific resin is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 200,000, and further preferably 10,000 to 100,000. preferable.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the specific resin is preferably 800 to 250,000, more preferably 2,000 to 100,000, and even more preferably 4,000 to 50,000.
  • the degree of dispersion of the molecular weight of the specific resin is preferably 1.5 to 3.5, more preferably 2 to 3. In the present specification, the degree of molecular weight dispersion means a value obtained by dividing the weight average molecular weight by the number average molecular weight (weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight).
  • the acid value of the specific resin is preferably 0 to 2.0 mmol / g, more preferably 0 to 1.5 mmol / g, and even more preferably 0 to 1.0 mmol / g.
  • the acid value of the specific resin is preferably 1.2 to 7 mmol / g, more preferably 1.5 to 6 mmol / g, 2 It is more preferably ⁇ 5 mmol / g.
  • the acid value refers to the amount (mmol) of acid groups contained in 1 g of the specific resin.
  • the acid group refers to a group neutralized by an alkali having a pH of 12 or higher (for example, sodium hydroxide). Further, the acid group is preferably a group having a pKa of 10 or less. The acid value is measured by a known method, for example, by the method described in JIS K 0070: 1992. Examples of the acid group include a phenolic hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group and the like, and a carboxy group is preferable.
  • the molar amount of the polymerizable group (polymerizable base value, unit is mmol / g) contained in 1 g of the specific resin is preferably 0.05 to 10 mmol / g, and is 0.1 to 5 mmol / g. Is more preferable.
  • the molar amount of the ethylenically unsaturated bond contained in 1 g of the specific resin is preferably 0.05 to 10 mmol / g, and 0.1 to 0.1 to g. More preferably, it is 5 mmol / g.
  • the molar amount of the polymerizable group contained in 1 g of the specific resin is 0.05 to 10 mmol / g. It is preferably 0.1 to 5 mmol / g, and more preferably 0.1 to 5 mmol / g.
  • Specific examples of the specific resin include the specific resin used in the examples described later.
  • the specific resin has a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2)
  • the specific resin is synthesized, for example, by the synthesis method shown in the synthesis example in the examples described later.
  • the method for producing a specific resin having a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2) preferably includes a step (precursor manufacturing step) of reacting a diamine with a tetravalent carboxylic acid compound or a derivative thereof. ..
  • diamines used in the precursor production step include diamines represented by the following formula (DA-1). Wherein (DA-1), L 21 has the same meaning as L 21 in the formula (1-2), preferable embodiments thereof are also the same. Further, by further using the diamine described in the description of the formula (1), the repeating unit represented by the formula (1) can be introduced into the specific resin.
  • the tetravalent carboxylic acid compound used in the precursor production step may be a carboxylic acid dianhydride, or two of the four carboxy groups are modified by esterification, halogenation or the like. It may be a compound having a different structure.
  • the carboxylic acid dianhydride represented by the formula (DC-1) described later a compound in which two carboxy groups are esterified among the four carboxy groups after hydrolysis can be mentioned. It is preferable that R 22 and R 23 in the above formula (1-2) are introduced by the above esterification. Further, it is preferable that a compound in which two of the above four carboxy groups are esterified is halogenated with a halogenating agent and then reacted with a diamine. In addition, the reaction conditions in the precursor production step can be appropriately determined with reference to known esterification conditions.
  • the organic solvent may be one kind or two or more kinds.
  • the organic solvent can be appropriately determined depending on the raw material, and examples thereof include pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme), N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone.
  • the precursor manufacturing step preferably includes a step of precipitating a solid.
  • the specific resin in the reaction solution can be precipitated in water, and a polyimide precursor such as tetrahydrofuran can be dissolved in a soluble solvent to precipitate a solid.
  • the method for producing the specific resin is a compound A having two nitro groups, at least one reactive group, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a group capable of forming a bond with the reactive group, and a polymerizable group.
  • a step may be included in which a compound B having the above-mentioned compound B is reacted to obtain a compound C to which the compound A and the compound B are bonded, and then the nitro group in the compound C is reduced to obtain a diamine.
  • the diamine obtained in the diamine production process is used as the diamine in the precursor production process.
  • the reactive group in compound A is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an amino group, a hydroxy group, and a carboxy group.
  • Compound A preferably has a structure in which two nitro groups and at least one reactive group are directly bonded to an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the group capable of forming a bond with the reactive group in the compound B is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a carboxylic acid halide group, an epoxy group, and an isocyanate group.
  • Examples of the polymerizable group in compound B include the groups exemplified as the groups contained in L 22 in the above formula (1-2).
  • Compound C is a group obtained by reacting compound A with compound B, and is a compound having two nitro groups and a group containing at least one polymerizable group.
  • a diamine compound is obtained by reducing the nitro group in compound C.
  • known methods such as Beshan reduction, hydrogenation reaction using a metal catalyst such as palladium, platinum and nickel and a hydrogen source such as hydrogen gas and ammonium formate, and a reduction method using metal hydride as a reducing agent are used. be able to.
  • the synthesis of the dinitro compound (A-1) in the examples described later is compound C by reacting compound A 3,5-dinitrobenzoyl chloride with compound B 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. This is a reaction for obtaining a dinitro compound (A-1).
  • the synthesis of diamine (AA-1) in the examples described later is a reaction of reducing two nitro groups in the dinitro compound (A-1) which is compound C to obtain diamine (AA-1).
  • the method for producing the specific resin is a step of reacting a diamine compound with one carboxylic acid anhydride group and a compound having one carboxy group to obtain a carboxylic acid dianhydride having two or more amide bonds (carboxylic acid).
  • (Dianhydride production step) may be included.
  • the one carboxy group may be a carboxylic acid halide group.
  • the details of the above reaction may be determined with reference to a known amidation method.
  • the anhydride compound is a compound having AA-1 which is a diamine compound, one carboxylic acid anhydride group, and one carboxylic acid halide group.
  • the specific resin having the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2) obtained in the precursor manufacturing step or the like is imidized, and the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1) is used.
  • a specific resin to have is obtained.
  • the imidization step may be any of thermal imidization (for example, imidization by heating), chemical imidization (for example, imidization using a catalyst), and imidization by a combination thereof, for example, an amine compound. It is carried out by heating in the presence of a catalyst such as.
  • a dehydrating agent may be used. Examples of the dehydrating agent include carboxylic acid anhydrides such as acetic anhydride.
  • the details of imidization can be carried out by a known method.
  • the method for producing the specific resin having the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1) is a method of synthesizing the resin in one step by heating and dehydrating at a high temperature during the reaction of the carboxylic acid dianhydride and the diamine compound.
  • the carboxylic acid dianhydride include the carboxylic acid dianhydride represented by the above formula (DC-1).
  • the carboxylic acid dianhydride is preferably a compound obtained in the above-mentioned tetravalent carboxylic acid production step.
  • the diamine compound a diamine compound represented by the above formula (DA-1) can be used.
  • the method for producing the resin used in the present invention may be a method of synthesizing the resin in one step by decarboxylating at a high temperature during the reaction of the carboxylic acid dianhydride and the diisocyanate compound.
  • the carboxylic acid dianhydride include the carboxylic acid dianhydride represented by the above formula (DC-1).
  • the carboxylic acid dianhydride is preferably a compound obtained in the above-mentioned tetravalent carboxylic acid production step.
  • the diisocyanate compound include compounds in which two amino groups in the compound represented by the above formula (DA-1) are changed to isocyanate groups.
  • known methods for synthesizing polyimide can be referred to.
  • a compound having three carboxy groups or a derivative of the compound having the above three carboxy groups is reacted with a first diamine compound or a diisocyanate compound.
  • the production method may include a step of obtaining a compound D having two imide ring structures and two carboxylic acids, and a step of reacting the compound D with a second diamine compound to obtain a resin. ..
  • a compound having three carboxy groups, a compound having one carboxy group and one carboxylic acid anhydride group, and 1 A compound having one carboxylic acid halide group and one carboxylic acid anhydride group, a compound having one carboxylic acid ester group and one carboxylic acid anhydride group, a compound having three carboxylic acid ester groups, and one carboxylic acid. Examples thereof include compounds having an acid halide group and two carboxylic acid ester groups.
  • a diamine compound represented by the above formula (DA-1) can be used as the first diamine compound.
  • the diisocyanate compound include compounds in which two amino groups in the compound represented by the above formula (DA-1) are changed to isocyanate groups. The conditions and the like of the above reaction may be appropriately determined with reference to known imidization reactions.
  • Examples of the second diamine compound include diamine compounds represented by the following formula (DA-2). Wherein (DA-2), L 3 has the same meaning as L 3 in formula (R-1), a preferable embodiment thereof is also the same.
  • the reaction conditions in the step of obtaining the resin may be appropriately determined with reference to a known method for producing a polyamide.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerization initiator.
  • a polymerization initiator a photopolymerization initiator is preferable.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator as the polymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known photoradical polymerization initiators. For example, a photoradical polymerization initiator having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferable. Further, it may be an activator that produces an active radical by causing some action with the photoexcited sensitizer.
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator contains at least one compound having a molar extinction coefficient of at least about 50 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 within the range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). Is preferable.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L using an ethyl acetate solvent with an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
  • a known compound can be arbitrarily used as the photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.
  • acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime derivatives and the like.
  • paragraphs 0165 to 0182 of JP2016-027357 and paragraphs 0138 to 0151 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • Examples of the ketone compound include the compounds described in paragraph 0087 of JP-A-2015-087611, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
  • KayaCure DETX manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. is also preferably used.
  • a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and an acylphosphine compound can be preferably used as the photoradical polymerization initiator. More specifically, for example, the aminoacetophenone-based initiator described in JP-A-10-291969 and the acylphosphine oxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can be used.
  • IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark)
  • DAROCUR 1173 IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE 127, and IRGACURE 727 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • aminoacetophenone-based initiator commercially available products IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • the compound described in JP-A-2009-191179 in which the absorption maximum wavelength is matched with a wavelength light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm, can also be used.
  • acylphosphine-based initiator examples include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide. Further, commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and IRGACURE-TPO (trade names: both manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • metallocene compound examples include IRGACURE-784 (manufactured by BASF).
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator is more preferably an oxime compound.
  • the exposure latitude can be improved more effectively.
  • the oxime compound is particularly preferable because it has a wide exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also acts as a photocuring accelerator.
  • the compound described in JP-A-2001-233842 the compound described in JP-A-2000-080068, and the compound described in JP-A-2006-342166 can be used.
  • Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds having the following structures, 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxy. Iminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutane-2-one , And 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one and the like.
  • an oxime compound (oxime-based photopolymerization initiator) as the photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • IRGACURE OXE 01 IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, IRGACURE OXE 04 (above, manufactured by BASF), ADEKA PUTMER N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-014052).
  • a radical polymerization initiator 2) is also preferably used.
  • TR-PBG-304 manufactured by Changzhou Powerful Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.
  • Adeka Arkuru's NCI-831 and Adeka Arkuru's NCI-930 manufactured by ADEKA Corporation
  • DFI-091 manufactured by Daito Chemix Co., Ltd.
  • an oxime compound having the following structure can also be used.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include the compound described in JP-A-2014-137466 and the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 06636081.
  • an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used.
  • Specific examples of such an oxime compound include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorine atom examples include compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36-40 described in paragraph 0345 of JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013. Examples thereof include the compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of JP-A-164471.
  • Examples of the most preferable oxime compound include an oxime compound having a specific substituent shown in JP-A-2007-269779 and an oxime compound having a thioaryl group shown in JP-A-2009-191061.
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator is a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyldimethylketal compound, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, or a triaryl.
  • More preferable photoradical polymerization initiators are trihalomethyltriazine compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzophenone compounds and acetophenone compounds.
  • At least one compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyltriazine compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, and benzophenone compounds is more preferable, and metallocene compounds or oxime compounds are even more preferable, and oxime compounds are even more preferable. Is even more preferable.
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator is N, N'-tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 2-benzyl such as benzophenone, N, N'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michler ketone).
  • 2-benzyl such as benzophenone
  • benzoin ether compounds such as benzoin alkyl ether
  • benzoin compounds such as benzoin and alkyl benzoin
  • benzyl derivatives such as benzyl dimethyl ketal.
  • a compound represented by the following formula (I) can also be used.
  • RI00 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, and the like.
  • R I01 is a group represented by formula (II), the same as R I00
  • the groups, R I02 to R I04, are independently alkyls having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or halogens, respectively.
  • R I05 to R I07 are the same as R I 02 to R I 04 of the above formula (I).
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2015/1254669 can also be used.
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. It is more preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, and even more preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass. Only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more kinds of photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • thermal radical polymerization initiator examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP-A-2008-063554.
  • thermosetting initiator When the thermosetting initiator is contained, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. It is more preferably 5 to 15% by mass. Only one type of thermal polymerization initiator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more kinds of thermal polymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a photoacid generator as a polymerization initiator.
  • the photoacid generator is not particularly limited as long as it generates an acid by exposure, but is an onium salt compound such as a quinonediazide compound, a diazonium salt, a phosphonium salt, a sulfonium salt, or an iodonium salt, an imide sulfonate, and an oxime.
  • onium salt compound such as a quinonediazide compound, a diazonium salt, a phosphonium salt, a sulfonium salt, or an iodonium salt, an imide sulfonate, and an oxime.
  • examples thereof include sulfonate compounds such as sulfonate, diazodisulfone, disulfone, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate.
  • the quinone-diazide compounds include a polyhydroxy compound in which quinone-diazide sulfonic acid is ester-bonded, a polyamino compound in which quinone-diazide sulfonic acid is conjugated with a sulfonamide, and a polyhydroxypolyamino compound in which quinone-diazide sulfonic acid is ester-bonded and a sulfonamide bond. Examples thereof include those bonded by at least one of the above. In the present invention, for example, it is preferable that 50 mol% or more of all the functional groups of these polyhydroxy compounds and polyamino compounds are substituted with quinonediazide.
  • the quinone diazide either a 5-naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl group or a 4-naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl group is preferably used.
  • the 4-naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl ester compound has absorption in the i-line region of a mercury lamp and is suitable for i-line exposure.
  • the 5-naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl ester compound has absorption extending to the g-line region of a mercury lamp and is suitable for g-line exposure.
  • a 4-naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl ester compound or a 5-naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl ester compound depending on the wavelength to be exposed.
  • a naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl ester compound having a 4-naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl group and a 5-naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl group may be contained in the same molecule, or a 4-naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl ester compound and a 5-naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl ester compound may be contained. It may be contained.
  • the naphthoquinone diazide compound can be synthesized by an esterification reaction between a compound having a phenolic hydroxy group and a quinone diazido sulfonic acid compound, and can be synthesized by a known method. By using these naphthoquinone diazide compounds, the resolution, sensitivity, and residual film ratio are further improved.
  • Examples of the naphthoquinone diazide compound include 1,2-naphthoquinone-2-diazide-5-sulfonic acid or 1,2-naphthoquinone-2-diazide-4-sulfonic acid, and salts or ester compounds of these compounds. Be done.
  • Examples of the onium salt compound or the sulfonate compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0064 to 0122 of JP-A-2008-013646.
  • a commercially available product may be used as the photoacid generator.
  • Commercially available products include WPAG-145, WPAG-149, WPAG-170, WPAG-199, WPAG-336, WPAG-376, WPAG-370, WPAG-469, WPAG-638, and WPAG-699. (Manufactured by Kojunyaku Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. Is more preferable, and 2 to 15% by mass is further preferable. Only one type of photoacid generator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more photoacid generators are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermosetting agent as a polymerization initiator.
  • the thermoacid generator generates an acid by heating, and is at least one compound selected from a compound having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group, an epoxy compound, an oxetane compound and a benzoxazine compound, or a specific resin. It has the effect of promoting the cross-linking reaction of methylol groups and the like contained in.
  • the specific resin preferably contains a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group as a polymerizable group.
  • the thermal decomposition start temperature of the thermal acid generator is preferably 50 ° C. to 270 ° C., more preferably 50 ° C. to 250 ° C. Further, no acid is generated during drying (pre-baking: about 70 to 140 ° C.) after applying the curable resin composition to the substrate, and final heating (cure: about 100 to 400) after patterning in subsequent exposure and development. It is preferable to select a thermosetting agent that generates an acid at (° C.)) because it can suppress a decrease in sensitivity during development.
  • the thermal decomposition start temperature is obtained as the peak temperature of the exothermic peak, which is the lowest temperature when the thermoacid generator is heated to 500 ° C. at 5 ° C./min in a pressure-resistant capsule. Examples of the device used for measuring the thermal decomposition start temperature include Q2000 (manufactured by TA Instruments).
  • the acid generated from the thermoacid generator is preferably a strong acid, for example, aryl sulfonic acid such as p-toluene sulfonic acid and benzene sulfonic acid, alkyl sulfonic acid such as methane sulfonic acid, ethane sulfonic acid and butane sulfonic acid, or trifluoromethane.
  • aryl sulfonic acid such as p-toluene sulfonic acid and benzene sulfonic acid
  • alkyl sulfonic acid such as methane sulfonic acid, ethane sulfonic acid and butane sulfonic acid
  • haloalkyl sulfonic acid such as sulfonic acid is preferable.
  • thermoacid generator include those described in paragraph 0055 of JP2013-072935A.
  • alkylsulfonic acid having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or haloalkylsulfonic acid having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are more preferable, and methanesulfonic acid is more preferable, from the viewpoint that there is little residue in the cured film and it is difficult to deteriorate the physical properties of the cured film.
  • thermoacid generator the compound described in paragraph 0059 of JP2013-167742A is also preferable as the thermoacid generator.
  • the content of the thermoacid generator is preferably 0.01 part by mass or more, and more preferably 0.1 part by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin.
  • the content of the thermoacid generator is preferably 0.01 part by mass or more, and more preferably 0.1 part by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin.
  • 0.01 part by mass or more the cross-linking reaction is promoted, so that the mechanical properties and chemical resistance of the cured film can be further improved.
  • 20 parts by mass or less is preferable, 15 parts by mass or less is more preferable, and 10 parts by mass or less is further preferable.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
  • the compound corresponding to the above-mentioned specific resin does not correspond to a polymerizable compound.
  • a polyfunctional polymerizable compound is preferable.
  • the polyfunctional polymerizable compound means a compound having two or more polymerizable groups. Further, as the polymerizable compound, a radically polymerizable compound is preferable, and a compound having two or more radically polymerizable groups is more preferable.
  • the radically polymerizable compound is a compound having a radically polymerizable group.
  • the radically polymerizable group include groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group, and a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the radically polymerizable group is preferably a (meth) acryloyl group, and more preferably a (meth) acryloyl group from the viewpoint of reactivity.
  • the number of radically polymerizable groups contained in the radically polymerizable compound may be one or two or more, but the radically polymerizable compound preferably has two or more radically polymerizable groups, and preferably has three or more radically polymerizable groups. More preferred.
  • the upper limit is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 8 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the radically polymerizable compound is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and even more preferably 900 or less.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the radically polymerizable compound is preferably 100 or more.
  • the radically polymerizable compound examples include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.), esters thereof, and amides.
  • an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxy group, an amino group or a sulfanyl group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or an epoxy, or a monofunctional or polyfunctional group.
  • a dehydration condensation reaction product with a functional carboxylic acid is also preferably used.
  • an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a parentionic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol, and a halogeno group.
  • Substitution reactions of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a releasable substituent such as tosyloxy group and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines and thiols are also suitable.
  • a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure is also preferable.
  • examples are polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethyl ethanetri (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol.
  • a compound obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a functional alcohol and then (meth) acrylated, is described in JP-A-48-041708, JP-A-50-006034, and JP-A-51-0371993.
  • Urethane (meth) acrylates such as those described in JP-A-48-064183, JP-A-49-043191, and JP-A-52-030490, the polyester acrylates, epoxy resins and (meth) acrylics. Examples thereof include polyfunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as epoxy acrylates which are reaction products with acids, and mixtures thereof. Further, the compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP-A-2008-292970 are also suitable.
  • a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate obtained by reacting a polyfunctional carboxylic acid with a cyclic ether group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate and a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond can also be mentioned.
  • a preferable radically polymerizable compound other than the above it has a fluorene ring and has an ethylenically unsaturated bond, which is described in JP-A-2010-160418, JP-A-2010-129825, Patent No. 4364216 and the like. It is also possible to use a compound having two or more groups having the above, or a cardo resin.
  • the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-062986 together with specific examples as formulas (1) and (2) after addition of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol is also (meth) acrylated. It can be used as a radically polymerizable compound.
  • radically polymerizable compounds examples include dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-320; Nihon Kayaku (commercially available).
  • SR-494 which is a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by Sartmer
  • SR-209 which is a bifunctional methacrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains.
  • DPCA-60 a hexafunctional acrylate having 6 pentyleneoxy chains manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., TPA-330, a trifunctional acrylate having 3 isobutyleneoxy chains, urethane oligomer UAS- 10, UAB-140 (manufactured by Nippon Paper Co., Ltd.), NK ester M-40G, NK ester 4G, NK ester M-9300, NK ester A-9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H ( Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), Blemmer PME400 (manufactured by Nichiyu Co., Ltd.), etc. Can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the radically polymerizable compound include urethane acrylates as described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 02-032293, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 02-016765.
  • Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide-based skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 are also suitable.
  • radically polymerizable compound compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-01-105238 are used. It can also be used.
  • the radically polymerizable compound may be a radically polymerizable compound having an acid group such as a carboxy group or a phosphoric acid group.
  • the radically polymerizable compound having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and an acid is obtained by reacting an unreacted hydroxy group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound with a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride.
  • a radically polymerizable compound having a group is more preferable.
  • the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound in a radical polymerizable compound in which an unreacted hydroxy group of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride to give an acid group, is pentaerythritol or dipenta. It is a compound that is erythritol.
  • examples of commercially available products include M-510 and M-520 as polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • the acid value of the radically polymerizable compound having an acid group is preferably 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g.
  • the acid value of the radically polymerizable compound is within the above range, it is excellent in manufacturing handleability and further excellent in developability. Moreover, the polymerizable property is good.
  • the acid value of the radical cross-linking agent having an acid group is preferably 0.1 to 300 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 1 to 100 mgKOH / g. The acid value is measured according to the description of JIS K 0070: 1992.
  • a monofunctional radically polymerizable compound can be preferably used as the radically polymerizable compound from the viewpoint of suppressing warpage associated with controlling the elastic modulus of the cured film.
  • the monofunctional radical polymerizable compound include n-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, carbitol (meth) acrylate, and cyclohexyl (meth).
  • Acrylate derivatives, N-vinyl compounds such as N-vinylpyrrolidone and N-vinylcaprolactam, and allyl compounds such as allylglycidyl ether, diallyl phthalate, and triallyl trimellitate are preferably used.
  • Glycol diacrylate polytetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, 1,6 hexanediol Dimethacrylate, dimethylol-tricyclodecanediacrylate, dimethylol-tricyclodecanedimethacrylate, EO (ethylene oxide) adduct diacrylate of bisphenol A, EO adduct dimethacrylate of bisphenol A, PO (propylene oxide) addition of bisphenol A Diacrylate, PO adduct dimethacrylate of bisphenol A, 2-hydroxy-3-acryloyloxypropyl methacrylate, isocyanuric acid EO modified diacrylate, isocyanuric acid modified dimethacrylate, other bifunctional acrylate having urethane bond, having ure
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention can further contain a polymerizable compound other than the radically polymerizable compound described above.
  • a polymerizable compound other than the above-mentioned radically polymerizable compound include a compound having a hydroxymethyl group (methylol group), an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group; an epoxy compound; an oxetane compound; and a benzoxazine compound.
  • R 104 represents an organic group having a t-valence of 1 to 200 carbon atoms
  • R 105 is a group represented by -OR 106 or -OCO-R 107.
  • R 106 indicates a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R 107 indicates an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R 404 represents a divalent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms
  • R 405 represents a group represented by -OR 406 or -OCO-R 407
  • R 406 is a hydrogen atom or carbon. It represents an organic group having the number 1 to 10, and R 407 indicates an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R 504 represents a u-valent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms
  • R 505 represents a group represented by -OR 506 or -OCO-R 507.
  • R 506 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R 507 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AM4) include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (trade name, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Industry Co., Ltd.), DML-MBPC, DML-MBOC, DML-OCHP, DML-PCHP, DML.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AM5) include TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPA, TMOM-BP, HML-TPPHBA, and the like.
  • HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (trade name, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), TM-BIP-A (trade name, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Industry Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC MX-280, Examples thereof include NIKALAC MX-270 and NIKALAC MW-100LM (above, trade name, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.).
  • the epoxy compound is preferably a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule.
  • the epoxy group undergoes a cross-linking reaction at 200 ° C. or lower, and the dehydration reaction derived from the cross-linking does not occur, so that film shrinkage is unlikely to occur. Therefore, the inclusion of the epoxy compound is effective in suppressing low-temperature curing and warpage of the curable resin composition.
  • the epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group.
  • the polyethylene oxide group means that the number of repeating units of ethylene oxide is 2 or more, and the number of repeating units is preferably 2 to 15.
  • epoxy compounds include bisphenol A type epoxy resin; bisphenol F type epoxy resin; alkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as propylene glycol diglycidyl ether; polyalkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether; polymethyl (glycidi).
  • alkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as propylene glycol diglycidyl ether
  • polyalkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether
  • polymethyl (glycidi) examples include, but are not limited to, epoxy group-containing silicones such as loxypropyl) siloxane.
  • an epoxy resin containing a polyethylene oxide group is preferable because it is excellent in suppressing warpage and heat resistance.
  • an epoxy resin containing a polyethylene oxide group is preferable because it is excellent in suppressing warpage and heat resistance.
  • Epicron® EXA-4880, Epicron® EXA-4822, and Ricaresin® BEO-60E are preferred because they contain polyethylene oxide groups.
  • oxetane compound compound having an oxetanyl group
  • the oxetane compound include compounds having two or more oxetane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxetane, 1,4-bis ⁇ [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methoxy] methyl ⁇ benzene, and the like.
  • examples thereof include 3-ethyl-3- (2-ethylhexylmethyl) oxetane, 1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid-bis [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl] ester and the like.
  • the Aron Oxetane series manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. (for example, OXT-121, OXT-221, OXT-191, OXT-223) can be preferably used, and these can be used alone or. Two or more kinds may be mixed.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably more than 0% by mass and 60% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, and further preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • One type of polymerizable compound may be used alone, or two or more types may be mixed and used. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
  • a solvent a known solvent can be arbitrarily used.
  • the solvent is preferably an organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, aromatic hydrocarbons, sulfoxides, amides, ureas, and alcohols.
  • esters include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, and ⁇ -butyrolactone.
  • alkylalkyloxyacetate eg, methyl alkyloxyacetate, ethyl alkyloxyacetate, butyl alkyloxyacetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, Ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)
  • 3-alkyloxypropionate alkyl esters eg, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, etc.) (eg, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropionate, etc.) Ethyl, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)
  • 2-alkyloxypropionate alkyl esters eg, methyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkyl
  • ethers include diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and propylene glycol.
  • Suitable examples include monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, and propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate.
  • ketones for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, levoglucosenone, dihydrolevoglucosenone and the like are preferable.
  • aromatic hydrocarbons for example, toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene and the like are preferable.
  • sulfoxides for example, dimethyl sulfoxide is preferable.
  • N, N, N', N'-tetramethylurea, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like are preferable.
  • Alcohols include methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, 1-hexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polypropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobenzyl ether, Examples thereof include ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, methylphenyl carbinol, n-amyl alcohol, methyl amyl alcohol, and diacetone alcohol.
  • the solvent is preferably a mixture of two or more types from the viewpoint of improving the properties of the coated surface.
  • the mixed solvent to be mixed is preferable.
  • the combined use of dimethyl sulfoxide and ⁇ -butyrolactone is particularly preferred.
  • combinations of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl lactate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl lactate, diacetone alcohol and ethyl lactate, and cyclopentanone and ⁇ -butyrolactone are also preferable.
  • the content of the solvent is preferably such that the total solid content concentration of the curable resin composition of the present invention is 5 to 80% by mass, and is preferably 5 to 75% by mass. It is more preferable that the amount is 10 to 70% by mass, and more preferably 40 to 70% by mass.
  • the solvent content may be adjusted according to the desired thickness of the coating film and the coating method.
  • the solvent may contain only one type, or may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds of solvents are contained, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention may contain another resin (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “other resin”) different from the above-mentioned specific resin.
  • other resins include a polyimide different from the specific resin, a polyimide precursor different from the specific resin, polysiloxane, a resin containing a siloxane structure, an epoxy resin, an acrylic resin, and the like.
  • a composition having excellent coatability can be obtained, and a cured film having excellent chemical resistance can be obtained.
  • the composition is formed by adding an acrylic resin having a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or less and having a high polymerizable base value to the composition in place of the polymerizable compound described later or in addition to the polymerizable compound described later. It is possible to improve the coatability of an object, the chemical resistance of a cured film, and the like.
  • the polyimide which is another resin, has a repeating unit represented by the above-mentioned formula (4).
  • the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) may be one kind, but may be two or more kinds. Further, the polyimide may contain other types of repeating units in addition to the repeating unit of the above formula (4).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and further preferably 10,000 to 50,000.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250,000, more preferably 2,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 4,000 to 25,000.
  • the degree of dispersion of the molecular weight of polyimide is preferably 1.5 to 3.5, more preferably 2 to 3.
  • Polyimide can be obtained, for example, by cyclizing a polyimide precursor, which is another resin described later, by heating or the like.
  • the polyimide precursor (other resin)
  • the polyimide precursor preferably has a repeating unit represented by the above formula (1).
  • the repeating unit represented by the formula (1) may be one kind, but may be two or more kinds. Further, the structural isomer of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1) may be contained. Further, the polyimide precursor may contain other types of repeating units in addition to the repeating units of the above formula (1).
  • the polyimide precursor in the present invention 50 mol% or more, more 70 mol% or more, particularly 90 mol% or more of all the repeating units are the repeating units represented by the formula (1). Is exemplified. As an upper limit, 100 mol% or less is practical.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and further preferably 10,000 to 50,000.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250,000, more preferably 2,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 4,000 to 25,000.
  • the degree of dispersion of the molecular weight of the polyimide precursor is preferably 1.5 to 3.5, more preferably 2 to 3.
  • the organic solvent may be one kind or two or more kinds.
  • the organic solvent can be appropriately determined depending on the raw material, and examples thereof include pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme), N-methylpyrrolidone and N-ethylpyrrolidone.
  • the polyimide precursor in the reaction solution can be precipitated in water, and the polyimide precursor such as tetrahydrofuran can be dissolved in a soluble solvent to precipitate a solid.
  • the content of the other resin is preferably 0.01% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content of the curable resin composition. It is more preferably 05% by mass or more, further preferably 1% by mass or more, further preferably 2% by mass or more, further preferably 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more. It is even more preferable to have.
  • the content of the other resin in the curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably 80% by mass or less, and preferably 75% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the curable resin composition. It is more preferably 70% by mass or less, further preferably 60% by mass or less, and even more preferably 50% by mass or less.
  • the content of other resins may be low.
  • the content of the other resin is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the curable resin composition. It is more preferably 5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 1% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit of the content is not particularly limited, and may be 0% by mass or more.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of other resin, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains an onium salt.
  • the curable resin composition when the curable resin composition contains a resin having a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2) as a specific resin, the curable resin composition preferably contains a thermosetting agent.
  • the type of onium salt and the like are not particularly specified, but ammonium salt, iminium salt, sulfonium salt, iodonium salt and phosphonium salt are preferably mentioned.
  • an ammonium salt or an iminium salt is preferable from the viewpoint of high thermal stability
  • a sulfonium salt, an iodonium salt or a phosphonium salt is preferable from the viewpoint of compatibility with a polymer.
  • the onium salt is a salt of a cation and an anion having an onium structure, and the cation and anion may or may not be bonded via a covalent bond. .. That is, the onium salt may be an intramolecular salt having a cation portion and an anion portion in the same molecular structure, or a cation molecule and an anion molecule, which are different molecules, are ionically bonded. It may be an intermolecular salt, but it is preferably an intermolecular salt. Further, in the curable resin composition of the present invention, the cation portion or the cation molecule and the anion portion or the anion molecule may be bonded or dissociated by an ionic bond.
  • an ammonium cation, a pyridinium cation, a sulfonium cation, an iodonium cation or a phosphonium cation is preferable, and at least one cation selected from the group consisting of a tetraalkylammonium cation, a sulfonium cation and an iodonium cation is more preferable.
  • the onium salt used in the present invention may be a thermobase generator.
  • the thermal base generator refers to a compound that generates a base by heating, and examples thereof include an acidic compound that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or higher.
  • ammonium salt means a salt of an ammonium cation and an anion.
  • R 1 to R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and at least two of R 1 to R 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 1 to R 4 are each independently preferably a hydrocarbon group, more preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or 6 to 6 carbon atoms. It is more preferably 12 aryl groups.
  • R 1 to R 4 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group and an aryloxy group. Examples thereof include a carbonyl group and an acyloxy group.
  • the ring may contain a hetero atom. Examples of the hetero atom include a nitrogen atom.
  • the ammonium cation is preferably represented by any of the following formulas (Y1-1) and (Y1-2).
  • R 101 represents an n-valent organic group
  • R 1 has the same meaning as R 1 in the formula (101)
  • Ar 101 and Ar 102 are each independently , Represents an aryl group
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • R 101 is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon, or a group obtained by removing n hydrogen atoms from a structure in which these are bonded, and has 2 to 30 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is a group obtained by removing n hydrogen atoms from the saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon, benzene or naphthalene.
  • n is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1.
  • Ar 101 and Ar 102 are preferably phenyl groups or naphthyl groups, respectively, and more preferably phenyl groups.
  • the anion in the ammonium salt one selected from a carboxylic acid anion, a phenol anion, a phosphoric acid anion and a sulfuric acid anion is preferable, and a carboxylic acid anion is more preferable because both salt stability and thermodegradability can be achieved.
  • the ammonium salt is more preferably a salt of an ammonium cation and a carboxylic acid anion.
  • the carboxylic acid anion is preferably a divalent or higher carboxylic acid anion having two or more carboxy groups, and more preferably a divalent carboxylic acid anion.
  • the stability, curability and developability of the curable resin composition can be further improved.
  • the stability, curability and developability of the curable resin composition can be further improved.
  • the carboxylic acid anion is preferably represented by the following formula (X1).
  • EWG represents an electron-attracting group.
  • the electron-attracting group means that Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ m shows a positive value.
  • ⁇ m is a review by Yusuke Tono, Journal of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, Vol. 23, No. 8 (1965), p. It is described in detail in 631-642.
  • the EWG is preferably a group represented by the following formulas (EWG-1) to (EWG-6).
  • R x1 to R x3 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, and Ar is an aromatic group. Represents.
  • carboxylic acid anion examples include maleic acid anion, phthalate anion, N-phenyliminodiacetic acid anion and oxalate anion.
  • the onium salt in the present invention contains an ammonium cation as a cation, and the onium salt is used as an anion.
  • the lower limit of pKa is not particularly limited, but it is preferably -3 or more, preferably -2 or more, from the viewpoint that the generated base is difficult to neutralize and the cyclization efficiency of the specific resin or the like is improved. Is more preferable.
  • the above pKa includes Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods (authors: Brown, HC, McDaniel, D.H., Hafliger, O., Nachod, F. See Nachod, F.C .; Academic Press, New York, 1955) and Data for Biochemical Research (Author: Dawson, RMC et al; Oxford, Clarendon Press, 19). Can be done. For compounds not described in these documents, the values calculated from the structural formulas using software of ACD / pKa (manufactured by ACD / Labs) shall be used.
  • ammonium salt examples include the following compounds, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the iminium salt means a salt of an iminium cation and an anion.
  • the anion the same as the anion in the above-mentioned ammonium salt is exemplified, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • a pyridinium cation is preferable.
  • a cation represented by the following formula (102) is also preferable.
  • R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group
  • R 7 represents a hydrocarbon group
  • at least two of R 5 to R 7 are bonded to each other to form a ring. It may be formed.
  • R 5 and R 6 are synonymous with R 1 to R 4 in the above formula (101), and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • R 7 preferably combines with at least one of R 5 and R 6 to form a ring.
  • the ring may contain a heteroatom. Examples of the hetero atom include a nitrogen atom. Further, as the ring, a pyridine ring is preferable.
  • the iminium cation is preferably represented by any of the following formulas (Y1-3) to (Y1-5).
  • R 101 represents an n-valent organic group
  • R 5 has the same meaning as R 5 in the formula (102)
  • R 7 is R in the formula (102) Synonymous with 7
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more
  • m represents an integer of 0 or more.
  • R 101 is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon, or a group obtained by removing n hydrogen atoms from a structure in which these are bonded, and has 2 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • n is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1.
  • m is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1.
  • iminium salt examples include the following compounds, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the sulfonium salt means a salt of a sulfonium cation and an anion.
  • the anion the same as the anion in the above-mentioned ammonium salt is exemplified, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • sulfonium cation a tertiary sulfonium cation is preferable, and a triarylsulfonium cation is more preferable. Further, as the sulfonium cation, a cation represented by the following formula (103) is preferable.
  • R 8 to R 10 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group.
  • R 8 to R 10 are each independently preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and 6 to 12 carbon atoms. It is more preferably an aryl group, and even more preferably a phenyl group.
  • R 8 to R 10 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group and an aryloxy group.
  • Examples thereof include a carbonyl group and an acyloxy group.
  • an alkyl group or an alkoxy group as the substituent, more preferably to have a branched alkyl group or an alkoxy group, and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. It is more preferable to have 10 alkoxy groups.
  • R 8 to R 10 may be the same group or different groups, but from the viewpoint of synthetic suitability, they are preferably the same group.
  • the iodonium salt means a salt of an iodonium cation and an anion.
  • the anion the same as the anion in the above-mentioned ammonium salt is exemplified, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • iodonium cation a diaryl iodonium cation is preferable. Further, as the iodonium cation, a cation represented by the following formula (104) is preferable.
  • R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group.
  • R 11 and R 12 are each independently preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and 6 to 12 carbon atoms. It is more preferably an aryl group, and even more preferably a phenyl group.
  • R 11 and R 12 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an aryloxy group.
  • Examples thereof include a carbonyl group and an acyloxy group.
  • R 11 and R 12 may be the same group or different groups, but from the viewpoint of synthetic suitability, they are preferably the same group.
  • a quaternary phosphonium cation is preferable, and examples thereof include a tetraalkylphosphonium cation and a triarylmonoalkylphosphonium cation. Further, as the phosphonium cation, a cation represented by the following formula (105) is preferable.
  • R 13 to R 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • Each of R 13 to R 16 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group independently, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and 6 to 12 carbon atoms. It is more preferably an aryl group, and even more preferably a phenyl group.
  • R 13 to R 16 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group and an aryloxy group.
  • Examples thereof include a carbonyl group and an acyloxy group.
  • R 13 to R 16 may be the same group or different groups, but from the viewpoint of synthetic suitability, they are preferably the same group.
  • the content of the onium salt is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, further preferably 0.85% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, further preferably 20% by mass or less, further preferably 10% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, or 4% by mass or less.
  • the onium salt one kind or two or more kinds can be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermosetting agent.
  • the curable resin composition when the curable resin composition contains a resin having a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2) as a specific resin, the curable resin composition preferably contains a thermosetting agent.
  • the thermobase generator may be a compound corresponding to the above-mentioned onium salt, or may be a thermobase generator other than the above-mentioned onium salt. Examples of other thermobase generators include nonionic thermobase generators. Examples of the nonionic thermobase generator include compounds represented by the formula (B1) or the formula (B2).
  • Rb 1 , Rb 2 and Rb 3 are independently organic groups, halogen atoms or hydrogen atoms having no tertiary amine structure. However, Rb 1 and Rb 2 do not become hydrogen atoms at the same time. Further, none of Rb 1 , Rb 2 and Rb 3 has a carboxy group.
  • the tertiary amine structure refers to a structure in which all three bonds of a trivalent nitrogen atom are covalently bonded to a hydrocarbon-based carbon atom. Therefore, this does not apply when the bonded carbon atom is a carbon atom forming a carbonyl group, that is, when an amide group is formed together with a nitrogen atom.
  • Rb 1 , Rb 2 and Rb 3 contains a cyclic structure, and it is more preferable that at least two of them contain a cyclic structure.
  • the cyclic structure may be either a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, and a fused ring in which two monocyclic rings or two monocyclic rings are condensed is preferable.
  • the single ring is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, and preferably a 6-membered ring.
  • a cyclohexane ring and a benzene ring are preferable, and a cyclohexane ring is more preferable.
  • Rb 1 and Rb 2 are hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups (preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, still more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), and alkenyl groups (preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms). , 2-18 is more preferred, 3-12 is more preferred), aryl groups (6-22 carbons are preferred, 6-18 are more preferred, 6-10 are more preferred), or arylalkyl groups (7 carbons). ⁇ 25 is preferable, 7 to 19 is more preferable, and 7 to 12 is even more preferable). These groups may have substituents as long as the effects of the present invention are exhibited. Rb 1 and Rb 2 may be coupled to each other to form a ring.
  • Rb 1 and Rb 2 are particularly linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups that may have substituents (preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, still more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms). It is more preferably a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent (preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 18 carbon atoms, still more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms) and having a substituent.
  • a cyclohexyl group may be more preferred.
  • an arylalkenyl group (8 to 24 carbon atoms is preferable, 8 to 20 is more preferable, 8 to 16 is more preferable), and an alkoxyl group (1 to 24 carbon atoms is preferable, 2 to 2 to 24).
  • 18 is more preferable, 3 to 12 is more preferable), an aryloxy group (6 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable, 6 to 18 is more preferable, 6 to 12 is more preferable), or an arylalkyloxy group (7 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable).
  • 23 is preferable, 7 to 19 is more preferable, and 7 to 12 is further preferable).
  • a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 18 carbon atoms, still more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylalkenyl group, and an arylalkyloxy group are preferable.
  • Rb 3 may further have a substituent as long as the effect of the present invention is exhibited.
  • the compound represented by the formula (B1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (B1-1) or the following formula (B1-2).
  • Rb 11 and Rb 12 , and Rb 31 and Rb 32 are the same as Rb 1 and Rb 2 in the formula (B1), respectively.
  • Rb 13 has an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, further preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms) and an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, 3 to 12 carbon atoms). Is more preferable), an aryl group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, further preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylalkyl group (preferably 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms). 7 to 12 is more preferable), and a substituent may be provided as long as the effects of the present invention are exhibited. Of these, an arylalkyl group is preferable for Rb 13.
  • Rb 33 and Rb 34 independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), and an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms).
  • Rb 33 and Rb 34 independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), and an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms).
  • 2 to 8 are more preferable, 2 to 3 are more preferable
  • aryl groups (6 to 22 carbon atoms are preferable, 6 to 18 are more preferable, 6 to 10 are more preferable
  • 23 is preferable, 7 to 19 is more preferable, and 7 to 11 is even more preferable), and a hydrogen atom is preferable.
  • Rb 35 is an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, 3 to 10 carbon atoms). 8 is more preferable), aryl group (6 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable, 6 to 18 is more preferable, 6 to 12 is more preferable), arylalkyl group (7 to 23 carbon atoms is preferable, 7 to 19 is more preferable). , 7-12 is more preferable), and an aryl group is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the formula (B1-1) is also preferable.
  • Rb 11 and Rb 12 have the same meanings as Rb 11 and Rb 12 in the formula (B1-1).
  • Rb 15 and Rb 16 are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, further preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), and an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, 2 to 6 carbon atoms). More preferably, 2 to 3 are more preferable), an aryl group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, further preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), and an arylalkyl group (preferably 7 to 23 carbon atoms, 7).
  • Rb 17 is an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, 3 to 8 carbon atoms). Is more preferable), an aryl group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, further preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylalkyl group (preferably 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms). 7 to 12 is more preferable), and an aryl group is particularly preferable.
  • the molecular weight of the nonionic thermobase generator is preferably 800 or less, more preferably 600 or less, and even more preferably 500 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and even more preferably 300 or more.
  • the following compounds can be mentioned as specific examples of the compound which is a thermal base generator or other specific examples of the thermal base generator.
  • the content of the thermosetting agent is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and further preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, further preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the thermobase generator one kind or two or more kinds can be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a migration inhibitor.
  • a migration inhibitor By including the migration inhibitor, it is possible to effectively suppress the movement of metal ions derived from the metal layer (metal wiring) into the curable resin composition layer.
  • the migration inhibitor is not particularly limited, but heterocycles (pyrazole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isooxazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, etc.
  • triazole-based compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole and benzotriazole, and tetrazole-based compounds such as 1H-tetrazole, 5-phenyltetrazole, 5-methylbenzotriazole and 4-methylbenzotriazole can be preferably used.
  • an ion trap agent that traps anions such as halogen ions can also be used.
  • Examples of other migration inhibitors include rust preventives described in paragraph 0094 of JP2013-015701, compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of JP2009-283711, and JP2011-059656.
  • the compounds described in paragraph 0052, the compounds described in paragraphs 0114, 0116 and 0118 of JP2012-194520A, the compounds described in paragraph 0166 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, and the like can be used.
  • the migration inhibitor include the following compounds.
  • the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable resin composition, and is 0. It is more preferably 0.05 to 2.0% by mass, and further preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
  • the migration inhibitor may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types of migration inhibitors, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor.
  • polymerization inhibitor examples include hydroquinone, o-methoxyphenol, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, p-tert-butylcatechol, 1,4-benzoquinone, and diphenyl-p-benzoquinone.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor is 0.01 to 20.0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. It is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.02 to 3% by mass, and further preferably 0.05 to 2.5% by mass.
  • the polymerization inhibitor may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types of polymerization inhibitors, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesiveness improving agent for improving the adhesiveness with a metal material used for electrodes, wiring and the like.
  • a metal adhesiveness improving agent for improving the adhesiveness with a metal material used for electrodes, wiring and the like.
  • the metal adhesion improver include silane coupling agents, aluminum-based adhesive aids, titanium-based adhesive aids, compounds having a sulfonamide structure and compounds having a thiourea structure, phosphoric acid derivative compounds, ⁇ -ketoester compounds, amino compounds, etc. Can be mentioned.
  • silane coupling agent examples include the compounds described in paragraph 0167 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, the compounds described in paragraphs 0062 to 0073 of JP-A-2014-191002, paragraphs of International Publication No. 2011/080992.
  • Examples include the compounds described in paragraph 0055. It is also preferable to use two or more different silane coupling agents as described in paragraphs 0050 to 0058 of JP2011-128358A. Further, it is also preferable to use the following compounds as the silane coupling agent.
  • Et represents an ethyl group.
  • silane coupling agents include, for example, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycid.
  • aluminum-based adhesive aid examples include aluminum tris (ethylacetate acetate), aluminum tris (acetylacetoneate), ethylacetacetate aluminum diisopropirate, and the like.
  • the content of the metal adhesive improving agent is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, and further preferably 0. It is in the range of 5 to 5 parts by mass.
  • the metal adhesiveness improving agent may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention contains various additives such as a sensitizer such as N-phenyldiethanolamine, a photobase generator, a chain transfer agent, a surfactant, a higher fatty acid derivative, and an inorganic substance, if necessary. Particles, curing agents, curing catalysts, fillers, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, anti-aggregating agents and the like can be blended. When these additives are blended, the total blending amount is preferably 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the curable resin composition.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizer.
  • the sensitizer absorbs specific active radiation and becomes an electron-excited state.
  • the sensitizer in the electronically excited state comes into contact with a thermosetting accelerator, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator, or the like, and acts such as electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation occur.
  • the thermosetting accelerator, the thermal radical polymerization initiator, and the photoradical polymerization initiator undergo a chemical change and decompose to generate radicals, acids, or bases.
  • the sensitizer include sensitizers such as N-phenyldiethanolamine.
  • the content of the sensitizer may be 0.01 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. It is preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass.
  • the sensitizer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent.
  • Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in the Polymer Dictionary, Third Edition (edited by the Society of Polymer Science, 2005), pp. 683-684.
  • As the chain transfer agent for example, a group of compounds having SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in the molecule is used. They can donate hydrogen to low-activity radicals to generate radicals, or they can be oxidized and then deprotonated to generate radicals.
  • a thiol compound can be preferably used.
  • the content of the chain transfer agent is 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention.
  • 1 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 1 to 5 parts by mass is further preferable.
  • the chain transfer agent may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more types of chain transfer agents, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • Each type of surfactant may be added to the curable resin composition of the present invention from the viewpoint of further improving the coatability.
  • the surfactant various types of surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone-based surfactants can be used.
  • the following surfactants are also preferable.
  • the parentheses indicating the repeating unit of the main chain represent the content (mol%) of each repeating unit
  • the parentheses indicating the repeating unit of the side chain represent the number of repetitions of each repeating unit.
  • the surfactant the compound described in paragraphs 0159 to 0165 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used.
  • fluorine-based surfactant examples include Megafuck F171, F172, F173, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, and F479.
  • F482, F554, F780, RS-72-K above, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.
  • Florard FC430, FC431, FC171, Novell FC4430, FC4432 aboveve, manufactured by 3M Japan Ltd.
  • Surfron S-382 SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC1068, SC-381, SC-383, S393, KH-40 (above, Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) ), PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA) and the like.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant As the fluorine-based surfactant, the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP2015-117327 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP2011-132503 can also be used.
  • a block polymer can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant, and specific examples thereof include compounds described in JP-A-2011-89090.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meth).
  • a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant.
  • Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 of JP2010-164965, such as Megafuck RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation. Can be mentioned.
  • the fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid saving property, and has good solubility in the composition.
  • silicone-based surfactant examples include Torre Silicone DC3PA, Torre Silicone SH7PA, Torre Silicone DC11PA, Torre Silicone SH21PA, Torre Silicone SH28PA, Torre Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400 (all, Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.).
  • TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Co., Ltd.), KP341, KF6001, KF6002 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.) ), BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (all manufactured by Big Chemie Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • hydrocarbon-based surfactant examples include Pionin A-76, New Calgen FS-3PG, Pionin B-709, Pionin B-811-N, Pionin D-1004, Pionin D-3104, Pionin D-3605, and Pionin.
  • Nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, etc.
  • organosiloxane polymer KP341 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • (meth) acrylic acid-based (co) polymer Polyflow No. 75, No. 77, No. 90, No. 95 manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • W001 manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.
  • anionic surfactant examples include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), Sandet BL (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and the like.
  • the content of the surfactant is 0.001 to 2.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. It is preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass.
  • the surfactant may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more types of surfactant, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention has a curable resin composition in the process of drying after application by adding a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide in order to prevent polymerization inhibition due to oxygen. It may be unevenly distributed on the surface of an object.
  • a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide
  • the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is 0.1 to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. Is preferable.
  • the higher fatty acid derivative may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more higher fatty acid derivatives, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain inorganic particles.
  • specific examples of the inorganic particles include calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, silica, kaolin, talc, titanium dioxide, alumina, barium sulfate, calcium fluoride, lithium fluoride, zeolite, molybdenum sulfide, and glass.
  • the average particle size of the inorganic particles is preferably 0.01 to 2.0 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.02 to 1.5 ⁇ m, further preferably 0.03 to 1.0 ⁇ m, and 0.04 to 0.5 ⁇ m. Especially preferable.
  • the mechanical properties of the cured film may deteriorate.
  • the average particle size of the inorganic particles exceeds 2.0 ⁇ m, the resolution may decrease due to scattering of exposure light.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • an ultraviolet absorber such as salicylate-based, benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, substituted acrylonitrile-based, or triazine-based can be used.
  • salicylate-based ultraviolet absorbers include phenyl salicylate, p-octylphenyl salicylate, pt-butylphenyl salicylate and the like
  • benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-.
  • Methoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2,2', 4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2- Hydroxy-4-octoxybenzophenone and the like can be mentioned.
  • benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2- (2'-hydroxy-3', 5'-di-tert-butylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3).
  • Examples of the substituted acrylonitrile-based ultraviolet absorber include ethyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate, and the like. Furthermore, examples of triazine-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2- [4-[(2-hydroxy-3-dodecyloxypropyl) oxy] -2-hydroxyphenyl] -4,6-bis (2,4-dimethylphenyl).
  • the above-mentioned various ultraviolet absorbers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the composition of the present invention may or may not contain an ultraviolet absorber, but when it is contained, the content of the ultraviolet absorber is 0.001% by mass with respect to the total solid content mass of the composition of the present invention. It is preferably 1% by mass or less, and more preferably 0.01% by mass or more and 0.1% by mass or less.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment may contain an organic titanium compound. Since the resin composition contains an organic titanium compound, a resin layer having excellent chemical resistance can be formed even when cured at a low temperature.
  • Examples of the organic titanium compound that can be used include those in which an organic group is bonded to a titanium atom via a covalent bond or an ionic bond.
  • Specific examples of the organic titanium compound are shown in I) to VII) below:
  • I) Titanium chelate compound Among them, a titanium chelate compound having two or more alkoxy groups is more preferable because the negative photosensitive resin composition has good storage stability and a good curing pattern can be obtained.
  • Specific examples are titanium bis (triethanolamine) diisopropoxyside, titanium di (n-butoxide) bis (2,4-pentanionate, titanium diisopropoxyside bis (2,4-pentanionate)).
  • Titanium diisopropoxyside bis tetramethylheptandionate
  • titanium diisopropoxyside bis ethylacetacetate
  • Tetraalkoxytitanium compounds For example, titanium tetra (n-butoxide), titanium tetraethoxide, titanium tetra (2-ethylhexoxyside), titanium tetraisobutoxide, titanium tetraisopropoxyside, titanium tetramethoxide.
  • Titanium Tetramethoxypropoxyside Titanium Tetramethylphenoxide, Titanium Tetra (n-Noniloxide), Titanium Tetra (n-Propoxide), Titanium Tetrasteeryloxyside, Titanium Tetrakiss Butokiside ⁇ ] etc.
  • Titanosen compounds for example, pentamethylcyclopentadienyl titanium trimethoxide, bis ( ⁇ 5-2,4-cyclopentadiene-1-yl) bis (2,6-difluorophenyl) titanium, bis ( ⁇ 5-2, 2). 4-Cyclopentadiene-1-yl) bis (2,6-difluoro-3- (1H-pyrrole-1-yl) phenyl) titanium and the like.
  • Titanium tris (dioctyl phosphate) isopropoxyside titanium tris (dodecylbenzene sulfonate) isopropoxide, and the like.
  • V) Titanium oxide compound For example, titanium oxide bis (pentanionate), titanium oxide bis (tetramethylheptandionate), phthalocyanine titanium oxide and the like.
  • VI) Titanium tetraacetylacetone compound For example, titanium tetraacetylacetone.
  • Titanate coupling agent For example, isopropyltridodecylbenzenesulfonyl titanate and the like.
  • the organic titanium compound at least one compound selected from the group consisting of the above-mentioned I) titanium chelate compound, II) tetraalkoxytitanium compound, and III) titanocene compound has better chemical resistance. It is preferable from the viewpoint of playing.
  • -Pyrrole-1-yl) phenyl) titanium is preferred.
  • the blending amount is preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the precursor of the cyclized resin. ..
  • the blending amount is 0.05 parts by mass or more, good heat resistance and chemical resistance are exhibited in the obtained curing pattern, while when it is 10 parts by mass or less, the storage stability of the composition is excellent.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain an antioxidant.
  • an antioxidant By containing an antioxidant as an additive, it is possible to improve the elongation characteristics of the film after curing and the adhesion with a metal material.
  • the antioxidant include phenol compounds, phosphite ester compounds, thioether compounds and the like.
  • the phenol compound any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used.
  • Preferred phenolic compounds include hindered phenolic compounds.
  • a compound having a substituent at a site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferable.
  • a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule is also preferable.
  • a phosphorus-based antioxidant can also be preferably used.
  • a phosphorus-based antioxidant tris [2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis (1,1-dimethylethyl) dibenzo [d, f] [1,3,2] dioxaphosfepine-6 -Il] Oxy] Ethyl] amine, Tris [2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo [d, f] [1,3,2] dioxaphosfepin-2-yl] ) Oxy] ethyl] amine, ethylbis phosphite (2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) and the like.
  • antioxidants include, for example, Adekastab AO-20, Adekastab AO-30, Adekastab AO-40, Adekastab AO-50, Adekastab AO-50F, Adekastab AO-60, Adekastab AO-60G, Adekastab AO-80. , ADEKA STAB AO-330 (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) and the like.
  • the antioxidant the compounds described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary.
  • the latent antioxidant is a compound whose site that functions as an antioxidant is protected by a protecting group, and is heated at 100 to 250 ° C. or at 80 to 200 ° C. in the presence of an acid / base catalyst. As a result, a compound in which the protecting group is eliminated and functions as an antioxidant can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219.
  • Examples of commercially available products of latent antioxidants include ADEKA ARKULS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) and the like.
  • preferred antioxidants include 2,2-thiobis (4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 2,6-di-t-butylphenol and compounds represented by the general formula (3).
  • R5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms
  • R6 represents an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms
  • R7 represents a 1- to tetravalent organic group containing at least one of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms, an O atom, and an N atom
  • k represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (3) suppresses oxidative deterioration of the aliphatic group and the phenolic hydroxyl group of the resin.
  • metal oxidation can be suppressed by the rust preventive action on the metal material.
  • R7 includes an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkylsilyl group, an alkoxysilyl group, an aryl group, an arylether group, a carboxyl group, a carbonyl group, an allyl group, a vinyl group, a heterocyclic group, and-. Examples thereof include O-, -NH-, -NHNH-, and combinations thereof, and may further have a substituent.
  • alkyl ether and -NH- from the viewpoint of solubility in a developing solution and metal adhesion, and -NH- is more preferable from the viewpoint of metal adhesion due to interaction with resin and metal complex formation. preferable.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the following general formula (3) include the following, but the compound is not limited to the following structure.
  • the amount of the antioxidant added is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass with respect to the resin. If the amount added is less than 0.1 parts by mass, it is difficult to obtain the effect of improving the elongation characteristics after reliability and the adhesion to the metal material, and if it is more than 10 parts by mass, it is due to the interaction with the photosensitizer. , There is a risk of lowering the sensitivity of the resin composition. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the water content of the curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably less than 1% by mass, and even more preferably less than 0.6% by mass from the viewpoint of coating surface properties.
  • Examples of the method for maintaining the water content include adjusting the humidity under storage conditions and reducing the porosity of the storage container.
  • the metal content of the curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass ppm (parts per million), more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm, from the viewpoint of insulating properties.
  • the metal include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, nickel and the like. When a plurality of metals are contained, the total of these metals is preferably in the above range.
  • a raw material having a low metal content is selected as a raw material constituting the curable resin composition of the present invention.
  • Methods such as filtering the raw materials constituting the curable resin composition of the present invention with a filter, lining the inside of the apparatus with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like, and performing distillation under conditions in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible can be mentioned. be able to.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably has a halogen atom content of less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, and more preferably 200 mass ppm from the viewpoint of wiring corrosiveness. Less than ppm is more preferred. Among them, those existing in the state of halogen ions are preferably less than 5 mass ppm, more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm.
  • the halogen atom include a chlorine atom and a bromine atom. It is preferable that the total of chlorine atom and bromine atom, or chlorine ion and bromine ion is in the above range, respectively.
  • ion exchange treatment and the like are preferably mentioned.
  • a conventionally known storage container can be used as the storage container for the curable resin composition of the present invention.
  • a multi-layer bottle having the inner wall of the container composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resin and 6 types of resin are used. It is also preferable to use a layered bottle. Examples of such a container include the container described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-123351.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing each of the above components.
  • the mixing method is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known method can be used.
  • the filter pore diameter is preferably 1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of productivity, 5 ⁇ m or less is preferable, 3 ⁇ m or less is more preferable, and 1 ⁇ m or less is further preferable.
  • the filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
  • the filter may be one that has been pre-cleaned with an organic solvent. In the filter filtration step, a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel.
  • filters having different pore diameters or materials may be used in combination. Moreover, you may filter various materials a plurality of times. When filtering a plurality of times, circulation filtration may be used. Moreover, you may pressurize and perform filtration. When pressurizing and filtering, the pressurizing pressure is preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.3 MPa or less. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of productivity, 0.01 MPa or more and 1.0 MPa or less is preferable, 0.03 MPa or more and 0.9 MPa or less is more preferable, and 0.05 MPa or more and 0.7 MPa or less is further preferable. In addition to filtration using a filter, impurities may be removed using an adsorbent.
  • Filter filtration and impurity removal treatment using an adsorbent may be combined.
  • a known adsorbent can be used. Examples thereof include inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer. In addition, it can also be used for forming an insulating film of a semiconductor device, forming a stress buffer film, and the like.
  • the cured film of the present invention is obtained by curing the curable resin composition of the present invention.
  • the film thickness of the cured film of the present invention can be, for example, 0.5 ⁇ m or more, or 1 ⁇ m or more. Further, the upper limit value can be 100 ⁇ m or less, and can be 30 ⁇ m or less.
  • the cured film of the present invention may be laminated in two or more layers, and further in three to seven layers to form a laminated body.
  • the laminate of the present invention is preferably a laminate having two or more cured films and a metal layer between the cured films. Further, it is preferable that the laminate of the present invention contains two or more cured films and includes a metal layer between any of the cured films.
  • a laminate containing at least a layer structure in which three layers of a first cured film, a metal layer, and a second cured film are laminated in this order is preferable.
  • the first cured film and the second cured film are both cured films of the present invention. For example, both the first cured film and the second cured film are curable of the present invention.
  • a preferred embodiment is a film obtained by curing the resin composition.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention used for forming the first cured film and the curable resin composition of the present invention used for forming the second cured film have the same composition.
  • the compositions may be present or have different compositions, but from the viewpoint of production suitability, the compositions having the same composition are preferable.
  • Such a metal layer is preferably used as a metal wiring such as a rewiring layer.
  • Examples of applicable fields of the cured film of the present invention include an insulating film for a semiconductor device, an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer, a stress buffer film, and the like.
  • Other examples include forming a pattern by etching on a sealing film, a substrate material (base film or coverlay of a flexible printed circuit board, an interlayer insulating film), or an insulating film for mounting purposes as described above.
  • the cured film in the present invention can also be used for manufacturing plate surfaces such as offset plate surfaces or screen plate surfaces, for etching molded parts, and for manufacturing protective lacquers and dielectric layers in electronics, especially in microelectronics.
  • the method for producing a cured film of the present invention includes a film forming step of applying the curable resin composition of the present invention to a substrate to form a film. Is preferable. Further, the method for producing a cured film of the present invention further includes the film forming step, and further includes an exposure step for exposing the film and a developing step for developing the film (developing the film). Is more preferable. Further, the method for producing a cured film of the present invention includes the film forming step (and the developing step if necessary), and further includes a heating step of heating the film at 50 to 450 ° C. preferable.
  • Exposure step of exposing the film after the film forming step (c) Exposure Development step of developing the developed film
  • the method for producing a laminate according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention includes the method for producing a cured film of the present invention.
  • the method for producing the laminated body of the present embodiment is the step (a), the steps (a) to (c), or (a) after forming the cured film according to the above-mentioned method for producing the cured film. )-(D).
  • a laminated body can be obtained.
  • the production method includes a film forming step (layer forming step) in which the curable resin composition is applied to a substrate to form a film (layered).
  • the type of base material can be appropriately determined depending on the application, but semiconductor-made base materials such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical film, ceramic material, and thin-film film.
  • semiconductor-made base materials such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical film, ceramic material, and thin-film film.
  • these base materials may be provided with a layer such as an adhesion layer or an oxide layer on the surface thereof.
  • a semiconductor-made base material is particularly preferable, and a silicon base material, a Cu base material, and a molded base material are more preferable.
  • a plate-shaped base material for example, a plate-shaped base material (board) is used.
  • the shape of the base material is not particularly limited, and may be circular or rectangular, but is preferably rectangular.
  • These substrates may be provided with a layer such as an adhesion layer or an oxide layer made of hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) or the like on the surface.
  • HMDS hexamethyldisilazane
  • the size of the base material is, for example, 100 to 450 mm in diameter, preferably 200 to 450 mm in a circular shape. If it is rectangular, for example, the length of the short side is 100 to 1000 mm, preferably 200 to 700 mm.
  • the resin layer or the metal layer serves as a base material.
  • Coating is preferable as a means for applying the curable resin composition to the base material.
  • the means to be applied include a dip coating method, an air knife coating method, a curtain coating method, a wire bar coating method, a gravure coating method, an extrusion coating method, a spray coating method, a spin coating method, and a slit coating method.
  • the inkjet method and the like are exemplified. From the viewpoint of the uniformity of the thickness of the curable resin composition layer, a spin coating method, a slit coating method, a spray coating method, and an inkjet method are more preferable.
  • a resin layer having a desired thickness can be obtained by adjusting an appropriate solid content concentration and coating conditions according to the method.
  • the coating method can be appropriately selected depending on the shape of the substrate.
  • the spin coating method, spray coating method, inkjet method, etc. are preferable, and for rectangular substrates, the slit coating method or spray coating method is preferable.
  • the method, the inkjet method and the like are preferable.
  • the spin coating method for example, it can be applied at a rotation speed of 500 to 2,000 rpm (revolutions per minute) for about 10 seconds to 1 minute.
  • the resin composition at a rotation speed of 300 to 3,500 rpm for 10 to 180 seconds.
  • a plurality of rotation speeds can be combined and applied.
  • a method of transferring a coating film previously formed on a temporary support by the above-mentioned application method onto a substrate can be preferably used in the present invention.
  • a step of removing the excess film at the edge of the base material may be performed. Examples of such a process include edge bead rinse (EBR), air knife, back rinse and the like.
  • EBR edge bead rinse
  • a pre-wetting step of applying various solvents to the base material before applying the resin composition to the base material to improve the wettability of the base material and then applying the resin composition may be adopted.
  • the exposure wavelength can be appropriately determined in the range of 190 to 1,000 nm, preferably 240 to 550 nm.
  • the exposure wavelengths are (1) semiconductor laser (wavelength 830 nm, 532 nm, 488 nm, 405 nm, etc.), (2) metal halide lamp, (3) high-pressure mercury lamp, g-ray (wavelength 436 nm), h.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention is particularly preferably exposed to a high-pressure mercury lamp, and above all, to be exposed to i-rays.
  • a broad (three wavelengths of g, h, and i rays) light source of a high-pressure mercury lamp and a semiconductor laser of 405 nm are also suitable.
  • the production method of the present invention may include a developing step of performing a developing process on the exposed film (curable resin composition layer). By developing, the unexposed portion (non-exposed portion) is removed.
  • the developing method is not particularly limited as long as a desired pattern can be formed, and examples thereof include ejection of a developing solution from a nozzle, spray spraying, immersion of a developing solution in a base material, and the like, and ejection from a nozzle is preferably used.
  • the developing process includes a process in which the developing solution is continuously supplied to the base material, a step in which the developing solution is kept in a substantially stationary state on the base material, a step in which the developing solution is vibrated by ultrasonic waves or the like, and a combination thereof. Processes can be adopted.
  • the curable resin composition is a negative type curable resin composition
  • the developing solution is such that the unexposed portion (non-exposed portion) of the curable resin composition layer is removed, which is the curability of the present invention.
  • the resin composition is a positive curable resin composition, those from which the exposed portion (exposed portion) is removed can be used without particular limitation.
  • alkaline development the case where an alkaline developer is used as the developer
  • solvent development a developer containing 50% by mass or more of an organic solvent
  • amines examples include ethylamine, n-propylamine, diethylamine, di-n-propylamine, triethylamine, methyldiethylamine, alkanolamine, dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, quaternary ammonium hydroxide, and tetramethylammonium hydroxide.
  • TMAH tetraethylammonium hydroxide
  • tetrabutylammonium hydroxide an alkaline compound containing no metal is preferable, and an ammonium compound is more preferable.
  • the alkaline compound may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
  • the content of the basic compound in the developing solution is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, and 0.3 to 3% by mass in the total mass of the developing solution. Is more preferable.
  • the developer contains 90% or more of an organic solvent.
  • the developer preferably contains an organic solvent having a ClogP value of -1 to 5, and more preferably contains an organic solvent having a ClogP value of 0 to 3.
  • the ClogP value can be obtained as a calculated value by inputting a structural formula in ChemBioDraw.
  • organic solvent examples include ethyl acetate, -n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, and ⁇ -butyrolactone.
  • Ke As tons for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, etc., and as aromatic hydrocarbons, for example, toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene, etc.
  • Dimethyl sulfoxide is preferably mentioned as the sulfoxides.
  • cyclopentanone and ⁇ -butyrolactone are particularly preferable, and cyclopentanone is more preferable.
  • the developing solution contains an organic solvent, one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds of organic solvents can be used.
  • the developer may further contain other components. Examples of other components include known surfactants and known defoamers.
  • the method of supplying the developer is not particularly limited as long as a desired pattern can be formed, and the method of immersing the base material in the developer, the method of supplying the developer on the base material using a nozzle, paddle development, or continuous development. There is a way to supply.
  • the type of nozzle is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a straight nozzle, a shower nozzle, and a spray nozzle. From the viewpoint of the permeability of the developer, the removability of the non-image area, and the manufacturing efficiency, the method of supplying the developer with a straight nozzle or the method of continuously supplying the developer with a spray nozzle is preferable, and the developer is supplied to the image area.
  • the method of supplying with a spray nozzle is more preferable. Further, after the developing solution is continuously supplied by the straight nozzle, the base material is spun to remove the developing solution from the base material, and after spin drying, the developing solution is continuously supplied by the straight nozzle again, and then the base material is spun to use the developing solution as the base material. A step of removing from the top may be adopted, and this step may be repeated a plurality of times. Further, as a method of supplying the developer in the developing process, a step in which the developer is continuously supplied to the base material, a step in which the developer is kept in a substantially stationary state on the base material, and a step in which the developer is superposed on the base material. A process of vibrating with a sound wave or the like and a process of combining them can be adopted.
  • the developer preferably has 50% by mass or more of an organic solvent, more preferably 70% by mass or more of an organic solvent, and further preferably 90% by mass or more of an organic solvent. Further, the developing solution may be 100% by mass of an organic solvent.
  • the development time is preferably 5 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
  • the temperature of the developing solution at the time of development is not particularly specified, but it can be usually 10 to 45 ° C, preferably 20 to 40 ° C.
  • rinsing is preferably performed using an organic solvent different from the developing solution.
  • examples of the rinsing liquid in the case of solvent development include PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate), IPA (isopropanol) and the like, and PGMEA is preferable.
  • rinsing is preferably performed using pure water.
  • the rinsing time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes, and even more preferably 5 seconds to 1 minute.
  • the temperature of the rinsing liquid at the time of rinsing is not particularly specified, but can be preferably 10 to 45 ° C, more preferably 18 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • Examples of the organic solvent when the rinsing solution contains an organic solvent include ethyl acetate, -n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, and butyl butyrate.
  • toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene, etc. dimethyl sulfoxide as sulfoxides, and methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, pentanol, octanol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methylisobutylcarbinol, triethylene as alcohols.
  • glycols and the like and amides include N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide and the like.
  • the rinsing liquid contains an organic solvent
  • 50% by mass or more of the rinsing liquid is preferably an organic solvent, 70% by mass or more is more preferably an organic solvent, and 90% by mass or more is an organic solvent. Is more preferable.
  • the rinse liquid may be 100% by mass of an organic solvent.
  • the rinse solution may further contain other components.
  • other components include known surfactants and known defoamers.
  • the method of supplying the rinse liquid is not particularly limited as long as a desired pattern can be formed, and the method of immersing the base material in the rinse liquid, the paddle development on the base material, the method of supplying the rinse liquid to the base material by a shower, and the base material.
  • the method of supplying the rinse liquid with a spray nozzle is more preferable.
  • the type of nozzle is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a straight nozzle, a shower nozzle, and a spray nozzle. That is, the rinsing step is preferably a step of supplying the rinsing liquid to the exposed film by a straight nozzle or continuously, and more preferably a step of supplying the rinsing liquid by a spray nozzle.
  • a step of continuously supplying the rinse liquid to the base material a step of keeping the rinse liquid in a substantially stationary state on the base material, and a step of superimposing the rinse liquid on the base material.
  • a process of vibrating with a sound conditioner or the like and a process of combining them can be adopted.
  • the production method of the present invention preferably includes a step (heating step) of heating the developed film at 50 to 450 ° C.
  • the heating step is preferably included after the film forming step (layer forming step), the drying step, and the developing step.
  • the curable resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound other than the specific resin, and this step includes a curing reaction of an unreacted polymerizable compound other than the specific resin, a curing reaction of an unreacted polymerizable group in the specific resin, and the like. Can be advanced with.
  • the heating is preferably performed at a heating rate of 1 to 12 ° C./min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 10 ° C./min, and even more preferably 3 to 10 ° C./min.
  • a heating rate of 1 to 12 ° C./min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 10 ° C./min, and even more preferably 3 to 10 ° C./min.
  • the heating from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature at a heating rate of 1 to 8 ° C./sec, more preferably 2 to 7 ° C./sec, and 3 to 6 ° C. °C / sec is more preferable.
  • the temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20 ° C. to 150 ° C., more preferably 20 ° C. to 130 ° C., and even more preferably 25 ° C. to 120 ° C.
  • the temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at which the process of heating to the maximum heating temperature is started.
  • the temperature of the film (layer) after drying is higher than, for example, the boiling point of the solvent contained in the curable resin composition. It is preferable to gradually raise the temperature from a temperature as low as 30 to 200 ° C.
  • the heating time (heating time at the maximum heating temperature) is preferably 10 to 360 minutes, more preferably 20 to 300 minutes, and even more preferably 30 to 240 minutes.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 180 ° C. to 320 ° C., more preferably 180 ° C. to 260 ° C., from the viewpoint of adhesion between layers of the cured film. The reason is not clear, but it is considered that at this temperature, the polymerizable groups in the specific resin between the layers proceed with the cross-linking reaction.
  • the pretreatment step is preferably performed in a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, more preferably 15 seconds to 30 minutes.
  • the pretreatment may be performed in two or more steps.
  • the pretreatment step 1 may be performed in the range of 100 to 150 ° C.
  • the pretreatment step 2 may be performed in the range of 150 to 200 ° C.
  • cooling may be performed after heating, and the cooling rate in this case is preferably 1 to 5 ° C./min.
  • the heating step is preferably performed in an atmosphere having a low oxygen concentration by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, or argon from the viewpoint of preventing decomposition of the specific resin.
  • the oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, and more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less.
  • the heating means is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hot plate, an infrared furnace, an electric heating oven, and a hot air oven.
  • the production method of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the surface of the film (curable resin composition layer) after the development treatment.
  • metal layer existing metal species can be used without particular limitation, and copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, tungsten, and alloys containing these metals are exemplified. Copper and aluminum are more preferred, and copper is even more preferred.
  • the method for forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and an existing method can be applied.
  • the methods described in JP-A-2007-157879, JP-A-2001-521288, JP-A-2004-214501, and JP-A-2004-101850 can be used.
  • photolithography, lift-off, electrolytic plating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and a method combining these can be considered. More specifically, a patterning method combining sputtering, photolithography and etching, and a patterning method combining photolithography and electroplating can be mentioned.
  • the thickness of the metal layer 0.01 to 100 ⁇ m is mentioned as an example in the thickest portion, 0.1 to 50 ⁇ m is preferable, and 1 to 10 ⁇ m is more preferable.
  • the production method of the present invention preferably further includes a laminating step.
  • the laminating step means that (a) a film forming step (layer forming step), (b) an exposure step, (c) a developing step, and (d) a heating step are performed again on the surface of the cured film (resin layer) or the metal layer. , A series of steps including performing in this order. However, the mode may be such that only the film forming step (a) is repeated. Further, (d) the heating step may be performed collectively at the end or the middle of the lamination. That is, the steps (a) to (c) may be repeated a predetermined number of times, and then the heating of (d) may be performed to cure the laminated curable resin composition layers all at once.
  • the developing step may be followed by (e) a metal layer forming step, and (d) may be heated each time, or the layers may be laminated a predetermined number of times and then collectively (d). ) May be heated.
  • the laminating step may further include the drying step, the heating step, and the like as appropriate.
  • the surface activation treatment step may be further performed after the heating step, the exposure step, or the metal layer forming step.
  • An example of the surface activation treatment is plasma treatment.
  • the laminating step is preferably performed 2 to 5 times, more preferably 3 to 5 times. Further, each layer in the laminating step may be a layer having the same composition, shape, film thickness, etc., or may be a different layer.
  • the number of resin layers is 2 or more and 20 or less, such as a resin layer / metal layer / resin layer / metal layer / resin layer / metal layer, is given as an example, and the number of resin layers is 3 or more and 7 or less. Is preferable, and 3 layers or more and 5 layers or less are more preferable.
  • the method for producing a cured film of the present invention may include a surface activation treatment step of surface activating at least a part of the metal layer and the photosensitive resin composition layer.
  • the surface activation treatment step is usually performed after the metal layer forming step, but after the exposure development step, the photosensitive resin composition layer may be subjected to the surface activation treatment step and then the metal layer forming step. Good.
  • the surface activation treatment may be performed on at least a part of the metal layer, on at least a part of the photosensitive resin composition layer after exposure, or on the metal layer and the photosensitive resin after exposure. For both of the composition layers, each may be at least partially.
  • the surface activation treatment is preferably performed on at least a part of the metal layer, and it is preferable to perform the surface activation treatment on a part or all of the region of the metal layer in which the photosensitive resin composition layer is formed on the surface. ..
  • the surface activation treatment is performed on a part or all of the photosensitive resin composition layer (resin layer) after exposure.
  • the surface activation treatment includes plasma treatment of various raw material gases (oxygen, hydrogen, argon, nitrogen, nitrogen / hydrogen mixed gas, argon / oxygen mixed gas, etc.), corona discharge treatment, CF 4 / O 2 , NF 3 / O 2 , SF 6 , NF 3 , NF 3 / O 2 , surface treatment by ultraviolet (UV) ozone method, immersion in hydrochloric acid aqueous solution to remove oxide film, then amino group and thiol group It is selected from a dipping treatment in an organic surface treatment agent containing at least one compound and a mechanical roughening treatment using a brush, and a plasma treatment is preferable, and an oxygen plasma treatment using oxygen as a raw material gas is particularly preferable.
  • the energy is preferably 500 ⁇ 200,000J / m 2, more preferably 1000 ⁇ 100,000J / m 2, and most preferably 10,000 ⁇ 50,000J / m 2.
  • a cured film (resin layer) of the curable resin composition so as to cover the metal layer after the metal layer is provided.
  • Examples thereof include an embodiment in which the steps, (b) exposure steps, (c) development steps, and (e) metal layer forming steps are repeated in this order, and (d) heating steps are collectively provided at the end or in the middle.
  • the present invention also discloses a semiconductor device containing the cured film or laminate of the present invention.
  • the semiconductor device in which the curable resin composition of the present invention is used to form the interlayer insulating film for the rewiring layer the description in paragraphs 0213 to 0218 and the description in FIG. 1 of JP-A-2016-0273557 are taken into consideration. Yes, these contents are incorporated herein.
  • the resin of the present invention may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (2-1) and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (2-2). preferable.
  • the resin of the present invention contains at least one selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (2-1) and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (2-2). Is synonymous with the above-mentioned specific resin, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • the resin of the present invention is preferably used as the resin contained in the curable resin composition. Further, in a composition in which a conventional polyimide is used, for example, a composition for an interlayer insulating film, a part or all of the conventional polyimide can be used in place of the resin of the present invention without particular limitation. Since the resin of the present invention has excellent chemical resistance, the resin of the present invention is required to have chemical resistance, for example, a composition for forming an insulating film, a composition for forming a laminate, and the like. It is considered that the composition is preferably used in the composition used for the purpose.
  • reaction solution was diluted with 600 mL of ethyl acetate (CH 3 COOEt), transferred to a separating funnel, and washed with 300 mL of water, 300 mL of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, 300 mL of dilute hydrochloric acid, and saturated brine in that order.
  • the mixture was dried over 30 g of magnesium sulfate, concentrated using an evaporator, and vacuum dried to obtain 61.0 g of a dinitro compound (A-1). It was confirmed from the NMR spectrum that it was a dinitro compound (A-1).
  • the dinitro compound (A-1) was analyzed by 1 1 H-NMR. The results are shown below.
  • the anhydride (MA-8) was synthesized by using 4,4'-diaminobenzanilide instead of the diamine (AA-1).
  • the anhydride (MA-9) was synthesized by using a diamine (AA-10) having the following structure instead of the diamine (AA-1).
  • Diamine (AA-10) is prepared by reacting diamine (AA-1) with 4-nitrobenzoyl chloride to prepare a dinitro compound (A-10), and then the dinitro compound (A-10) is converted into a dinitro compound.
  • the diamine (AA-1) was reduced from (A-1) by the same method as in the case of synthesizing the diamine (AA-1).
  • diamine (AA-8) or (AA-9) instead of diamine (AA-1) in the synthesis of anhydride (MA-1), (MA-10) and (MA-11) having the following structures are used. ) was synthesized respectively.
  • ⁇ Synthesis of polyimide resin PI-1 11.0 g (18 mmol) of anhydride (MA-1), 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin 1-oxyl free radical (Tokyo Chemical Industry) while removing water in a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer. 0.02 g of (manufactured by Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 40.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Then, 4.76 g (18 mmol) of diamine (AA-1) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 3 hours and further at 45 ° C. for 3 hours.
  • MA-1 anhydride
  • NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
  • NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
  • NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
  • a white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride was obtained.
  • the mixture was then warmed to room temperature, stirred for 2 hours, then 30 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) was added and 11.9 g (45 mmol) of diamine (AA-1) was added to 80 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP).
  • NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
  • the dissolved product was added dropwise over 1 hour. The viscosity increased while the diamine was added.
  • 6.0 g (188 mmol) of methanol and 0.05 g of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl free radical manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • the polyimide precursor resin was then precipitated in 5 liters of water and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a rate of 500 rpm for 15 minutes.
  • the polyimide precursor resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again.
  • the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried under reduced pressure at 45 ° C. for 1 day to obtain a polyimide precursor PA-1.
  • the structure of PA-1 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (PA-1).
  • the structure of PA-2 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (PA-2).
  • * represents the binding site with the oxygen atom to which R 1 binds.
  • ⁇ Synthesis example of polyimide precursor resin PA-3 > 12.5 g (45 mmol) of diamine (AA-4), 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin 1-oxyl free radical (Tokyo Chemical Industry) while removing water in a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer. (Manufactured by Co., Ltd.) 0.05 g was dissolved in 122 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Then 28.2 g (45 mmol) of anhydride (MA-4) was added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours.
  • NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
  • PA-3 N-methylpyrrolidone
  • a white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride was obtained.
  • the mixture was then warmed to room temperature, stirred for 2 hours, then 30 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) was added and 9.37 g (45 mmol) of diamine (AA-7) was added to 80 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP).
  • NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
  • the dissolved product was added dropwise over 1 hour. The viscosity increased while the diamine was added.
  • 6.0 g (188 mmol) of methanol and 0.05 g of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl free radical manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • the polyimide precursor resin was then precipitated in 5 liters of water and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a rate of 500 rpm for 15 minutes.
  • the polyimide precursor resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again.
  • the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried under reduced pressure at 45 ° C. for 1 day to obtain a polyimide precursor PA-4.
  • the structure of PA-4 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (PA-4).
  • the polyimide precursor resin was then precipitated in 5 liters of water and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a rate of 500 rpm for 15 minutes.
  • the polyimide precursor resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again.
  • the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried under reduced pressure at 45 ° C. for 1 day to obtain a polyimide precursor PA-5.
  • the structure of PA-5 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (PA-5).
  • NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
  • AA-1 diamine
  • NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
  • the dissolved product was added dropwise over 1 hour. The viscosity increased while the diamine was added.
  • 6.0 g (188 mmol) of methanol and 0.05 g of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl free radical manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • the polyimide precursor resin was then precipitated in 5 liters of water and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a rate of 500 rpm for 15 minutes.
  • the polyimide precursor resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again.
  • the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried under reduced pressure at 45 ° C. for 1 day to obtain a polyimide precursor PA-6.
  • the structure of PA-6 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (PA-6).
  • NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
  • P-1 Polyimide P-1 for Comparative Example.
  • the structure of P-1 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (P-1). Since P-1 does not have a polymerizable group at the position corresponding to L 11 in the formula (1-1), it does not correspond to the specific resin.
  • a white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride was obtained.
  • the mixture was warmed to room temperature, stirred for 2 hours, 30 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) was added, and 1.3-phenylenediamine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 4.87 (45 mmol) was added to 50 mL of NMP.
  • NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
  • 1.3-phenylenediamine manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • the solution dissolved therein was added dropwise over 1 hour. The viscosity increased while the diamine was added.
  • the structure of P-2 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (P-2). Since P-2 does not have a polymerizable group at the position corresponding to L 21 in the formula (1-2), it does not correspond to the specific resin.
  • the temperature of the obtained mixed solution was raised to 60 ° C. and stirred for 8 hours to obtain an NMP solution of the polyimide precursor P-3 for Comparative Example.
  • DMSO / GBL dimethyl sulfoxide-GBL: ⁇ -butyrolactone-EL: ethyl lactate-NMP: N-methylpyrrolidone
  • GBL 20: 80 (mass ratio). It shows that they were mixed and used in proportion.
  • OXE-01 IRGACURE OXE 01 (manufactured by BASF)
  • OXE-02 IRGACURE OXE 02 (manufactured by BASF)
  • Each curable resin composition or comparative composition prepared in each Example and Comparative Example was applied on a silicon wafer by a spin coating method to form a curable resin composition layer.
  • the silicon wafer to which the obtained curable resin composition layer was applied was dried on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes to form a curable resin composition layer having a uniform thickness of 15 ⁇ m on the silicon wafer.
  • the curable resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was entirely exposed to an exposure energy of 500 mJ / cm 2 using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C), and the exposed curable resin composition layer (resin layer) was subjected to nitrogen.
  • the cured layer (resin layer) of the curable resin composition layer is heated at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min in an atmosphere at the temperature shown in the “Curing conditions” column of Table 1 for 180 minutes.
  • Got The obtained resin layer was immersed in the following chemical solution under the following conditions, and the dissolution rate was calculated.
  • Chemical solution Mixture of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and 25 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution at 90:10 (mass ratio)
  • Evaluation conditions Immerse the resin layer in the chemical solution at 75 ° C. for 15 minutes. The dissolution rate (nm / min) was calculated by comparing the film thicknesses before and after.
  • the evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria, and the evaluation results are listed in the "Chemical resistance" column of Table 1. It can be said that the lower the dissolution rate, the better the chemical resistance.
  • D The dissolution rate was 400 nm / min or more.
  • the developer solubility evaluation was carried out as follows. Each curable resin composition or comparative composition prepared in each Example and Comparative Example was applied onto a silicon wafer by a spin coating method to form a curable resin composition layer. The silicon wafer to which the obtained curable resin composition layer was applied was dried on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes to obtain a uniform curable resin composition layer having a thickness of 35 ⁇ m on the silicon wafer. The curable resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was exposed to i-rays with an exposure energy of 500 mJ / cm 2 using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C).
  • the above exposure was performed using a binary mask in which a 1: 1 line-and-space pattern having a width of 50 ⁇ m, a width of 70 ⁇ m, or a width of 100 ⁇ m was formed.
  • solvent in the column of "development method (developer)" in Table 1
  • development was carried out using cyclopentanone at 30 ° C. as a developing solution, and rinsing was carried out with PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate).
  • PGMEA propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • the minimum development time is the minimum time required to dissolve the unexposed area when the thickness of the curable resin composition layer is 35 ⁇ m using a 1: 1 line-and-space (L / S) pattern with a width of 100 ⁇ m during exposure. And evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. It can be said that the shorter the minimum development time, the better the developer solubility. The evaluation results are shown in the "Developability" column of Table 1. -Evaluation criteria- A: The minimum development time was within 30 seconds. B: The minimum development time was more than 30 seconds and less than 60 seconds. C: The minimum development time was more than 60 seconds and less than 120 seconds. D: Not completely dissolved in 120 seconds.
  • a copper-clad laminate having a curable resin composition layer was produced by the same method as in the developer solubility evaluation, and a 1: 1 line-and-space pattern having a width of 70 ⁇ m or a width of 100 ⁇ m was produced. Exposure using (L / S pattern) was performed. The development time is the same as that of the developer solubility evaluation, except that the development time is twice the minimum development time in the developer solubility evaluation, and then the development treatment and the rinsing treatment are performed and then dissolved. We observed the part where the copper surface appeared and confirmed whether the resolution could be achieved.
  • the curable resin composition containing the specific resin according to the present invention has excellent chemical resistance.
  • the comparative compositions according to Comparative Examples 1 to 3 do not contain a specific resin. It can be seen that the comparative compositions according to Comparative Examples 1 to 3 are inferior in chemical resistance.
  • Example 101 The curable resin composition according to Example 1 was spun and applied to the surface of the thin copper layer of the resin base material having the thin copper layer formed on the surface so as to have a film thickness of 20 ⁇ m.
  • the curable resin composition applied to the resin substrate was dried at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes and then exposed using a stepper (NSR1505 i6, manufactured by Nikon Corporation). The exposure was carried out through a mask of a square pattern (square pattern of 100 ⁇ m each in length and width, number of repetitions of 10) at a wavelength of 365 nm and an exposure amount of 400 mJ / cm 2 to prepare a square remaining pattern.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Macromonomer-Based Addition Polymer (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are: a curable resin composition comprising a resin having at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by formula (1-1) and repeating units represented by formula (1-2) and a polymerization initiator; a cured film obtained by curing the curable resin composition; a layered product including the cured film; a method for producing the cured film; and a semiconductor device including the cured film or the layered product. Also provided is a novel resin having a specific structure.

Description

硬化性樹脂組成物、硬化膜、積層体、硬化膜の製造方法、半導体デバイス、及び、樹脂Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, semiconductor device, and resin
 本発明は、硬化性樹脂組成物、硬化膜、積層体、硬化膜の製造方法、半導体デバイス、及び、樹脂に関する。 The present invention relates to a curable resin composition, a cured film, a laminate, a method for producing a cured film, a semiconductor device, and a resin.
 ポリイミドは、耐熱性及び絶縁性に優れるため、様々な用途に適用されている。上記用途としては特に限定されないが、実装用の半導体デバイスを例に挙げると、絶縁膜や封止材の材料、又は、保護膜としての利用が挙げられる。また、フレキシブル基板のベースフィルムやカバーレイなどとしても用いられている。 Polyimide has excellent heat resistance and insulation properties, so it is applied to various applications. The above application is not particularly limited, and examples of a semiconductor device for mounting include use as a material for an insulating film and a sealing material, or as a protective film. It is also used as a base film and coverlay for flexible substrates.
 例えば上述した用途において、ポリイミドは、ポリイミドを含む硬化性樹脂組成物の形態で用いられる場合もあれば、ポリイミド前駆体等を含む硬化性樹脂組成物の形態で用いられる場合がある。上記前駆体は、例えば加熱等により、環化してポリイミド等の樹脂となる。
 これらの硬化性樹脂組成物は、公知の塗布方法等により基材等に適用可能であるため、例えば、適用される硬化性樹脂組成物の形状、大きさ、適用位置等の設計の自由度が高いなど、製造上の適応性に優れるといえる。
 ポリイミド等の樹脂がもつ高い性能に加え、このような製造上の適応性に優れる観点から、ポリイミド、又は、ポリイミド前駆体を含む硬化性樹脂組成物について、産業上の応用展開がますます期待されている。
For example, in the above-mentioned applications, the polyimide may be used in the form of a curable resin composition containing polyimide, or may be used in the form of a curable resin composition containing a polyimide precursor or the like. The precursor is cyclized to become a resin such as polyimide by heating, for example.
Since these curable resin compositions can be applied to a base material or the like by a known coating method or the like, for example, there is a degree of freedom in designing the shape, size, application position, etc. of the curable resin composition to be applied. It can be said that it is highly adaptable to manufacturing.
In addition to the high performance of resins such as polyimide, from the viewpoint of excellent manufacturing adaptability, it is expected that the curable resin composition containing polyimide or a polyimide precursor will be applied more and more in industry. ing.
 例えば、特許文献1には、特定の構造を有するポリアミック酸と、光重合性化合物と、光重合開始剤とを含む感光性樹脂組成物が記載されている。 For example, Patent Document 1 describes a photosensitive resin composition containing a polyamic acid having a specific structure, a photopolymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator.
特表2009-251451号公報Special Table 2009-251451
 ポリイミドを含む硬化性樹脂組成物において、得られる硬化膜の耐薬品性に優れる硬化性樹脂組成物の提供が望まれている。 In the curable resin composition containing polyimide, it is desired to provide a curable resin composition having excellent chemical resistance of the obtained cured film.
 本発明の一実施態様は、得られる硬化膜の耐薬品性に優れる硬化性樹脂組成物、上記硬化性樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化膜、上記硬化膜を含む積層体、上記硬化膜の製造方法、及び、上記硬化膜又は上記積層体を含む半導体デバイスを提供することを目的とする。
 また、本発明の別の一実施態様は、新規な樹脂を提供することを目的とする。
One embodiment of the present invention comprises a curable resin composition having excellent chemical resistance of the obtained cured film, a cured film obtained by curing the curable resin composition, a laminate containing the cured film, and the cured film. It is an object of the present invention to provide a manufacturing method and a semiconductor device including the cured film or the laminate.
Moreover, another embodiment of the present invention aims to provide a novel resin.
 以下、本発明の代表的な実施態様の例を記載する。
<1> 下記式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位、及び、下記式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の繰返し単位を有する樹脂、並びに、
 重合開始剤を含む、
 硬化性樹脂組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

 式(1-1)中、R11はアミド結合を複数有する4価の基を表し、L11は重合性基を含む2価の連結基を表す;
 式(1-2)中、R21はアミド結合を複数有する4価の基であり、L21は重合性基を含む2価の基を表し、R22及びR23はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。
<2> 上記樹脂が、上記式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位として下記式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位を有するか、又は、上記式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位として下記式(2-2)で表される繰返し単位を有する、<1>に記載の硬化性樹脂組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

 式(2-1)中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、炭素数2~30の環状、直鎖状、又は、分岐鎖状の脂肪族基を表し、Yは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Qは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Aは重合性基、脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、ポリアルキレンオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を含む基を表し、Aは重合性基を含む基を表し、重合性基を含む基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、n1及びn2はそれぞれ独立に、1以上の整数を表す;
 式(2-2)中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、炭素数2~30の環状、直鎖状、または分岐鎖状の脂肪族基を表し、Yは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Qは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Aは重合性基、脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、ポリアルキレンオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を含む基を表し、Aは重合性基を含む基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、G及びGはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、n3及びn4はそれぞれ独立に、1以上の整数を表す。
<3> 上記式(2-1)中のX及びXがそれぞれ独立に、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基であり、上記式(2-2)中のX及びXがそれぞれ独立に、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基である、<2>に記載の硬化性樹脂組成物。
<4> 上記式(2-1)中のYが芳香族炭化水素基を含む基であり、上記式(2-2)中のYが芳香族炭化水素基を含む基である、<2>又は<3>に記載の硬化性樹脂組成物。
<5> 上記式(2-1)中のQが芳香族炭化水素基を含む基であり、上記式(2-2)中のQが芳香族炭化水素基を含む基である、<2>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性樹脂組成物。
<6> 重合性化合物を更に含む、<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性樹脂組成物。
<7> 上記重合性化合物として、多官能重合性化合物を更に含む、<6>に記載の硬化性樹脂組成物。
<8> 再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いられる、<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性樹脂組成物。
<9> <1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化膜。
<10> <9>に記載の硬化膜を2層以上有し、上記硬化膜同士のいずれかの間に金属層を有する、積層体。
<11> <1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性樹脂組成物を基板に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程を含む、硬化膜の製造方法。
<12> 上記膜を50~450℃で加熱する工程を含む、<11>に記載の硬化膜の製造方法。
<13> <9>に記載の硬化膜又は<10>に記載の積層体を有する、半導体デバイス。
<14> 式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位、及び、式(2-2)で表される繰返し単位よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一方を含む、
 樹脂。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

 式(2-1)中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、炭素数2~30の環状、直鎖状、または分岐鎖状の脂肪族基を表し、Yは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Qは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Aは重合性基、脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、ポリアルキレンオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を含む基を表し、Aは重合性基を含む基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、n1及びn2はそれぞれ独立に、1以上の整数を表す;
 式(2-2)中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、炭素数2~30の環状、直鎖状、または分岐鎖状の脂肪族基を表し、Yは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Qは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Aは重合性基、脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、ポリアルキレンオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を含む基を表し、Aは重合性基を含む基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、G及びGはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、n3及びn4はそれぞれ独立に、1以上の整数を表す。
Hereinafter, examples of typical embodiments of the present invention will be described.
<1> A resin having at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the following formula (1-1) and the repeating unit represented by the following formula (1-2), and a resin. ,
Including polymerization initiator,
Curable resin composition;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

In formula (1-1), R 11 represents a tetravalent group having a plurality of amide bonds, and L 11 represents a divalent linking group containing a polymerizable group;
In formula (1-2), R 21 is a tetravalent group having a plurality of amide bonds, L 21 represents a divalent group containing a polymerizable group, and R 22 and R 23 are independent hydrogen atoms. Or represents a monovalent organic group.
<2> The resin has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2-1) as a repeating unit represented by the above formula (1-1), or is represented by the above formula (1-2). The curable resin composition according to <1>, which has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2-2) as a repeating unit;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

In formula (2-1), X 1 and X 2 are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, cyclic, linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. A group is represented, Y 1 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, Q 1 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and A 1 represents a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a polyalkyleneoxy. Represents a group containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of groups, A 2 represents a group containing a polymerizable group, represents a group containing a polymerizable group, and R 1 and R 2 are independent of each other. Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, where n1 and n2 each independently represent an integer greater than or equal to 1.
In formula (2-2), X 3 and X 4 are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and cyclic, linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Y 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, Q 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and A 3 represents a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a polyalkyleneoxy group. Represents a group containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of, A 4 represents a group containing a polymerizable group, and R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. , G 1 and G 2 each independently represent an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more.
<3> X 1 and X 2 in the above formula (2-1) are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and X 3 and X 4 in the above formula (2-2). The curable resin composition according to <2>, wherein each is an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms independently.
<4> Y 1 in the above formula (2-1) is a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and Y 2 in the above formula (2-2) is a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The curable resin composition according to 2> or <3>.
<5> Q 1 in the above formula (2-1) is a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and Q 2 in the above formula (2-2) is a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The curable resin composition according to any one of 2> to <4>.
<6> The curable resin composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, further comprising a polymerizable compound.
<7> The curable resin composition according to <6>, further comprising a polyfunctional polymerizable compound as the above-mentioned polymerizable compound.
<8> The curable resin composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, which is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
<9> A cured film obtained by curing the curable resin composition according to any one of <1> to <8>.
<10> A laminate having two or more cured films according to <9> and having a metal layer between any of the cured films.
<11> A method for producing a cured film, which comprises a film forming step of applying the curable resin composition according to any one of <1> to <8> to a substrate to form a film.
<12> The method for producing a cured film according to <11>, which comprises a step of heating the film at 50 to 450 ° C.
<13> A semiconductor device having the cured film according to <9> or the laminate according to <10>.
<14> Includes at least one selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-2).
resin.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

In formula (2-1), X 1 and X 2 are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and cyclic, linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Y 1 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, Q 1 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and A 1 represents a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a polyalkyleneoxy group. Represents a group containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of, A 2 represents a group containing a polymerizable group, and R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. , N1 and n2 each independently represent an integer greater than or equal to 1.
In formula (2-2), X 3 and X 4 are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and cyclic, linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Y 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, Q 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and A 3 represents a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a polyalkyleneoxy group. Represents a group containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of, A 4 represents a group containing a polymerizable group, and R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. , G 1 and G 2 each independently represent an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more.
 本発明の一実施態様によれば、得られる硬化膜の耐薬品性に優れる硬化性樹脂組成物、上記硬化性樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化膜、上記硬化膜を含む積層体、上記硬化膜の製造方法、及び、上記硬化膜又は上記積層体を含む半導体デバイスが提供される。
 また、本発明の別の一実施態様によれば、新規な樹脂が提供される。
According to one embodiment of the present invention, a curable resin composition having excellent chemical resistance of the obtained cured film, a cured film obtained by curing the curable resin composition, a laminate containing the cured film, and the curing A method for producing a film and a semiconductor device including the cured film or the laminate are provided.
Further, according to another embodiment of the present invention, a novel resin is provided.
 以下、本発明の主要な実施形態について説明する。しかしながら、本発明は、明示した実施形態に限られるものではない。
 本明細書において「~」という記号を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値をそれぞれ下限値及び上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、その工程の所期の作用が達成できる限りにおいて、他の工程と明確に区別できない工程も含む意味である。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有しない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有しないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
 本明細書において、単に「脂肪族基」「脂肪族炭化水素基」「飽和脂肪族炭化水素基」「アルキル基」、「アルキレン基」等と記載した場合、特段の記載がない限り、これらの基は分岐構造及び環状構造の少なくとも一方を有していてもよいものとする。例えば、「アルキル基」には特段の記載がない限り、直鎖アルキル基、分岐アルキル基、環状アルキル基及びこれらの組み合わせにより表されるアルキル基が含まれる。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた露光も含む。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線又は放射線が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、「アクリレート」及び「メタクリレート」の両方、又は、いずれかを意味し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、「アクリル」及び「メタクリル」の両方、又は、いずれかを意味し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、「アクリロイル」及び「メタクリロイル」の両方、又は、いずれかを意味する。
 本明細書において、構造式中のMeはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Buはブチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。また本明細書において、固形分濃度とは、組成物の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他の成分の質量百分率である。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、特に述べない限り、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィ(GPC測定)に従い、ポリスチレン換算値として定義される。本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、例えば、HLC-8220GPC(東ソー(株)製)を用い、カラムとしてガードカラムHZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000、TSKgel Super HZ2000(東ソー(株)製)を用いることによって求めることができる。それらの分子量は特に述べない限り、溶離液としてTHF(テトラヒドロフラン)を用いて測定したものとする。また、GPC測定における検出は特に述べない限り、UV線(紫外線)の波長254nm検出器を使用したものとする。
 本明細書において、積層体を構成する各層の位置関係について、「上」又は「下」と記載したときには、注目している複数の層のうち基準となる層の上側又は下側に他の層があればよい。すなわち、基準となる層と上記他の層の間に、更に第3の層や要素が介在していてもよく、基準となる層と上記他の層は接している必要はない。また、特に断らない限り、基材に対し層が積み重なっていく方向を「上」と称し、又は、硬化性樹脂組成物層がある場合には、基材から硬化性樹脂組成物層へ向かう方向を「上」と称し、その反対方向を「下」と称する。なお、このような上下方向の設定は、本明細書中における便宜のためであり、実際の態様においては、本明細書における「上」方向は、鉛直上向きと異なることもありうる。
 本明細書において、特段の記載がない限り、組成物は、組成物に含まれる各成分として、その成分に該当する2種以上の化合物を含んでもよい。また、特段の記載がない限り、組成物における各成分の含有量とは、その成分に該当する全ての化合物の合計含有量を意味する。
 本明細書において、特に述べない限り、温度は23℃、気圧は101,325Pa(1気圧)、相対湿度は50%RHである。
 本明細書にいて、好ましい態様の組み合わせは、より好ましい態様である。
Hereinafter, main embodiments of the present invention will be described. However, the present invention is not limited to the specified embodiments.
In the present specification, the numerical range represented by the symbol "-" means a range including the numerical values before and after "-" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value, respectively.
In the present specification, the term "process" means not only an independent process but also a process that cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes as long as the desired action of the process can be achieved.
In the notation of a group (atomic group) in the present specification, the notation not describing substitution and non-substitution includes a group having a substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having no substituent (atomic group). For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present specification, when simply referring to "aliphatic group", "aliphatic hydrocarbon group", "saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group", "alkyl group", "alkylene group", etc., unless otherwise specified, these are used. The group may have at least one of a branched structure and a cyclic structure. For example, "alkyl group" includes a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, and an alkyl group represented by a combination thereof, unless otherwise specified.
Unless otherwise specified, the term "exposure" as used herein includes not only exposure using light but also exposure using particle beams such as an electron beam and an ion beam. Examples of the light used for exposure include the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, active rays such as electron beams, or radiation.
As used herein, "(meth) acrylate" means both "acrylate" and "methacrylate", or either, and "(meth) acrylic" means both "acrylic" and "methacrylic", or , Either, and "(meth) acryloyl" means both "acryloyl" and "methacrylic", or either.
In the present specification, Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
In the present specification, the total solid content means the total mass of all the components of the composition excluding the solvent. Further, in the present specification, the solid content concentration is the mass percentage of other components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene-equivalent values according to gel permeation chromatography (GPC measurement) unless otherwise specified. In the present specification, for the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn), for example, HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd.) is used, and guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, and TSKgel are used as columns. It can be obtained by using Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd.). Unless otherwise specified, their molecular weights shall be measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as an eluent. Further, unless otherwise specified, the detection in the GPC measurement shall be performed by using a detector having a wavelength of 254 nm of UV rays (ultraviolet rays).
In the present specification, when the positional relationship of each layer constituting the laminated body is described as "upper" or "lower", the other layer is on the upper side or the lower side of the reference layer among the plurality of layers of interest. All you need is. That is, a third layer or element may be further interposed between the reference layer and the other layer, and the reference layer and the other layer need not be in contact with each other. Unless otherwise specified, the direction in which the layers are stacked on the base material is referred to as "upper", or, if there is a curable resin composition layer, the direction from the base material to the curable resin composition layer. Is called "upper", and the opposite direction is called "lower". It should be noted that such a vertical setting is for convenience in the present specification, and in an actual embodiment, the "upward" direction in the present specification may be different from the vertical upward direction.
Unless otherwise specified in the present specification, the composition may contain, as each component contained in the composition, two or more compounds corresponding to the component. Unless otherwise specified, the content of each component in the composition means the total content of all the compounds corresponding to the component.
In the present specification, unless otherwise specified, the temperature is 23 ° C., the atmospheric pressure is 101,325 Pa (1 atm), and the relative humidity is 50% RH.
In the present specification, the combination of preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
(硬化性樹脂組成物)
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物(以下、単に、「本発明の組成物」ともいう。)は、下記式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位、及び、下記式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の繰返し単位を有する樹脂、及び、重合開始剤を含む。
 以下、下記式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位、及び、下記式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の繰返し単位を有する樹脂を、「特定樹脂」ともいう。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

 式(1-1)中、R11はアミド結合を複数有する4価の基を表し、L11は重合性基を含む2価の連結基を表す;
 式(1-2)中、R21はアミド結合を複数有する4価の基であり、L21は重合性基を含む2価の基を表し、R22及びR23はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。
 本明細書において、アミド結合とは(-C(=O)NR-)により表される構造をいう。上記Rは水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、水素原子又は炭化水素基であることが好ましく、水素原子、アルキル基又は芳香族炭化水素基であることがより好ましく、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、又は、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基であることが更に好ましく、水素原子であることが特に好ましい。
 本明細書において、単に「エステル結合(-C(=O)O-)」、「ウレタン結合(-O-C(=O)NR-)」、「アミド結合」等と記載した場合、これらの結合の向きは限定されないものとする。上記ウレタン結合(-O-C(=O)NR-)におけるRは、上述のアミド結合におけるRと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
(Curable resin composition)
The curable resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “the composition of the present invention”) has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1-1) and the following formula (1-2). A resin having at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the represented repeating units, and a polymerization initiator are included.
Hereinafter, a resin having at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the following formula (1-1) and the repeating unit represented by the following formula (1-2) is referred to as ". Also called "specific resin".
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

In formula (1-1), R 11 represents a tetravalent group having a plurality of amide bonds, and L 11 represents a divalent linking group containing a polymerizable group;
In formula (1-2), R 21 is a tetravalent group having a plurality of amide bonds, L 21 represents a divalent group containing a polymerizable group, and R 22 and R 23 are independent hydrogen atoms. Or represents a monovalent organic group.
In the present specification, the amide bond refers to a structure represented by (-C (= O) NR-). The R represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and has a hydrogen atom and 1 carbon number. It is more preferably an alkyl group of to 4 or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
In the present specification, when it is simply described as "ester bond (-C (= O) O-)", "urethane bond (-OC (= O) NR-)", "amide bond", etc., these The orientation of the bond is not limited. R in the urethane bond (-OC (= O) NR-) is synonymous with R in the amide bond described above, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、ネガ型の硬化性樹脂組成物であることが好ましい。
 ネガ型の硬化性樹脂組成物とは、硬化性樹脂組成物から形成された層を露光した場合に、露光されていない部分(非露光部)が現像液により除去される組成物をいう。
 また、本発明において、繰返し単位とは、繰返し連結することにより樹脂を構成する構成単位のうち最小のものをいう。すなわち、例えば式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位が2つ結合した構成単位を有する樹脂は、式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位が2つ結合した繰返し単位を1つ有する樹脂ではなく、式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位を2つ有する樹脂である。
The curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably a negative type curable resin composition.
The negative type curable resin composition refers to a composition in which an unexposed portion (non-exposed portion) is removed by a developing solution when a layer formed from the curable resin composition is exposed.
Further, in the present invention, the repeating unit means the smallest of the constituent units constituting the resin by being repeatedly connected. That is, for example, a resin having a structural unit in which two repeating units represented by the formula (1-2) are bonded has one repeating unit in which two repeating units represented by the formula (1-2) are bonded. It is not a resin, but a resin having two repeating units represented by the formula (1-2).
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、得られる硬化膜の耐薬品性に優れる。
 上記効果が得られるメカニズムは定かではないが、下記のように推測される。
The curable resin composition of the present invention is excellent in chemical resistance of the obtained cured film.
The mechanism by which the above effect is obtained is not clear, but it is presumed as follows.
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、上記式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位を有する樹脂(以下、「特定樹脂」ともいう。)を含む。
 ここで、従来用いられてきたポリイミド樹脂又はポリイミド前駆体とは異なり、特定樹脂は、式(1-1)又は式(1-2)中のR11又はR21に複数のアミド結合を含み、かつ、L11又はL21に重合性基を含む。
 アミド結合は高い水素結合性を有するため、樹脂が上記複数のアミド結合を含むことにより、樹脂間又は樹脂内で相互作用が生じると考えられる。硬化後の硬化膜においては、上記相互作用と、上記アミド結合に近接するL11又はL21に含まれる重合性基の重合による架橋により、密度の高い網目状の構造が形成されると推測される。このような密度の高い網目状の構造が形成された硬化膜には、薬品が浸透しにくくなると考えられる。このように、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物によれば、薬品の浸透が抑制された、耐薬品性に優れた硬化膜が得られると推測される。
 硬化膜が耐薬品性に優れることにより、例えば、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化膜上に、溶剤を含む他の硬化性樹脂組成物を更に適用、硬化して積層体を作製する場合等に、硬化膜が現像液又は他の硬化性樹脂組成物に接したとしても、硬化膜の溶解が抑制されると考えられる。
 本発明によれば、例えば、ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP)等の極性溶剤、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)水溶液等のアルカリ水溶液、又は、上記極性溶剤と上記アルカリ水溶液との混合液に対する溶解性が抑制された、耐薬品性に優れた硬化膜が得られると考えられる。
 更に、特定樹脂が式(1-1)又は式(1-2)中のL11又はL21に溶剤溶解性の高い重合性基を有することにより、重合前の組成物においては現像液の浸透性が向上するため、現像性に優れた組成物膜(感光膜)が得られやすいと推測される。
The curable resin composition of the present invention contains a resin having a repeating unit represented by the above formula (1-1) (hereinafter, also referred to as “specific resin”).
Here, unlike the polyimide resin or polyimide precursor conventionally used, the specific resin contains a plurality of amide bonds in R 11 or R 21 in the formula (1-1) or the formula (1-2). Moreover, L 11 or L 21 contains a polymerizable group.
Since the amide bond has a high hydrogen bond property, it is considered that the resin contains the above-mentioned plurality of amide bonds, so that an interaction occurs between the resins or within the resin. In the cured film after curing, it is presumed that a dense network-like structure is formed by the above-mentioned interaction and cross-linking by polymerization of the polymerizable group contained in L 11 or L 21 close to the above-mentioned amide bond. To. It is considered that chemicals are less likely to permeate into the cured film in which such a dense network-like structure is formed. As described above, according to the curable resin composition of the present invention, it is presumed that a cured film having excellent chemical resistance with suppressed penetration of chemicals can be obtained.
Since the cured film has excellent chemical resistance, for example, another curable resin composition containing a solvent is further applied and cured on the cured film obtained by curing the curable resin composition of the present invention, and the laminated body is cured. It is considered that the dissolution of the cured film is suppressed even if the cured film comes into contact with the developing solution or other curable resin composition in the case of producing.
According to the present invention, for example, a polar solvent such as dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) or N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP), an alkaline aqueous solution such as a tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution, or the polar solvent and the alkaline aqueous solution. It is considered that a cured film having excellent chemical resistance and whose solubility in the mixed solution of the above is suppressed can be obtained.
Further, since the specific resin has a polymerizable group having high solvent solubility in L 11 or L 21 in the formula (1-1) or the formula (1-2), the developing solution permeates the composition before polymerization. Since the properties are improved, it is presumed that a composition film (photosensitive film) having excellent developability can be easily obtained.
 ここで、特許文献1には、式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位、及び、式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の繰返し単位を有する樹脂については記載も示唆もない。また、特許文献1における硬化性樹脂組成物においては、得られる硬化膜の耐薬品性が低いという問題点があった。 Here, in Patent Document 1, at least one kind of repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2) is used. There is no description or suggestion about the resin to have. Further, the curable resin composition in Patent Document 1 has a problem that the chemical resistance of the obtained cured film is low.
<特定樹脂>
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、特定樹脂を含む。
 特定樹脂は、式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位、及び、式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の繰返し単位を有する。
 特定樹脂は、式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位、及び、式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の繰返し単位を側鎖に有してもよいが、上記繰返し単位を主鎖に有することが好ましい。
 本明細書において、「主鎖」とは、樹脂を構成する高分子化合物の分子中で相対的に最も長い結合鎖をいい、「側鎖」とはそれ以外の結合鎖をいう。
<Specific resin>
The curable resin composition of the present invention contains a specific resin.
The specific resin has at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2).
The specific resin has at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2) in the side chain. Although it may be used, it is preferable to have the repeating unit in the main chain.
In the present specification, the "main chain" refers to the relatively longest binding chain among the molecules of the polymer compound constituting the resin, and the "side chain" refers to other binding chains.
〔式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位〕
-R11
 式(1-1)中、R11はアミド結合を複数有する4価の基を表す。
 R11に含まれるアミド結合は、特定樹脂の主鎖に含まれてもよいし、特定樹脂の側鎖に含まれてもよいが、耐薬品性の観点からは、特定樹脂の主鎖に含まれることが好ましい。
 R11におけるアミド結合の数は、2以上であればよいが、2~10であることが好ましく、2~5であることがより好ましく、2~4であることが更に好ましく、2又は3であることが特に好ましく、2であることが最も好ましい。
 R11は、4価の基であればよいが、脂肪族炭化水素基及び芳香族炭化水素基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基と、2以上のアミド結合とを含むことが好ましい。
 現像性の観点からは、R11は芳香環族炭化水素基を含む基であることが好ましい。
 また、耐薬品性の観点からは、R11は重合性基を含む基であることが好ましい。重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基、環状エーテル基、メチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基を含む基が好ましく、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、マレイミド基、ビニルフェニル基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、メチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基がより好ましく、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、エポキシ基、メチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基が更に好ましい。
 R11に含まれる重合性基の数は、1個以上であることが好ましく、1~15個であることがより好ましく、1~10個であることが更に好ましく、1~5個であることが一層好ましく、1又は2個であることが特に好ましく、1個であることが最も好ましい。
 現像液溶解性の観点からは、R11は、脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、ポリアルキレンオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を置換基として有することが好ましい。
これらの置換基としては、後述する式(P-4)で表される基が好ましい。
[Repeating unit represented by equation (1-1)]
-R 11 -
In formula (1-1), R 11 represents a tetravalent group having a plurality of amide bonds.
The amide bond contained in R 11 may be contained in the main chain of the specific resin or in the side chain of the specific resin, but from the viewpoint of chemical resistance, it is contained in the main chain of the specific resin. Is preferable.
The number of amide bonds in R 11 may be 2 or more, preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 5, further preferably 2 to 4, and 2 or 3. It is particularly preferable to have, and most preferably 2.
R 11 may be a tetravalent group, but preferably contains at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and two or more amide bonds. ..
From the viewpoint of developability, R 11 is preferably a group containing an aromatic ring hydrocarbon group.
Further, from the viewpoint of chemical resistance, R 11 is preferably a group containing a polymerizable group. As the polymerizable group, a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group or a group containing an alkoxymethyl group is preferable, and a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acrylamide group and a (meth) acryloxy group are preferable. A group, a maleimide group, a vinylphenyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group is more preferable, and a (meth) acryloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group, an epoxy group, a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group is further preferable.
The number of polymerizable groups contained in R 11 is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 1 to 15, further preferably 1 to 10, and 1 to 5. Is more preferable, 1 or 2 is particularly preferable, and 1 is most preferable.
From the viewpoint of developer solubility, R 11 preferably has at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a polyalkyleneoxy group as a substituent.
As these substituents, a group represented by the formula (P-4) described later is preferable.
<<式(R-1)>>
 これらの中でも、R11は下記式(R-1)で表される基であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
<< Formula (R-1) >>
Among these, R 11 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (R-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 式(R-1)中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、炭素数2~30の環状、直鎖状、または分岐鎖状の脂肪族基を表し、L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表し、Lは2価の連結基を表し、*はそれぞれ、式(1-1)中の2つのイミド構造のうち一方との結合部位を表し、#はそれぞれ、上記イミド構造のうち他方との結合部位を表す。 In formula (R-1), X 1 and X 2 are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and cyclic, linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. L 1 and L 2 independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group, R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and L 3 represents a divalent link. Each represents a group, * represents a bonding site with one of the two imide structures in the formula (1-1), and # represents a bonding site with the other of the above imide structures, respectively.
<<<X及びX>>>
 式(R-1)中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は、炭素数3~30の脂肪族環基であることが好ましい。
 上記炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10の芳香族炭化水素基が更に好ましく、ベンゼン環から水素原子を3つ除いた構造がより好ましい。
 上記炭素数3~30の脂肪族環基としては、炭素数4~20の脂肪族環基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10の脂肪族環基が更に好ましく、6員環構造である脂肪族環構造から水素原子を3つ除いた構造がより好ましい。
 上記脂肪族環基は、飽和脂肪族環基であっても不飽和脂肪族環基であってもよいが、飽和脂肪族環基であることが好ましい。
 上記脂肪族環基は、脂肪族炭化水素環基であっても脂肪族複素環基であってもよいが、脂肪族炭化水素環基であることが好ましい。
 これらの中でも、上記脂肪族環基としては、飽和脂肪族炭化水素基が好ましい。
 X又はXである芳香族炭化水素基又は脂肪族環基において、Xにおける2つの*、及び、Xにおける2つの#は、芳香族炭化水素基又は脂肪族環基における隣接位に存在することが好ましい。
 本明細書において、2つの結合部位が環構造における隣接位に存在するとは、ある結合部位が存在する上記環構造における環員と、別の結合部位が存在する上記環構造における環員とが、環構造において隣接する環員であることをいう。例えば、環構造がベンゼン環構造である場合、隣接位とはオルト位のことである。
<<< X 1 and X 2 >>>
In the formula (R-1), each of X 1 and X 2 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms or an aliphatic ring group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, respectively.
As the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable, and a hydrogen atom from a benzene ring. A structure excluding three is more preferable.
As the aliphatic ring group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, an aliphatic ring group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, an aliphatic ring group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aliphatic ring group having a 6-membered ring structure is more preferable. A structure in which three hydrogen atoms are removed from the ring structure is more preferable.
The aliphatic ring group may be a saturated aliphatic ring group or an unsaturated aliphatic ring group, but is preferably a saturated aliphatic ring group.
The aliphatic ring group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group or an aliphatic heterocyclic group, but is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group.
Among these, the saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferable as the aliphatic ring group.
In an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aliphatic ring group which is X 1 or X 2 , two * in X 1 and two #s in X 2 are adjacent positions in the aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aliphatic ring group. It is preferred to be present.
In the present specification, when two binding sites are present at adjacent positions in a ring structure, a ring member in the ring structure in which a certain binding site is present and a ring member in the ring structure in which another binding site is present are defined. It means that it is an adjacent ring member in the ring structure. For example, when the ring structure is a benzene ring structure, the adjacent position is the ortho position.
 上記X及びXは、本発明の効果が得られる範囲内において、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、アルキル基、環状アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリーロキシ基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、ハロゲン原子等が挙げられる。 The above-mentioned X 1 and X 2 may have a substituent as long as the effect of the present invention can be obtained. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an alkyl halide group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a halogen atom and the like.
<<<L及びL>>>
 式(R-1)中、L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NR-、又は、これらが2以上結合した基が好ましく、単結合がより好ましい。上記「これらが2以上結合した基」としては、ウレア基等が好ましく挙げられる。
 上記Rは水素原子又は炭化水素基を表し、水素原子、アルキル基又は芳香族炭化水素基がより好ましく、水素原子又はアルキル基が更に好ましく、水素原子が特に好ましい。
 上記炭化水素基としては、炭素数1~30の飽和脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は、これらの組み合わせにより表される基が好ましく、炭素数1~10の飽和脂肪族炭化水素基、ベンゼン環から2以上の水素原子を除いた基、又は、これらの結合により表される基であることがより好ましい。
 また、L及びLにおける炭化水素基は、重合性基を含む基を置換基として有してもよい。重合性基としては、上述のR11における重合性基が挙げられる。
 現像液溶解性の観点からは、L及びLにおける炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、ポリアルキレンオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を少なくとも含む基を置換基として有することが好ましい。これらの置換基としては、後述する式(P-4)で表される基が好ましい。
<<< L 1 and L 2 >>>
In formula (R-1), L 1 and L 2 are independently single bonds, hydrocarbon groups, -O-, -C (= O)-, -S-, -S (= O) 2- , -NR N- or a group in which two or more of these are bonded is preferable, and a single bond is more preferable. Preferred examples of the above-mentioned "group in which two or more of these are bonded" include a urea group and the like.
The RN represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group is more preferable, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is further preferable, and a hydrogen atom is particularly preferable.
The hydrocarbon group is preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, or a group represented by a combination thereof, and has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group of the above, a group obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from the benzene ring, or a group represented by a bond thereof.
Further, the hydrocarbon group in L 1 and L 2 may have a group containing a polymerizable group as a substituent. The polymerizable group include polymerizable groups in R 11 described above.
From the viewpoint of developer solubility, the hydrocarbon groups in L 1 and L 2 are substituted with a group containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a polyalkyleneoxy group. It is preferable to have it as a group. As these substituents, a group represented by the formula (P-4) described later is preferable.
 式(R-1)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表し、水素原子、アルキル基又は芳香族炭化水素基がより好ましく、水素原子又はアルキル基が更に好ましく、水素原子が特に好ましい。 In the formula (R-1), R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is further preferable. , Hydrogen atom is particularly preferable.
<<<L>>>
 式(R-1)中、Lは炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NR-、又は、これらが2以上結合した基が好ましく、炭化水素基、又は、少なくとも1つの炭化水素基と、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NR-、及び、ウレア基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1つの構造とが結合した基であることが好ましい。上記Rは上述の通りである。
 上記炭化水素基としては、炭素数1~30の飽和脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は、これらの組み合わせにより表される基が好ましく、炭素数1~10の飽和脂肪族炭化水素基、ベンゼン環から2以上の水素原子を除いた基、又は、これらの結合により表される基であることがより好ましい。
 また、Lにおける炭化水素基は、重合性基、脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、ポリアルキレンオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を含む基を置換基として有してもよい。重合性基としては、上述のR11における重合性基が挙げられる。
 得られる硬化膜の耐薬品性の観点からは、重合性基を少なくとも含む基を置換基として有することが好ましい。
 現像液溶解性の観点からは、脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、ポリアルキレンオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を少なくとも含む基を置換基として有することが好ましい。これらの置換基としては、後述する式(P-4)で表される基が好ましい。
 また、Lとしては、下記式(L-1)で表される基が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

 式(L-1)中、Yは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Aは重合性基、脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、ポリアルキレンオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を含む基を表し、n1は1以上の整数を表し、*は式(R-1)中のRが結合する窒素原子との結合部位を表し、#は式(R-1)中のRが結合する窒素原子との結合部位を表す。
<<< L 3 >>>
In formula (R-1), L 3 is a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -C (= O)-, -S-, -S (= O) 2- , -NR N- , or these are 2. The group bonded as described above is preferable, and a hydrocarbon group or at least one hydrocarbon group and -O-, -C (= O)-, -S-, -S (= O) 2- , -NR N- , And a group to which at least one structure selected from the group consisting of urea groups is bonded is preferable. The above RN is as described above.
The hydrocarbon group is preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, or a group represented by a combination thereof, and has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group of the above, a group obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from the benzene ring, or a group represented by a bond thereof.
Further, the hydrocarbon group of L 3 are polymerizable groups, aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, and, a group containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of polyalkyleneoxy group may have a substituent .. The polymerizable group include polymerizable groups in R 11 described above.
From the viewpoint of chemical resistance of the obtained cured film, it is preferable to have a group containing at least a polymerizable group as a substituent.
From the viewpoint of developer solubility, it is preferable to have a group containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a polyalkyleneoxy group as a substituent. As these substituents, a group represented by the formula (P-4) described later is preferable.
As the L 3, preferably a group represented by the following formula (L-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

In the formula (L-1), Y 1 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and A 1 is at least one selected from the group consisting of a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a polyalkyleneoxy group. Represents a group containing a species group, n1 represents an integer of 1 or more, * represents the bonding site with the nitrogen atom to which R 1 in the formula (R-1) is bonded, and # represents the bonding site with the nitrogen atom to which R 1 is bonded, and # represents the bonding site with the nitrogen atom in the formula (R-1). It represents the bonding site with the nitrogen atom to which R 2 is bonded.
 式(L-1)中、Yは炭化水素基、又は、少なくとも1つの炭化水素基と、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NR-よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1つの構造とが結合した基であることが好ましく、炭化水素基、又は、少なくとも1つの炭化水素基とアミド結合とが結合した構造であることが好ましい。 In formula (L-1), Y 1 is a hydrocarbon group, or at least one hydrocarbon group, and -O-, -C (= O)-, -S-, -S (= O) 2- , It is preferably a group in which at least one structure selected from the group consisting of -NR N- is bonded, and a hydrocarbon group or a structure in which at least one hydrocarbon group and an amide bond are bonded. preferable.
 また、Yは下記式(Y-1)で表される基であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

 式(Y-1)中、RY1、RY2及びRY3はそれぞれ独立に、炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Z及びZはそれぞれ独立に、アミド結合を表し、a及びbはそれぞれ独立に、0以上の整数を表し、式(Y-1)に存在するRY1、RY2及びRY3のうち、少なくとも1つは式(L-1)中のAとの結合部位を表す。
Further, Y 1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (Y-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

In formula (Y-1), RY1 , RY2, and RY3 independently represent organic groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and Z 1 and Z 2 independently represent amide bonds, a and b. are each independently an integer of 0 or more, of R Y1, R Y2 and R Y3 is present in formula (Y1), at least one binding site to a 1 in the formula (L-1) Represents.
 式(Y-1)中、RY1、RY2及びRY3はそれぞれ独立に、脂肪族炭化水素基、又は、芳香族炭化水素基を含む基であることが好ましく、芳香族炭化水素基を含む基であることが好ましい。
 上記脂肪族炭化水素基としては、炭素数1~30の脂肪族炭化水素基が好ましく、炭素数2~20の脂肪族炭化水素基がより好ましい。
 上記芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基がより好ましく、炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基が更に好ましく、炭素数6の芳香族炭化水素基が特に好ましい。
 また、RY1、RY2及びRY3はそれぞれ独立に、下記式(Y1-1)~式(Y1-4)のいずれかで表される構造であることが好ましく、式(Y1-3)又は式(Y1-4)で表される構造であることがより好ましく、式(Y1-3)で表される構造であることがより好ましい。
 式(Y1-1)~(Y1-4)中、*はそれぞれ、他の構造との結合部位を、#はそれぞれ、式(L-1)におけるAとの結合部位又は水素原子との結合部位を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

 式(Y1-1)又は式(Y1-2)中、LY1及びLY2はそれぞれ独立に、アルキレン基を表し、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキレン基がより好ましく、メチレン基が更に好ましい。
 式(Y1-3)又は式(Y1-4)中、LY4はそれぞれ独立に、単結合又は2価の炭化水素基を表し、単結合が好ましい。上記2価の炭化水素基としては、アルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキレン基が更に好ましい。
 式(Y1-4)中、LY3は単結合、又は、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NHC(=O)-、若しくは、これらを2以上組み合わせた基であることが好ましく、単結合、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~3のアルキレン基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-又は-S(=O)-であることがより好ましく、-CH-、-O-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-C(CF-、及び、-C(CH-よりなる群から選択される2価の基であることが更に好ましい。
 式(Y1-3)又は式(Y1-4)中、nはそれぞれ独立に、1~4の整数を表し、1又は2であることが好ましく、1であることがより好ましい。
In the formula (Y-1), RY1 , RY2, and RY3 are each independently preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and each contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group. It is preferably a group.
As the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable.
As the aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable. More preferably, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
Further, each of R Y1, R Y2 and R Y3 independently is preferably a structure represented by any one of the following formulas (Y1-1) ~ Formula (Y1-4), Formula (Y1-3) or The structure represented by the formula (Y1-4) is more preferable, and the structure represented by the formula (Y1-3) is more preferable.
Bonds in the formula (Y1-1) ~ (Y1-4), * respectively, the binding site with another structure, each #, a binding site or a hydrogen atom and A 1 in formula (L-1) Represents a part.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

Wherein (Y1-1) or Formula (Y1-2), L Y1 and L Y2 each independently represent an alkylene group, preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms More preferably, a methylene group is further preferable.
Wherein (Y1-3) or Formula (Y1-4), L Y4 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group, preferably a single bond. As the divalent hydrocarbon group, an alkylene group is preferable, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is further preferable.
Wherein (Y1-4), L Y3 is a single bond or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which 1 carbon atoms which may be ~ 10 substituted by fluorine atoms, -O -, - C (= O) -, - It is preferably S-, -S (= O) 2- , -NHC (= O)-, or a group in which two or more of these are combined, and is a single bond or a group having 1 carbon atom which may be substituted with a fluorine atom. It is more preferable that the alkylene group of ~ 3 is -O-, -C (= O)-, -S- or -S (= O) 2- , and -CH 2- , -O-, -S-, More preferably, it is a divalent group selected from the group consisting of -S (= O) 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , and -C (CH 3 ) 2-.
In the formula (Y1-3) or the formula (Y1-4), n independently represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
 式(Y-1)中、Z及びZにおけるアミド結合はそれぞれ独立に、上述のR11におけるアミド結合と同様であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 また、Z及びZにおけるアミド結合の向きは特に限定されない。
In the formula (Y-1), the amide bond in Z 1 and Z 2 is independently the same as the amide bond in R 11 described above, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
Further, the direction of the amide bond in Z 1 and Z 2 is not particularly limited.
 式(Y-1)中、a及びbはそれぞれ独立に、0以上の整数を表し、0~4の整数であることが好ましく、0~2の整数であることがより好ましく、0又は1であることが更に好ましく、0が特に好ましい。 In the formula (Y-1), a and b each independently represent an integer of 0 or more, preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and 0 or 1. It is more preferably present, and 0 is particularly preferable.
 式(L-1)中、Aは重合性基、脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、ポリアルキレンオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を含む基を表す。
 重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基、環状エーテル基、メチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基を含む基が好ましく、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、マレイミド基、ビニルフェニル基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、又は、メチロール基がより好ましく、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、エポキシ基、メチロール基、又はアルコキシメチル基が更に好ましい。
 Aが重合性基を含む基である場合、Aに含まれる重合性基の数は、1個以上であり、1~15個であることが好ましく、1~10個であることがより好ましく、1~5個であることが更に好ましく、1又は2個であることが特に好ましく、1個であることが最も好ましい。
 Aが脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、ポリアルキレンオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を少なくとも含む基である場合の好ましい態様は、上述の式(R-1)におけるLの置換基として記載した通りである。
In formula (L-1), A 1 represents a group containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a polyalkyleneoxy group.
As the polymerizable group, a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group or a group containing an alkoxymethyl group is preferable, and a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acrylamide group and a (meth) acryloxy group are preferable. A group, a maleimide group, a vinylphenyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, or a methylol group is more preferable, and a (meth) acryloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group, an epoxy group, a methylol group, or an alkoxymethyl group is further preferable.
When A 1 is a group containing a polymerizable group, the number of polymerizable groups contained in A 1 is 1 or more, preferably 1 to 15, and more preferably 1 to 10. Preferably, the number is more preferably 1 to 5, particularly preferably 1 or 2, and most preferably 1.
A preferred embodiment when A 1 is a group containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a polyalkyleneoxy group is L 3 in the above formula (R-1). As described as a substituent of.
 また、Aが重合性基を含む場合は下記式(P-1)で表される基であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

 式(P-1)中、Lは単結合又はm+1価の連結基を表し、Aは重合性基を表し、mは1以上の整数を表し、*はYとの結合部位を表す。
 式(P-1)中、Lは単結合、又は、炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NR-、若しくは、これらが2以上結合した基が好ましく、単結合、又は、炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-NR-、若しくは、これらが2以上結合した基がより好ましい。上記「これらが2以上結合した基」としては、ウレア基等が挙げられる。
 上記Rは水素原子又は炭化水素基を表し、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基がより好ましく、水素原子又はアルキル基が更に好ましく、水素原子が特に好ましい。
 上記Lにおける炭化水素基としては、炭素数1~30の飽和脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は、これらの組み合わせにより表される基が好ましく、炭素数1~10の飽和脂肪族炭化水素基、ベンゼン環から2以上の水素原子を除いた基、又は、これらの結合により表される基であることがより好ましい。
When A 1 contains a polymerizable group, it is preferably a group represented by the following formula (P-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

In formula (P-1), L 1 represents a single bond or an m + 1 valent linking group, A 2 represents a polymerizable group, m represents an integer of 1 or more, and * represents a binding site with Y 1. ..
In formula (P-1), L 1 is a single bond or a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -C (= O)-, -S-, -S (= O) 2- , -NR N- , Alternatively, a group in which two or more of these are bonded is preferable, and a single bond, or a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -C (= O)-, -NR N- , or a group in which two or more of these are bonded is more preferable. .. Examples of the above-mentioned "group in which two or more of these are bonded" include a urea group and the like.
The RN represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group is more preferable, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is further preferable, and a hydrogen atom is particularly preferable.
As the hydrocarbon group in L 1 , a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, or a group represented by a combination thereof is preferable, and the group has a carbon number of carbon atoms. More preferably, it is a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group of 1 to 10, a group obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from the benzene ring, or a group represented by a bond thereof.
 式(P-1)中、Aはビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、マレイミド基、ビニルフェニル基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、メチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基が好ましく、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、エポキシ基、メチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基がより好ましい。 In formula (P-1), A 2 is a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acrylamide group, a (meth) acryloxy group, a maleimide group, a vinylphenyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group. Groups are preferred, with (meth) acryloxy groups, (meth) acrylamide groups, epoxy groups, methylol groups or alkoxymethyl groups being more preferred.
 式(P-1)中、mは1~15の整数であることが好ましく、1~10の整数であることがより好ましく、1~5の整数であることが更に好ましく、1又は2であることが特に好ましく、1であることが最も好ましい。 In the formula (P-1), m is preferably an integer of 1 to 15, more preferably an integer of 1 to 10, further preferably an integer of 1 to 5, and 1 or 2. Is particularly preferable, and 1 is most preferable.
 また、Aは下記式(P-2)又は式(P-3)で表される基であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

 式(P-2)中、Aは重合性基を表し、*はYとの結合部位を表す。
 式(P-2)中、Aは式(P-1)におけるAと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式(P-3)中、Aは重合性基を表し、Lは炭化水素基、又は、炭化水素基と、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NR-、カーボネート結合、ウレア基、若しくは、これらが2以上結合した基を表し、Zはエーテル結合、エステル結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、カーボネート結合、又は、アミド結合を表し、*はYとの結合部位を表す。Rは上述の通りである。
 式(P-3)中、Aは式(P-1)におけるAと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式(P-3)中、Lは炭化水素基、(ポリ)アルキレンオキシ基、又は、これらの組み合わせにより表される基が好ましく、炭化水素基がより好ましい。
 本明細書において、(ポリ)アルキレンオキシ基とは、アルキレンオキシ基又はポリアルキレンオキシ基を意味する。また、本発明において、ポリアルキレンオキシ基とは、アルキレンオキシ基が2以上直接結合した基をいう。ポリアルキレンオキシ基に含まれる複数のアルキレンオキシ基におけるアルキレン基は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。ポリアルキレンオキシ基が、アルキレン基が異なる複数種のアルキレンオキシ基を含む場合、ポリアルキレンオキシ基におけるアルキレンオキシ基の配列は、ランダムな配列であってもよいし、ブロックを有する配列であってもよいし、交互等のパターンを有する配列であってもよい。
 上記炭化水素基としては、アルキレン基、2価の芳香族炭化水素基、又はこれらの組み合わせにより表される基であることが好ましく、アルキレン基であることがより好ましい。
 上記アルキレン基としては、炭素数1~30のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数1~20のアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基が更に好ましい。
 本発明において、単に「脂肪族炭化水素基」「飽和脂肪族炭化水素基」「アルキル基」、「アルキレン基」等と記載した場合、特段の記載がない限り、これらの基は分岐構造及び環状構造の少なくとも一方を有していてもよいものとする。例えば、「アルキル基」には特段の記載がない限り、直鎖アルキル基、分岐アルキル基、環状アルキル基及びこれらの組み合わせにより表されるアルキル基が含まれる。
 上記芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基がより好ましく、フェニレン基又はナフチレン基が更に好ましく、フェニレン基が特に好ましい。
 上記(ポリ)アルキレンオキシ基におけるアルキレン基としては、炭素数2~10のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数2~4のアルキレン基がより好ましく、エチレン基又はプロピレン基がより好ましく、エチレン基が更に好ましい。
 また、ポリアルキレンオキシ基に含まれるアルキレンオキシ基の数(ポリアルキレンオキシ基の繰り返し数)は、2~20が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、2~5が更に好ましく、2~4が特に好ましい。
 式(P-3)中、Zはエーテル結合、エステル結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、又は、アミド結合を表し、エステル結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、又は、アミド結合がより好ましい。
 式(P-3)中、*はYとの結合部位を表す。
Further, A 1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (P-2) or formula (P-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

In formula (P-2), A 2 represents a polymerizable group, and * represents a binding site with Y 1.
Wherein (P-2), A 2 has the same meaning as A 2 in Formula (P-1), a preferable embodiment thereof is also the same.
In the formula (P-3), A 2 represents a polymerizable group, L 2 is a hydrocarbon group or a hydrocarbon group, and -O-, -C (= O)-, -S-, -S ( = O) 2- , -NR N- , carbonate bond, urea group, or a group in which two or more of these are bonded, and Z 1 is an ether bond, ester bond, urethane bond, urea bond, carbonate bond, or amide. It represents a bond, and * represents a bond site with Y 1. RN is as described above.
Wherein (P-3), A 2 has the same meaning as A 2 in Formula (P-1), a preferable embodiment thereof is also the same.
In the formula (P-3), L 2 is preferably a hydrocarbon group, a (poly) alkyleneoxy group, or a group represented by a combination thereof, and more preferably a hydrocarbon group.
As used herein, the (poly) alkyleneoxy group means an alkyleneoxy group or a polyalkyleneoxy group. Further, in the present invention, the polyalkyleneoxy group means a group in which two or more alkyleneoxy groups are directly bonded. The alkylene groups in the plurality of alkyleneoxy groups contained in the polyalkyleneoxy group may be the same or different. When the polyalkyleneoxy group contains a plurality of types of alkyleneoxy groups having different alkylene groups, the arrangement of the alkyleneoxy groups in the polyalkyleneoxy group may be a random sequence or a sequence having a block. It may be an array having a pattern such as alternating.
The hydrocarbon group is preferably an alkylene group, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a group represented by a combination thereof, and more preferably an alkylene group.
As the alkylene group, an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable.
In the present invention, when simply describing "aliphatic hydrocarbon group", "saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group", "alkyl group", "alkylene group", etc., these groups have a branched structure and a cyclic structure unless otherwise specified. It may have at least one of the structures. For example, "alkyl group" includes a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, and an alkyl group represented by a combination thereof, unless otherwise specified.
As the aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, a phenylene group or a naphthylene group is more preferable, and a phenylene group is preferable. Especially preferable.
As the alkylene group in the (poly) alkyleneoxy group, an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, an ethylene group or a propylene group is more preferable, and an ethylene group is further preferable. ..
The number of alkyleneoxy groups contained in the polyalkyleneoxy group (the number of repetitions of the polyalkyleneoxy group) is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 10, further preferably 2 to 5, and particularly preferably 2 to 4. preferable.
In the formula (P-3), Z 1 represents an ether bond, an ester bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, or an amide bond, and an ester bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, or an amide bond is more preferable.
Wherein (P-3), * represents a bonding site with Y 1.
 また、耐薬品性の観点からは、Aに含まれる重合性基と、特定樹脂の主鎖との距離は0~15であることが好ましく、0~10であることがより好ましい。
 ここで、Aに含まれる重合性基と、特定樹脂の主鎖との距離とは、ポリイミドの主鎖に含まれる原子と、重合性基との間に含まれる原子数のうち、最小の数をいう。例えば、後述する実施例における式(PI-1)で表される樹脂においてメタクリロキシ基と主鎖との距離は4である。
 すなわち、ポリイミドが主鎖内部に環構造を有する場合、「上述のポリイミドの主鎖に含まれる原子」には上記環構造の環員が含まれる。
 また、Aが複数の重合性基を含む場合、Aに含まれる重合性基のうち、最も主鎖に近い重合性基と、ポリイミドの主鎖との距離が0~15であることが好ましく、0~10であることがより好ましい。更に、Aが複数の重合性基を含む場合、Aに含まれる全ての重合性基と、ポリイミドの主鎖との距離が0~15であることが更に好ましく、0~10であることが特に好ましい。
From the viewpoint of chemical resistance , the distance between the polymerizable group contained in A 1 and the main chain of the specific resin is preferably 0 to 15, and more preferably 0 to 10.
Here, the distance between the polymerizable group contained in A 1 and the main chain of the specific resin is the smallest of the number of atoms contained between the atom contained in the main chain of polyimide and the polymerizable group. Say a number. For example, in the resin represented by the formula (PI-1) in the examples described later, the distance between the methacryloxy group and the main chain is 4.
That is, when the polyimide has a ring structure inside the main chain, the "atoms contained in the main chain of the above-mentioned polyimide" include the ring members of the ring structure.
Further, when A 1 contains a plurality of polymerizable groups, of polymerizable groups contained in A 1, and a polymerizable group closest to the main chain, that the distance between the main chain of the polyimide is 0-15 It is preferably 0 to 10, and more preferably 0 to 10. Furthermore, it if A 1 contains a plurality of polymerizable groups, and all of the polymerizable groups contained in A 1, still more preferably the distance between the main chain of the polyimide is 0-15, 0-10 Is particularly preferable.
 Aが脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、ポリアルキレンオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種を含む基である場合、Aは下記式P-4で表される基であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

 式(P-4)中、Lは単結合又はm+1価の連結基を表し、Aは脂肪族炭化水素基、ポリアルキレンオキシ基又はこれらの結合により表される基を表し、mは1以上の整数を表し、*はYとの結合部位を表す。
 式(P-4)中、Lは単結合、又は、炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NR-、若しくは、これらが2以上結合した基が好ましく、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレア結合、又はウレタン結合がより好ましく、エステル結合が更に好ましい。
 式(P-4)中、Aにおける脂肪族炭化水素基としては、アルキル基が好ましく、直鎖アルキル基又は分岐アルキル基がより好ましく、分岐アルキル基が更に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、4~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましい。
 式(P-4)中、Aにおけるポリアルキレンオキシ基を含む基としては、後述のR22におけるポリアルキレンオキシ基を含む基と同様の基が挙げられ、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式(P-4)中、Aは置換基として上述の重合性基を含む基、又は、他の公知の置換基を有していてもよい。
 式(P-4)中、mは1以上の整数を表し、1~10の整数が好ましく、1~4の整数がより好ましく、1又は2が更に好ましく、1が特に好ましい。
When A 1 is a group containing at least one selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a polyalkyleneoxy group, A 1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula P-4. ..
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

In formula (P-4), L 4 represents a single bond or an m + 1 valent linking group, A 4 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a polyalkyleneoxy group or a group represented by a bond thereof, and m is 1. represents an integer greater than or equal, * represents a bonding site with Y 1.
In formula (P-4), L 4 is a single bond or a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -C (= O)-, -S-, -S (= O) 2- , -NR N- , Alternatively, a group in which two or more of these are bonded is preferable, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urea bond, or a urethane bond is more preferable, and an ester bond is further preferable.
Wherein (P-4), the aliphatic hydrocarbon group for A 4, alkyl group, more preferably a linear alkyl group or branched alkyl group, branched alkyl group is more preferable. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 4 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 20.
Wherein (P-4), examples of the group include a polyalkyleneoxy group in A 4, include the same groups as groups containing polyalkyleneoxy group in R 22 described below, preferred embodiment is also the same.
Wherein (P-4), A 4 is a group containing a polymerizable group described above as a substituent, or may have other known substituents.
In the formula (P-4), m represents an integer of 1 or more, an integer of 1 to 10 is preferable, an integer of 1 to 4 is more preferable, 1 or 2 is further preferable, and 1 is particularly preferable.
 式(L-1)中、n1は1以上の整数を表し、1~20の整数であることが好ましく、1~10の整数であることがより好ましく、1~4の整数であることが更に好ましく、1又は2であることが特に好ましく、1であることが最も好ましい。
 また、n1が2以上の整数である場合、n1個のAはそれぞれ同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
In the formula (L-1), n1 represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 to 20, more preferably an integer of 1 to 10, and further preferably an integer of 1 to 4. It is preferably 1 or 2, and most preferably 1.
Further, when n1 is an integer of 2 or more, it may be respectively the same n1 pieces of A 1, may be different.
<<<R及びR>>>
 式(R-1)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表し、水素原子、アルキル基又は芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基又は炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基がより好ましく、水素原子が更に好ましい。
<<< R 1 and R 2 >>>
In the formula (R-1), R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferable, and the hydrogen atom has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups or aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 12 carbon atoms are more preferable, and hydrogen atoms are even more preferable.
-L11
 式(1-1)中、L11は重合性基を含む2価の連結基を表す。
 L11における重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基、環状エーテル基、メチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基を含む基が好ましく、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、マレイミド基、ビニルフェニル基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、メチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基がより好ましく、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、エポキシ基、メチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基が更に好ましい。
 L11に含まれる重合性基の数は、1個以上であることが好ましく、1~15個であることがより好ましく、1~10個であることが更に好ましく、1~5個であることが一層好ましく、1又は2個であることが特に好ましく、1個であることが最も好ましい。
 また、現像性の観点からは、L11は芳香族炭化水素基を含む基であることが好ましく、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基を含む基であることがより好ましく、ベンゼン環構造、又は、ナフタレン環構造を含む基であることが更に好ましく、ベンゼン環構造を含む基であることが特に好ましい。
-L 11 -
In formula (1-1), L 11 represents a divalent linking group containing a polymerizable group.
The polymerizable group in L 11, group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, a group containing a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group are preferred, a vinyl group, (meth) allyl group, (meth) acrylamide group, ( More preferably, a (meth) acryloxy group, a maleimide group, a vinylphenyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group, and a (meth) acryloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group, an epoxy group, a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group More preferred.
The number of polymerizable groups contained in L 11 is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 1 to 15, further preferably 1 to 10, and 1 to 5. Is more preferable, 1 or 2 is particularly preferable, and 1 is most preferable.
From the viewpoint of developability, L 11 is preferably a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group, more preferably a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and has a benzene ring structure. , Or a group containing a naphthalene ring structure is more preferable, and a group containing a benzene ring structure is particularly preferable.
<<式(L-2)>>
 これらの中でも、L11は、下記式(L-2)で表される基であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

 式(L-2)中、Qは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Aは重合性基を含む基を表し、n2は1以上の整数を表し、*は他の構造との結合部位を表す。
<< Formula (L-2) >>
Among these, L 11 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (L-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

In the formula (L-2), Q 1 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, A 2 represents a group containing a polymerizable group, n 2 represents an integer of 1 or more, and * represents another structure. Represents a binding site.
<<Q>>
 Qは芳香族炭化水素基を含むn2+2価の基であることが好ましい。
 Qにおける芳香族炭化水素基は、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基であることが好ましく、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基であることがより好ましく、ベンゼン環から2以上の水素原子を除いた基であることが更に好ましく、ベンゼン環から3以上の水素原子を除いた基であることが特に好ましい。
 式(L-2)中、Qにおける、式(L-2)に記載の2つの*との結合部位は、いずれも芳香族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。すなわち、式(1-1)に記載の2つの窒素原子は、Qに含まれる芳香族炭化水素環構造と、直接結合することが好ましい。
 また、式(L-2)中、Qにおける、Aとの結合部位は、いずれも芳香族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。すなわち、Aは、Qに含まれる芳香族炭化水素環構造と、直接結合することが好ましい。
<< Q 1 >>
Q 1 is preferably an n2 + divalent group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
Aromatic hydrocarbon group in Q 1 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, 2 or more benzene rings It is more preferable that the group is obtained by removing the hydrogen atom of, and it is particularly preferable that the group is obtained by removing 3 or more hydrogen atoms from the benzene ring.
Wherein (L-2), in Q 1, 2 single * the binding site of according to formula (L-2) is preferably either an aromatic hydrocarbon group. That is, the two nitrogen atoms according to formula (1-1), an aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure contained in Q 1, it is preferable to directly bond.
Further, in the formula (L-2), it is preferable that the binding site with A 2 in Q 1 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group. That is, it is preferable that A 2 is directly bonded to the aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure contained in Q 1.
 Qは、下記式(A2-1)~式(A2-5)で表される構造よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の構造を含むことが好ましく、上述の式(A2-1)~式(A2-5)で表される構造よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の構造であることがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

 式(A2-1)~(A2-5)中、RA211~RA214、RA221~RA224、RA231~RA238、RA241~RA248及びRA251~RA258はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、環状アルキル基、アルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、又は、ハロゲン原子を表し、LA231及びLA241はそれぞれ独立に、単結合、カルボニル基、スルホニル基、2価の飽和炭化水素基、2価の不飽和炭化水素基、ヘテロ原子、ヘテロ環基、又は、ハロゲン化アルキレン基を表し、RA211~RA214のうち少なくとも1つ、RA221~RA224のうち少なくとも1つ、RA231~RA238のうち少なくとも1つ、RA241~RA248のうち少なくとも1つ、及び、RA251~RA258のうち少なくとも1つが上記式(L-2)中のAとの結合部位であってもよく、*はそれぞれ独立に、他の構造との結合部位を表す。
Q 1 preferably contains at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the structures represented by the following formulas (A2-1) to (A2-5), and the above formulas (A2-1) to Q1. It is more preferable that the structure is at least one selected from the group consisting of the structures represented by the formula (A2-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

Wherein (A2-1) ~ (A2-5), R A211 ~ R A214, R A221 ~ R A224, R A231 ~ R A238, R A241 ~ R A248 and R A251 ~ R A258 are each independently a hydrogen atom , Alkyl group, cyclic alkyl group, alkoxy group, hydroxy group, cyano group, alkyl halide group, or halogen atom, and LA231 and LA241 are independently single-bonded, carbonyl group, sulfonyl group and divalent, respectively. saturated hydrocarbon group, a divalent unsaturated hydrocarbon group, a hetero atom, a heterocyclic group, or, a halogenated alkylene group, at least one of R A211 ~ R A214, at least one of R a 221 ~ R A224 one, at least one of R A231 ~ R A238, at least one of R a 241 ~ R A248, and, at least one of R A251 ~ R A258 is between a 2 in the formula (L-2) It may be a binding site, and each independently represents a binding site with another structure.
 これらの中でも、溶剤溶解性の観点から、Qは式(A2-1)~式(A2-4)のいずれかで表される構造を含むことが好ましく、式(A2-1)で表される構造を含むことがより好ましい。 Among these, from the viewpoint of solvent solubility, Q 1 is preferably a structure represented by any of formulas (A2-1) ~ formula (A2-4), is represented by the formula (A2-1) It is more preferable to include a structure such as
 式(A2-1)中、RA211~RA214はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~6のアルキル基、炭素数3~12の環状アルキル基、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、炭素数1~3のハロゲン化アルキル基、又は、ハロゲン原子を表すことが好ましく、溶剤溶解性の観点からは、水素原子、炭素数1~6のアルキル基、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~3のハロゲン化アルキル基がより好ましく、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましい。
 上記RA211~RA214における上記ハロゲン化アルキル基におけるハロゲン原子、又は、上記ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等が挙げられ、塩素原子又は臭素原子が好ましい。
 また、上記RA211~RA214のうち、少なくとも1つが式(L-2)中のAとの結合部位であることが好ましく、RA213が上記Aとの結合部位であることがより好ましい。
Wherein (A2-1), R A211 ~ R A214 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyclic alkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, hydroxy It is preferable to represent a group, a cyano group, an alkyl halide group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom, and from the viewpoint of solvent solubility, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms. An alkoxy group of 6 and an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms are more preferable, and an alkyl group having a hydrogen atom or 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
Halogen atom in the halogenated alkyl group in the R A211 ~ R A214, or, as the halogen atom, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, and an iodine atom, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom.
Further, among the R A211 ~ R A214, is preferably a binding site with A 2 in at least Exemplary ethynylphenylbiadamantane derivatives (L-2), it is more preferable R A213 is a bond site to the A 2 ..
 式(A2-2)中、RA221~RA224はそれぞれ、式(A2-1)におけるRA211~RA214と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 また、上記RA211~RA214のうち、少なくとも1つが式(L-2)中のAとの結合部位であることが好ましく、1つ又は2つが上記Aとの結合部位であることがより好ましい。
Wherein (A2-2), each of R A221 ~ R A224, have the same meanings as R A211 ~ R A214 in formula (A2-1), preferable embodiments thereof are also the same.
Further, among the R A211 ~ R A214, it is preferably a binding site with A 2 in at least Exemplary ethynylphenylbiadamantane derivatives (L-2), 1 or 2 is a binding site between the A 2 More preferred.
 式(A2-3)中、RA231~RA238はそれぞれ、式(A2-1)におけるRA211~RA214と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式(A2-3)中、LA231は、単結合、炭素数1~6の2価の飽和炭化水素基、炭素数5~24の2価の不飽和炭化水素基、-O-、-S-、-NR-、ウレア基、ヘテロ環基、又は、炭素数1~6のハロゲン化アルキレン基を表すことが好ましく、単結合、炭素数1~6の飽和炭化水素基、-O-又はヘテロ環基を表すことが好ましく、単結合又は-O-を表すことが更に好ましい。上記Rは上述の通りであり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 また、上記RA231~RA238のうち、少なくとも1つが式(L-2)中のAとの結合部位であることが好ましく、1つ又は2つが上記Aとの結合部位であることがより好ましく、RA231~RA234のうち1つと、RA235~RA238のうち1つとが上記Aとの結合部位であることが更に好ましい。
Wherein (A2-3), each of R A231 ~ R A238, have the same meanings as R A211 ~ R A214 in formula (A2-1), preferable embodiments thereof are also the same.
In the formula (A2-3), LA231 is a single bond, a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a divalent unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms, —O—, —S. -, -NR N- , urea group, heterocyclic group, or halogenated alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferably represented, and a single bond, saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, -O- or It preferably represents a heterocyclic group, more preferably a single bond or —O—. The RN is as described above, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
Further, among the R A231 ~ R A238, it is preferably a binding site with A 2 in at least Exemplary ethynylphenylbiadamantane derivatives (L-2), 1 or 2 is a binding site between the A 2 more preferably, bract one of R A231 ~ R A234, it is more preferably one of R A235 ~ R A238 is a bond site between the a 2.
 式(A2-4)中、RA241~RA248及びLA241はそれぞれ、式(A2-3)におけるRA231~RA238及びLA231と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 また、上記RA241~RA248のうち、少なくとも1つが式(L-2)中のAとの結合部位であることが好ましく、1つ又は2つが上記Aとの結合部位であることがより好ましく、RA241~RA244のうち1つと、RA245~RA248のうち1つとが上記Aとの結合部位であることが更に好ましい。
Wherein (A2-4), each of R A241 ~ R A248 and L A 241, has the same meaning as R A231 ~ R A238 and L A231 in formula (A2-3), preferable embodiments thereof are also the same.
Further, it is preferable that at least one of the above RA241 to RA248 is a binding site with A 2 in the formula (L-2), and one or two are binding sites with the above A 2. more preferably, bract one of R a 241 ~ R A244, it is more preferably one of R A245 ~ R A248 is a bond site between the a 2.
 式(A2-4)中、RA251~RA258は式(A2-1)におけるRA211~RA214と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 また、上記RA251~RA258のうち、少なくとも1つが式(L-2)中のAとの結合部位であることが好ましく、1つ又は2つが上記Aとの結合部位であることがより好ましく、RA251~RA254のうち1つと、RA255~RA258のうち1つとが上記Aとの結合部位であることが更に好ましい。
Wherein (A2-4), R A251 ~ R A258 have the same meanings as R A211 ~ R A214 in formula (A2-1), preferable embodiments thereof are also the same.
Further, it is preferable that at least one of the above RA251 to RA258 is a binding site with A 2 in the formula (L-2), and one or two are binding sites with the above A 2. more preferably, bract one of R a 251 ~ R A254, it is more preferably one of R A255 ~ R A258 is a bond site between the a 2.
<<A>>
 式(L-2)中、Aは重合性基を含む基を表す。
 重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基、環状エーテル基、メチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基を含む基が好ましく、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、マレイミド基、ビニルフェニル基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、又は、メチロール基がより好ましく、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、エポキシ基、メチロール基、又はアルコキシメチル基が更に好ましい。
 Aに含まれる重合性基の数は、1個以上であり、1~15個であることが好ましく、1~10個であることがより好ましく、1~5個であることが更に好ましく、1又は2個であることが特に好ましく、1個であることが最も好ましい。
<< A 2 >>
In formula (L-2), A 2 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
As the polymerizable group, a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group or a group containing an alkoxymethyl group is preferable, and a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acrylamide group and a (meth) acryloxy group are preferable. A group, a maleimide group, a vinylphenyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, or a methylol group is more preferable, and a (meth) acryloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group, an epoxy group, a methylol group, or an alkoxymethyl group is further preferable.
The number of polymerizable groups contained in A 2 is 1 or more, preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 5. It is particularly preferable to have one or two, and most preferably one.
 また、Aは上述の式(P-1)で表される基であることが好ましく、上述の式(P-2)又は上述の式(P-3)で表される基であることがより好ましい。 Further, A 2 is preferably a group represented by the above formula (P-1), and is preferably a group represented by the above formula (P-2) or the above formula (P-3). More preferred.
<<n2>>
 式(L-2)中、n2は1以上の整数を表し、1~20の整数であることが好ましく、1~10の整数であることがより好ましく、1~4の整数であることが更に好ましく、1又は2であることが特に好ましく、1であることが最も好ましい。
 また、n2が2以上の整数である場合、n2個のAはそれぞれ同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
<< n2 >>
In the formula (L-2), n2 represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 to 20, more preferably an integer of 1 to 10, and further preferably an integer of 1 to 4. It is preferably 1 or 2, and most preferably 1.
Moreover, if n2 is an integer of 2 or more, it may be a respective n2 amino A 2 same or different.
-式(2-1)-
 特定樹脂が式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位を有する場合、特定樹脂は、式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位として、下記式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位を有することが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

 式(2-1)中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、炭素数2~30の環状、直鎖状、又は、分岐鎖状の脂肪族基を表し、Yは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Qは炭素数1~30の有機基を表しAは重合性基、脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、ポリアルキレンオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を含む基を表し、Aは重合性基を含む基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、n1及びn2はそれぞれ独立に、1以上の整数を表す。
-Equation (2-1)-
When the specific resin has a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1), the specific resin is a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2-1) as a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1). It is preferable to have.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

In formula (2-1), X 1 and X 2 are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, cyclic, linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. A group represents a group, Y 1 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, Q 1 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and A 1 represents a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a polyalkyleneoxy group. Represents a group containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of, A 2 represents a group containing a polymerizable group, and R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. , N1 and n2 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more.
 上記式(2-1)中、X、X、R及びRはそれぞれ、上述の式(R-1)中のX、X、R及びRと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 上記式(2-1)中、Y、A及びn1はそれぞれ、上述の式(L-1)中のY、A及びn1と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 上記式(2-1)中、Q、A及びnはそれぞれ、上述の式(L-2)中のQ、A及びnと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
In the above formula (2-1), X 1, X 2, R 1 and R 2 each has the same meaning as X 1, X 2, R 1 and R 2 in the above formula (R-1), preferably The aspect is also the same.
In the above formula (2-1), Y 1 , A 1 and n 1 are synonymous with Y 1 , A 1 and n 1 in the above formula (L-1), respectively, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
In the formula (2-1), respectively Q 1, A 2 and n 2 are the same as Q 1, A 2 and n 2 in the above formula (L-2), preferable embodiments thereof are also the same.
〔式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位〕
-R21
 式(1-2)中、R21は式(1-1)中のR11と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
[Repeating unit represented by equation (1-2)]
-R 21 -
In formula (1-2), R 21 has the same meaning as R 11 in formula (1-1), and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
-L21
 式(1-2)中、L21は式(1-1)中のL11と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
-L 21 -
In formula (1-2), L 21 has the same meaning as L 11 in formula (1-1), and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
-R22、R23
 R22及びR23はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、いずれも1価の有機基であることが好ましい。
 R22及びR23における1価の有機基としては、重合性基を含む基、又は、ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい有機基が挙げられ、耐薬品性、現像性及び特定樹脂の溶剤溶解性の観点から、ポリアルキレンオキシ基を含む基が好ましい。
-R 22, R 23 -
R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and it is preferable that both are monovalent organic groups.
Examples of the monovalent organic group in R 22 and R 23 include a group containing a polymerizable group or an organic group which may contain a hetero atom, from the viewpoints of chemical resistance, developability and solvent solubility of the specific resin. Therefore, a group containing a polyalkyleneoxy group is preferable.
<<重合性基を含む基>>
 R22及びR23における重合性基を含む基に含まれる重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基、環状エーテル基、メチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基を含む基が好ましく、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、マレイミド基、ビニルフェニル基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、メチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基がより好ましく、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、エポキシ基、メチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基が更に好ましい。
 上記重合性基を含む基に含まれる重合性基の数は、1個以上であり、1~15個であることが好ましく、1~10個であることがより好ましく、1~5個であることが更に好ましく、1又は2個であることが特に好ましく、1個であることが最も好ましい。
<< Groups containing polymerizable groups >>
As the polymerizable group contained in the group containing a polymerizable group in R 22 and R 23 , a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group or a group containing an alkoxymethyl group is preferable, and a vinyl group, ( More preferably, (meth) allyl group, (meth) acrylamide group, (meth) acryloxy group, maleimide group, vinylphenyl group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group, methylol group or alkoxymethyl group, (meth) acryloxy group, (meth) acrylamide group. More preferred are groups, epoxy groups, methylol groups or alkoxymethyl groups.
The number of polymerizable groups contained in the group containing the polymerizable group is 1 or more, preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, and 1 to 5. More preferably, 1 or 2 is particularly preferable, and 1 is most preferable.
 上記重合性基を含む基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、又は、下記式(III)で表される基であることも好ましい。 The group containing the polymerizable group is preferably a vinyl group, an allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, or a group represented by the following formula (III).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 式(III)中、R200は、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、メチル基が好ましい。 In formula (III), R200 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
 式(III)中、R201は、炭素数2~12のアルキレン基、-CHCH(OH)CH-又は炭素数4~30の(ポリ)アルキレンオキシ基(アルキレン基としては炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい;繰り返し数は1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい)を表す。なお、(ポリ)アルキレンオキシ基とは、アルキレンオキシ基又はポリアルキレンオキシ基を意味する。
 好適なR201の例は、エチレン基、プロピレン基、トリメチレン基、テトラメチレン基、1,2-ブタンジイル基、1,3-ブタンジイル基、ペンタメチレン基、ヘキサメチレン基、オクタメチレン基、ドデカメチレン基、-CHCH(OH)CH-が挙げられ、エチレン基、プロピレン基、トリメチレン基、-CHCH(OH)CH-がより好ましい。
 特に好ましくは、R200がメチル基で、R201がエチレン基である。
 式(III)中、*は他の構造との結合部位を表す。
In formula (III), R 201 is an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2- or a (poly) alkyleneoxy group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms (the alkylene group has 1 carbon atom). ~ 12 is preferable, 1 to 6 is more preferable, 1 to 3 is particularly preferable; the number of repetitions is preferably 1 to 12, 1 to 6 is more preferable, and 1 to 3 is particularly preferable). The (poly) alkyleneoxy group means an alkyleneoxy group or a polyalkyleneoxy group.
Examples of suitable R 201 are ethylene group, propylene group, trimethylene group, tetramethylene group, 1,2-butandyl group, 1,3-butandyl group, pentamethylene group, hexamethylene group, octamethylene group, dodecamethylene group. , -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2-, and more preferably an ethylene group, a propylene group, a trimethylene group, and -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2-.
Particularly preferably, R 200 is a methyl group and R 201 is an ethylene group.
In formula (III), * represents a binding site with another structure.
<<ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい有機基>>
 ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい有機基は、重合性基を有しない有機基であることが好ましい。
 上記ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい有機基におけるヘテロ原子としては、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ハロゲン原子等が挙げられ、酸素原子が好ましい。
 また、上記ヘテロ原子は、エーテル結合(-O-)として含まれることが好ましい。
 上記ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい有機基としては、ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭素数1~30の有機基であることが好ましく、ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭素数2~20の有機基であることがより好ましい。
<< Organic groups that may contain heteroatoms >>
The organic group that may contain a hetero atom is preferably an organic group that does not have a polymerizable group.
Examples of the hetero atom in the organic group which may contain the hetero atom include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a halogen atom and the like, and an oxygen atom is preferable.
Further, the hetero atom is preferably contained as an ether bond (—O—).
The organic group which may contain a heteroatom is preferably an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may contain a heteroatom, and an organic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a heteroatom. More preferred.
<<<ポリアルキレンオキシ基>>>
 これらの中でも、上記ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい有機基は、ポリアルキレンオキシ基を含む有機基であることが好ましい。
<<< Polyalkyleneoxy group >>>
Among these, the organic group which may contain the heteroatom is preferably an organic group containing a polyalkyleneoxy group.
 本発明において、ポリアルキレンオキシ基とは、アルキレンオキシ基が2以上直接結合した基をいう。ポリアルキレンオキシ基に含まれる複数のアルキレンオキシ基におけるアルキレン基は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 ポリアルキレンオキシ基が、アルキレン基が異なる複数種のアルキレンオキシ基を含む場合、ポリアルキレンオキシ基におけるアルキレンオキシ基の配列は、ランダムな配列であってもよいし、ブロックを有する配列であってもよいし、交互等のパターンを有する配列であってもよい。
 上記アルキレン基の炭素数(アルキレン基が置換基を有する場合、置換基の炭素数を含む)は、2以上であることが好ましく、2~10であることがより好ましく、2~6であることがより好ましく、2~5であることが更に好ましく、2~4であることが一層好ましく、2又は3であることが特に好ましく、2であることが最も好ましい。
 また、上記アルキレン基は、置換基を有していてもよい。好ましい置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子等が挙げられる。
 また、ポリアルキレンオキシ基に含まれるアルキレンオキシ基の数(ポリアルキレンオキシ基の繰り返し数)は、2~20が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、2~5が更に好ましく、2~4が特に好ましく、2が最も好ましい。
 ポリアルキレンオキシ基としては、溶剤溶解性及び耐薬品性の両立の観点からは、ポリエチレンオキシ基、ポリプロピレンオキシ基、ポリトリメチレンオキシ基、ポリテトラメチレンオキシ基、又は、複数のエチレンオキシ基と複数のプロピレンオキシ基とが結合した基が好ましく、ポリエチレンオキシ基又はポリプロピレンオキシ基がより好ましく、ポリエチレンオキシ基が更に好ましい。上記複数のエチレンオキシ基と複数のプロピレンオキシ基とが結合した基において、エチレンオキシ基とプロピレンオキシ基とはランダムに配列していてもよいし、ブロックを形成して配列していてもよいし、交互等のパターン状に配列していてもよい。これらの基におけるエチレンオキシ基等の繰り返し数の好ましい態様は上述の通りである。
In the present invention, the polyalkyleneoxy group refers to a group in which two or more alkyleneoxy groups are directly bonded. The alkylene groups in the plurality of alkyleneoxy groups contained in the polyalkyleneoxy group may be the same or different.
When the polyalkyleneoxy group contains a plurality of types of alkyleneoxy groups having different alkylene groups, the arrangement of the alkyleneoxy groups in the polyalkyleneoxy group may be a random sequence or a sequence having a block. It may be an array having a pattern such as alternating.
The carbon number of the alkylene group (including the carbon number of the substituent when the alkylene group has a substituent) is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 10, and 2 to 6. Is more preferable, 2 to 5 is more preferable, 2 to 4 is more preferable, 2 or 3 is particularly preferable, and 2 is most preferable.
Moreover, the said alkylene group may have a substituent. Preferred substituents include alkyl groups, aryl groups, halogen atoms and the like.
The number of alkyleneoxy groups contained in the polyalkyleneoxy group (the number of repetitions of the polyalkyleneoxy group) is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 10, further preferably 2 to 5, and particularly preferably 2 to 4. Preferably, 2 is most preferred.
The polyalkyleneoxy group includes a polyethyleneoxy group, a polypropyleneoxy group, a polytrimethyloxy group, a polytetramethyleneoxy group, or a plurality of ethyleneoxy groups from the viewpoint of achieving both solvent solubility and chemical resistance. The group to which the propyleneoxy group is bonded is preferable, the polyethyleneoxy group or the polypropyleneoxy group is more preferable, and the polyethyleneoxy group is further preferable. In the group in which the plurality of ethyleneoxy groups and the plurality of propyleneoxy groups are bonded, the ethyleneoxy groups and the propyleneoxy groups may be randomly arranged or may be arranged by forming a block. , Alternate or the like may be arranged in a pattern. The preferred embodiment of the number of repetitions of the ethyleneoxy group and the like in these groups is as described above.
 ポリアルキレンオキシ基を含む有機基は、下記式(PO-1)で表される基であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

 式(PO-1)中、RP1はそれぞれ独立に、アルキレン基を表し、RP2は1価の有機基を表し、nは2以上の整数を表し、LP1は単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、*は式(1-2)中のR22又はR23が結合する酸素原子との結合部位を表す。
The organic group containing a polyalkyleneoxy group is preferably a group represented by the following formula (PO-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

Wherein (PO-1), R P1 each independently represent an alkylene group, R P2 represents a monovalent organic group, n represents an integer of 2 or more, L P1 is connected a single bond or a divalent A group is represented, and * represents a bonding site with an oxygen atom to which R 22 or R 23 in the formula (1-2) is bonded.
 式(PO-1)中、RP1はそれぞれ独立に、炭素数2~10のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、炭素数2~4のアルキレン基であることがより好ましく、エチレン基(-CH-CH-)又はプロピレン基(-CH-CH(CH)-又は-CH(CH)-CH-)であることがより好ましく、エチレン基であることが更に好ましい。 Wherein (PO-1), R P1 each independently is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, an ethylene group (-CH 2 -CH 2- ) or propylene group (-CH 2- CH (CH 3 )-or-CH (CH 3 ) -CH 2- ) is more preferable, and an ethylene group is further preferable.
 式(PO-1)中、RP2は1価の有機基を表し、アルキル基、芳香族炭化水素基、アラルキル基、又は、重合性基を含む基であることが好ましく、アルキル基であることがより好ましい。
 上記アルキル基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数2~4のアルキル基がより好ましく、エチル基が更に好ましい。
 上記芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、フェニル基又はナフチル基がより好ましく、フェニル基が更に好ましい。
 上記アラルキル基としては、炭素数7~30のアラルキル基が好ましく、炭素数7~20のアラルキル基がより好ましく、ベンジル基がより好ましい。
 上記重合性基を含む基に含まれる重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基、環状エーテル基メチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基を含む基が好ましく、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、マレイミド基、ビニルフェニル基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、メチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基がより好ましく、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、エポキシ基、メチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基が更に好ましい。
 上記重合性基を含む基としては、上述の式(P-1)で表される基が好ましく、上述の式(P-2)又は上述の式(P-3)で表される基であることがより好ましい。
In the formula (PO-1), RP2 represents a monovalent organic group, preferably an alkyl group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aralkyl group, or a group containing a polymerizable group, and is preferably an alkyl group. Is more preferable.
As the alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an ethyl group is further preferable.
As the aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferable, and a phenyl group is further preferable.
As the aralkyl group, an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a benzyl group is more preferable.
As the polymerizable group contained in the above-mentioned group containing a polymerizable group, a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group or a group containing an alkoxymethyl group is preferable, and a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, ( More preferred are a (meth) acrylamide group, a (meth) acryloxy group, a maleimide group, a vinylphenyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group, with a (meth) acryloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group, an epoxy group and a methylol. Groups or alkoxymethyl groups are more preferred.
As the group containing the above-mentioned polymerizable group, the group represented by the above-mentioned formula (P-1) is preferable, and the group represented by the above-mentioned formula (P-2) or the above-mentioned formula (P-3) is used. Is more preferable.
 式(PO-1)中、nは2~20の整数が好ましく、2~10の整数がより好ましく、2~5の整数が更に好ましく、2~4の整数が特に好ましく、2が最も好ましい。 In the formula (PO-1), n is preferably an integer of 2 to 20, more preferably an integer of 2 to 10, further preferably an integer of 2 to 5, particularly preferably an integer of 2 to 4, and most preferably 2.
 式(PO-1)中、LP1は単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、単結合が好ましい。
 上記2価の連結基としては、炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NR-、又は、これらが2以上結合した基が好ましく、炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-NR-。又は、これらが2以上結合した基がより好ましく、炭化水素基、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、又はこれらを2以上組み合わせた基が更に好ましい。
 上記Rは水素原子又は炭化水素基を表し、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基がより好ましく、水素原子又はアルキル基が更に好ましく、水素原子が特に好ましい。
 上記LP1における炭化水素基としては、炭素数1~30の飽和脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は、これらの組み合わせにより表される基が好ましく、炭素数1~10の飽和脂肪族炭化水素基、ベンゼン環から2以上の水素原子を除いた基、又は、これらの結合により表される基であることがより好ましい。
In the formula (PO-1), LP1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and a single bond is preferable.
The divalent linking group includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -C (= O)-, -S-, -S (= O) 2- , -NR N- , or two or more of these. The group is preferably a hydrocarbon group, —O—, −C (= O) −, −NR N− . Alternatively, a group in which two or more of these are bonded is more preferable, and a hydrocarbon group, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, or a group in which two or more of these are combined is further preferable.
The RN represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group is more preferable, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is further preferable, and a hydrogen atom is particularly preferable.
The hydrocarbon group represented by L P1, saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, or, a group represented by a combination thereof Preferably, the number of carbon atoms More preferably, it is a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group of 1 to 10, a group obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from the benzene ring, or a group represented by a bond thereof.
<<<ハロゲン原子により置換された炭化水素基>>>
 また、溶剤溶解性及び膜強度の観点から、ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい有機基は、ハロゲン原子により置換された炭化水素基であってもよい。
 ハロゲン原子により置換された炭化水素基におけるハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等が挙げられ、フッ素原子が好ましい。
 上記炭化水素基としては、アルキル基、又は、芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、アルキル基がより好ましい。
 上記アルキル基としては、炭素数1~30のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数2~4のアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 上記芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基がより好ましく、フェニル基が更に好ましい。
 すなわち、ハロゲン原子により置換された炭化水素基は、フッ素原子により少なくとも1つの水素原子が置換されたアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 R22又はR23としてハロゲン原子により置換された炭化水素基を含むことにより、得られる硬化膜の膜強度が向上する。
<<< Hydrocarbon groups substituted with halogen atoms >>>
Further, from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and film strength, the organic group which may contain a hetero atom may be a hydrocarbon group substituted with a halogen atom.
Examples of the halogen atom in the hydrocarbon group substituted with the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom and the like, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
As the hydrocarbon group, an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferable, and an alkyl group is more preferable.
As the alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is further preferable.
As the aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a phenyl group is further preferable.
That is, the hydrocarbon group substituted with a halogen atom is preferably an alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom.
By including a hydrocarbon group substituted with a halogen atom as R 22 or R 23 , the film strength of the obtained cured film is improved.
<<他の置換基>>
 R22及びR23は、他の置換基であってもよい。
 他の置換基としては、酸基を有する炭化水素基等が挙げられる。酸基を有する炭化水素基としては、酸基を有するアルキル基、酸基を有する芳香族炭化水素基、又は、酸基を有するアラルキル基等が挙げられる。
 上記酸基を有するアルキル基におけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~30のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~20のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 上記酸基を有するアルキル基における酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ホスホン酸基等が挙げられ、カルボキシ基が好ましい
 上記酸基を有する芳香族炭化水素基における芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、フェニル基又はナフチル基がより好ましく、フェニル基が更に好ましい。
 上記酸基を有するアラルキル基としては、炭素数7~30のアラルキル基が好ましく、炭素数7~20のアラルキル基がより好ましく、ベンジル基がより好ましい。
 上記酸基を有する芳香族炭化水素基、又は、上記酸基を有するアラルキル基における酸基としては、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ホスホン酸基等が挙げられ、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基、又は、カルボキシ基が好ましく、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基がより好ましい。
 これらの中でも、酸基を有する芳香族炭化水素基、又は、酸基を有するアラルキル基が好ましく、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有する芳香族炭化水素基、又は、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有するアラルキル基がより好ましく、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有するフェニル基、又は、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有するベンジル基が更に好ましい。
 また、他の置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシアルキル基、アリーロキシ基アルキル基等の基であってもよい。
<< Other substituents >>
R 22 and R 23 may be other substituents.
Examples of other substituents include hydrocarbon groups having an acid group and the like. Examples of the hydrocarbon group having an acid group include an alkyl group having an acid group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having an acid group, and an aralkyl group having an acid group.
As the alkyl group in the alkyl group having an acid group, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable.
Examples of the acid group in the alkyl group having an acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group and the like, and a carboxy group is preferable. As the group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferable, and a phenyl group is further preferable.
As the aralkyl group having an acid group, an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a benzyl group is more preferable.
Examples of the acid group in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having the acid group or the aralkyl group having the acid group include a phenolic hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group and the like, and phenol. A sex hydroxy group or a carboxy group is preferable, and a phenolic hydroxy group is more preferable.
Among these, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having an acid group or an aralkyl group having an acid group is preferable, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group having a phenolic hydroxy group or an aralkyl group having a phenolic hydroxy group is more preferable. , A phenyl group having a phenolic hydroxy group, or a benzyl group having a phenolic hydroxy group is more preferable.
Further, as the other substituent, a group such as an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an aryloxy group, or an alkyl group may be used.
 膜強度および耐薬品性の観点からは、特定樹脂に含まれる全ての式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位中のR22及びR23の全モル量に対する、エチレン性不飽和結合を含む置換基であるR22及びR23のモル量の割合が、0~60%であることが好ましく、0~30%であることがより好ましい。
 膜強度の観点からは、上記割合は、0~10%であることが好ましく、0~5%であることがより好ましく、0~3%であることが更に好ましい。
 耐薬品性の観点からは、上記割合は、10~30%であることが好ましく、15~30%であることがより好ましい。
From the viewpoint of film strength and chemical resistance, it contains ethylenically unsaturated bonds with respect to the total molar amount of R 22 and R 23 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2) contained in the specific resin. The ratio of the molar amounts of the substituents R 22 and R 23 is preferably 0 to 60%, more preferably 0 to 30%.
From the viewpoint of film strength, the above ratio is preferably 0 to 10%, more preferably 0 to 5%, and even more preferably 0 to 3%.
From the viewpoint of chemical resistance, the above ratio is preferably 10 to 30%, more preferably 15 to 30%.
 膜強度、耐薬品性および特定樹脂の溶剤溶解性の観点からは、上記樹脂に含まれる全ての上記式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位中のR22及びR23の全モル量に対する、ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭素数1~30の有機基であるR22及びR23のモル量の割合が、20~100%であることが好ましい。
 膜強度の観点からは、上記割合の下限は、30%以上であることが好ましく、40%以上であることがより好ましく、50%以上であることが更に好ましく、60%以上であることが特に好ましく、70%以上であることが最も好ましい。
 耐薬品性の観点からは、上記割合の上限は、95%以下であることが好ましく、90%以下であることがより好ましく、85%以下であることが更に好ましく、80%以下であることが特に好ましく、70%以下であることが最も好ましい。
From the viewpoint of film strength, chemical resistance, and solvent solubility of the specific resin, the total molar amount of R 22 and R 23 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (1-2) contained in the above resin. , The ratio of the molar amount of R 22 and R 23 , which are organic groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom, is preferably 20 to 100%.
From the viewpoint of film strength, the lower limit of the above ratio is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 40% or more, further preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 60% or more. It is preferably 70% or more, and most preferably 70% or more.
From the viewpoint of chemical resistance, the upper limit of the above ratio is preferably 95% or less, more preferably 90% or less, further preferably 85% or less, and preferably 80% or less. It is particularly preferable, and most preferably 70% or less.
 膜強度、耐薬品性および特定樹脂の溶剤溶解性の観点からは、上記樹脂に含まれる全ての上記式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位中のR22及びR23の全モル量に対する、ポリアルキレンオキシ基を含む有機基である上記R22及びR23のモル量の割合が、20~100%であることが好ましい。
 上記割合の記載における、ポリアルキレンオキシ基を含む有機基は、ポリアルキレンオキシ基を含む有機基であれば、重合性基を更に含む有機基であってもよいが、ポリアルキレンオキシ基を含み、かつ、重合性基を有しない有機基であることが好ましい。
 膜強度の観点からは、上記割合の下限は、30%以上であることが好ましく、40%以上であることがより好ましく、50%以上であることが更に好ましく、60%以上であることが特に好ましく、70%以上であることが最も好ましい。
 耐薬品性の観点からは、上記割合の上限は、95%以下であることが好ましく、90%以下であることがより好ましく、85%以下であることが更に好ましく、80%以下であることが特に好ましく、70%以下であることが最も好ましい。
また、現像液溶解性の観点からは、例えば、上述の式(1-2)におけるR21を、上述の脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、ポリアルキレンオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を少なくとも含む基を置換基として含む基とし、かつ、R22及びR23を上述の他の置換基とする態様も好ましく挙げられる。
 この場合、上記式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位中のR22及びR23の全モル量に対する、上述の他の置換基である上記R22及びR23のモル量の割合が、50~100%であることも好ましい。
From the viewpoint of film strength, chemical resistance, and solvent solubility of the specific resin, the total molar amount of R 22 and R 23 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (1-2) contained in the above resin. , The ratio of the molar amount of the above R 22 and R 23 , which are organic groups containing a polyalkyleneoxy group, is preferably 20 to 100%.
The organic group containing a polyalkyleneoxy group in the above ratio description may be an organic group further containing a polymerizable group as long as it is an organic group containing a polyalkyleneoxy group, but contains a polyalkyleneoxy group. Moreover, it is preferably an organic group having no polymerizable group.
From the viewpoint of film strength, the lower limit of the above ratio is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 40% or more, further preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 60% or more. It is preferably 70% or more, and most preferably 70% or more.
From the viewpoint of chemical resistance, the upper limit of the above ratio is preferably 95% or less, more preferably 90% or less, further preferably 85% or less, and preferably 80% or less. It is particularly preferable, and most preferably 70% or less.
From the viewpoint of developer solubility, for example, R 21 in the above formula (1-2) is at least one selected from the group consisting of the above-mentioned aliphatic hydrocarbon group and polyalkyleneoxy group. A mode in which a group containing at least the above-mentioned group is used as a substituent and R 22 and R 23 are used as the other substituents described above is also preferably mentioned.
In this case, to the total molar amount of R 22 and R 23 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (1-2), the ratio of the molar amount of the R 22 and R 23 is another substituent described above, It is also preferably 50 to 100%.
-式(2-2)-
 特定樹脂が式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位を有する場合、特定樹脂は、式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位として、下記式(2-2)で表される繰返し単位を有することが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

 式(2-2)中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、炭素数2~30の環状、直鎖状、または分岐鎖状の脂肪族基を表し、Yは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Qは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Aは重合性基、脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、ポリアルキレンオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を含む基を表し、Aは重合性基を含む基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、G及びGはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、n3及びn4はそれぞれ独立に、1以上の整数を表す。
-Equation (2-2)-
When the specific resin has a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2), the specific resin is a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2-2) as a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2). It is preferable to have.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

In formula (2-2), X 3 and X 4 are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and cyclic, linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Y 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, Q 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and A 3 represents a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a polyalkyleneoxy group. Represents a group containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of, A 4 represents a group containing a polymerizable group, and R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. , G 1 and G 2 each independently represent an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more.
 式(2-2)中、X及びXはそれぞれ、上述の式(2-1)中のX及びXと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式(2-2)中、R及びRはそれぞれ、上述の式(2-1)中のR及びRと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式(2-2)中、Y、A及びn3はそれぞれ、上述の式(2-1)中のY、A及びn1と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式(2-2)中、Q、A及びn4はそれぞれ、上述の式(2-1)中のQ、A及びn2と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式(2-2)中、G及びGはそれぞれ、上述の式(1-2)中のR23及びR22と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
In the formula (2-2), X 3 and X 4 are synonymous with X 1 and X 2 in the above formula (2-1), respectively, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
In the formula (2-2), R 3 and R 4 are synonymous with R 1 and R 2 in the above formula (2-1), respectively, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
In formula (2-2), Y 2 , A 3 and n 3 are synonymous with Y 1 , A 1 and n 1 in the above formula (2-1), respectively, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
In the formula (2-2), each Q 2, A 4 and n4, have the same meanings as Q 1, A 2 and n2 in the above formula (2-1), preferable embodiments thereof are also the same.
In formula (2-2), G 1 and G 2 are synonymous with R 23 and R 22 in the above formula (1-2), respectively, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
 これらの中でも、特定樹脂は、上記式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位として上記式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位を有するか、又は、上記式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位として上記式(2-2)で表される繰返し単位を有することが好ましい。 Among these, the specific resin has a repeating unit represented by the above formula (2-1) as a repeating unit represented by the above formula (1-1), or is represented by the above formula (1-2). It is preferable to have a repeating unit represented by the above formula (2-2) as the repeating unit to be formed.
 溶剤溶解性、現像性の観点からは、上記式(2-1)中のX及びXがそれぞれ独立に、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基であり、上記式(2-2)中のX及びXがそれぞれ独立に、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of solvent solubility and developability, X 1 and X 2 in the above formula (2-1) are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and the above formula (2-2). ), It is preferable that X 3 and X 4 are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms.
 溶剤溶解性、現像性の観点からは、上記式(2-1)中のYが芳香族炭化水素基を含む基であり、上記式(2-2)中のYが芳香族炭化水素基を含む基であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of solvent solubility and developability, Y 1 in the above formula (2-1) is a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and Y 2 in the above formula (2-2) is an aromatic hydrocarbon. It is preferably a group containing a group.
 溶剤溶解性、現像性の観点からは、上記式(2-1)中のQが芳香族炭化水素基を含む基であり、上記式(2-2)中のQが芳香族炭化水素基を含む基であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of solvent solubility and developability, Q 1 in the above formula (2-1) is a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and Q 2 in the above formula (2-2) is an aromatic hydrocarbon. It is preferably a group containing a group.
-繰返し単位の含有量-
 特定樹脂における式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位、及び、式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位の合計含有量は、特定樹脂の全繰返し単位に対して50モル%以上であることが好ましく、60モル%以上であることがより好ましく、70モル%以上であることが更に好ましく、80モル%以上であることが特に好ましい。上記含有量の上限は特に限定されず、100モル%以下であればよい。
 また、特定樹脂における式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位、及び、式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位の合計含有量は、特定樹脂の質量に対して50質量%以上であることが好ましく、60質量%以上であることがより好ましく、70質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、80質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上記含有量の上限は特に限定されず、100質量%以下であればよい。
-Content of repeating unit-
The total content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2) in the specific resin is 50 mol% or more with respect to all the repeating units of the specific resin. It is preferably 60 mol% or more, more preferably 70 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 80 mol% or more. The upper limit of the content is not particularly limited, and may be 100 mol% or less.
Further, the total content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2) in the specific resin is 50% by mass or more with respect to the mass of the specific resin. It is preferably 60% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 80% by mass or more. The upper limit of the content is not particularly limited, and may be 100% by mass or less.
 特定樹脂が式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位を有する場合、式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位の含有量が、特定樹脂の全繰返し単位に対して50モル%以上である態様とすることもできる。上記含有量は、60モル%以上であることがより好ましく、70モル%以上であることが更に好ましく、80モル%以上であることが特に好ましい。上記含有量の上限は特に限定されず、100モル%以下であればよい。
 特定樹脂が式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位を有する場合、式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位の含有量が、特定樹脂の全繰返し単位に対して50モル%以上である態様とすることもできる。上記含有量は、60モル%以上であることがより好ましく、70モル%以上であることが更に好ましく、80モル%以上であることが特に好ましい。上記含有量の上限は特に限定されず、100モル%以下であればよい。
When the specific resin has a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1), the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1) is 50 mol% or more with respect to all the repeating units of the specific resin. It can also be in some form. The content is more preferably 60 mol% or more, further preferably 70 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 80 mol% or more. The upper limit of the content is not particularly limited, and may be 100 mol% or less.
When the specific resin has a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2), the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2) is 50 mol% or more with respect to all the repeating units of the specific resin. It can also be in some form. The content is more preferably 60 mol% or more, further preferably 70 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 80 mol% or more. The upper limit of the content is not particularly limited, and may be 100 mol% or less.
 特定樹脂が式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位を有する場合、式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位を1種単独で含んでもよいし、構造の異なる式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位を2種以上含んでもよい。特定樹脂が、構造の異なる式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位を2種以上含む場合、特定樹脂に含まれる全ての式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位の合計含有量が、上記含有量の範囲に含まれることが好ましい。
 特定樹脂が式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位を有する場合、式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位を1種単独で含んでもよいし、構造の異なる式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位を2種以上含んでもよい。特定樹脂が、構造の異なる式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位を2種以上含む場合、特定樹脂に含まれる全ての式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位の合計含有量が、上記含有量の範囲に含まれることが好ましい。
When the specific resin has a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1), the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1) may be contained alone, or the formula (1-1) having a different structure may be contained. Two or more types of repeating units represented by may be included. When the specific resin contains two or more repeating units represented by the formula (1-1) having different structures, the total content of the repeating units represented by the formula (1-1) contained in the specific resin is , It is preferable that the content is within the above range.
When the specific resin has a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2), the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2) may be contained alone, or the repeating unit having a different structure (1-2) may be contained. Two or more types of repeating units represented by may be included. When the specific resin contains two or more repeating units represented by the formula (1-2) having different structures, the total content of the repeating units represented by the formula (1-2) contained in the specific resin is , It is preferable that the content is within the above range.
 また、特定樹脂が式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位を有する場合、特定樹脂のイミド化率(閉環率)を、70%以上とすることも好ましい。上記イミド化率は、80%以上であることがより好ましく、90%以上であることが更に好ましい。
 上記イミド化率の上限は特に限定されず、100%以下であればよい。
 上記イミド化率は、例えば下記方法により測定される。
 特定樹脂の赤外吸収スペクトルを測定し、イミド構造由来の吸収ピークである1377cm-1付近のピーク強度P1を求める。次に、そのポリイミドを350℃で1時間熱処理した後、再度、赤外吸収スペクトルを測定し、1377cm-1付近のピーク強度P2を求める。得られたピーク強度P1、P2を用い、下記式に基づいて、特定樹脂のイミド化率を求めることができる。
 イミド化率(%)=(ピーク強度P1/ピーク強度P2)×100
When the specific resin has a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1), the imidization rate (ring closure rate) of the specific resin is preferably 70% or more. The imidization ratio is more preferably 80% or more, and further preferably 90% or more.
The upper limit of the imidization rate is not particularly limited, and may be 100% or less.
The imidization rate is measured by, for example, the following method.
The infrared absorption spectrum of the specific resin is measured, and the peak intensity P1 near 1377 cm -1, which is the absorption peak derived from the imide structure, is obtained. Next, the polyimide is heat-treated at 350 ° C. for 1 hour, and then the infrared absorption spectrum is measured again to obtain a peak intensity P2 in the vicinity of 1377 cm -1. Using the obtained peak intensities P1 and P2, the imidization rate of the specific resin can be determined based on the following formula.
Imidization rate (%) = (peak intensity P1 / peak intensity P2) × 100
〔他の繰返し単位〕
-式(1)で表される繰返し単位-
 特定樹脂は、他の繰返し単位を更に含んでもよい。
 他の繰返し単位としては、下記式(1)で表される繰返し単位が挙げられる。
 上述の式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位に該当する繰返し単位は、下記式(1)で表される繰返し単位には該当しないものとする。
 特定樹脂が下記式(1)で表される繰返し単位を有する場合、特定樹脂は下記式(1)で表される繰返し単位を主鎖に含むことが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021

 式(1)中、AA1及びAA2は、それぞれ独立に酸素原子又はNHを表し、R111は、2価の有機基を表し、R115は、4価の有機基を表し、R113及びR114は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。
 上記式(1)で表される繰返し単位は、R115に含まれるアミド結合の数が1以下であるか、又は、R111が重合性基を有しない繰返し単位である。
[Other repeating units]
-Repeating unit represented by equation (1)-
The specific resin may further contain other repeating units.
Examples of the other repeating unit include a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1).
The repeating unit corresponding to the repeating unit represented by the above formula (1-2) shall not correspond to the repeating unit represented by the following formula (1).
When the specific resin has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1), the specific resin preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1) in the main chain.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021

In formula (1), A A1 and A A2 independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, R 111 represents a divalent organic group, R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R 113 and R 114 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
The repeating unit represented by the above formula (1) is a repeating unit in which the number of amide bonds contained in R 115 is 1 or less, or R 111 does not have a polymerizable group.
 式(1)中、AA1及びAA2はそれぞれ独立に、酸素原子又は-NH-を表し、酸素原子であることが好ましい。
 式(1)中、R113及びR114は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、1価の有機基であることが好ましい。
 また、R113及びR114の少なくとも一方が重合性基を含むことが好ましく、両方が重合性基を含むことがより好ましい。
 また、R113及びR114における1価の有機基としては、上述の式(1-2)中のR22及びR23において重合性基を含む基、ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい有機基、又は、他の置換基も好ましく挙げられる。
In the formula (1), A A1 and A A2 independently represent an oxygen atom or -NH-, and are preferably oxygen atoms.
In the formula (1), R 113 and R 114 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and are preferably monovalent organic groups.
Further, it is preferable that at least one of R 113 and R 114 contains a polymerizable group, and it is more preferable that both contain a polymerizable group.
The monovalent organic group in R 113 and R 114 is a group containing a polymerizable group in R 22 and R 23 in the above formula (1-2), an organic group which may contain a hetero atom, or an organic group. Other substituents are also preferably mentioned.
 式(1)中、R115は、上述の式(1-2)中のR21と同様の構造であってもよい。式(1)中のR115が、上述の式(1-2)中のR21と同様の構造である場合、式(1)中のR111は、重合性基を含まない構造である。
 また、R115は芳香環を含む4価の有機基が好ましく、下記式(5)又は式(6)で表される基がより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
In the formula (1), the R 115 may have the same structure as the R 21 in the above formula (1-2). When R 115 in the formula (1) has the same structure as R 21 in the above formula (1-2) , R 111 in the formula (1) has a structure not containing a polymerizable group.
Further, R 115 is preferably a tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring, and more preferably a group represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 式(5)中、R112は、単結合、又は、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO-、及びNHCO-、ならびに、これらの組み合わせから選択される基であることが好ましく、単結合、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~3のアルキレン基、-O-、-CO-、-S-及びSO-から選択される基であることがより好ましく、-CH-、-C(CF-、-C(CH-、-O-、-CO-、-S-及びSO-からなる群から選択される2価の基であることが更に好ましい。
 式(5)及び式(6)中、*はそれぞれ、他の構造との結合部位を表す。
In formula (5), R 112 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be replaced with a single bond or a fluorine atom, —O—, —CO−, —S—, —SO. 2- , NHCO-, and a group selected from a combination thereof are preferable, and a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO. More preferably, it is a group selected from-, -S- and SO 2- , -CH 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , -C (CH 3 ) 2-, -O-, -CO. It is more preferably a divalent group selected from the group consisting of-, -S- and SO 2-.
In formulas (5) and (6), * represents a binding site with another structure, respectively.
 R115は、具体的には、テトラカルボン酸二無水物から無水物基の除去後に残存するテトラカルボン酸残基などが挙げられる。テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、1種のみ用いてもよいし、2種以上用いてもよい。
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、下記式(O)で表されることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023

 式(O)中、R115は、4価の有機基を表す。R115は式(1)におけるR115と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
Specific examples of R 115 include tetracarboxylic acid residues remaining after removal of the anhydride group from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Only one type of tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be used, or two or more types may be used.
The tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably represented by the following formula (O).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023

In formula (O), R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group. R 115 has the same meaning as R 115 in formula (1), and preferred ranges are also the same.
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物の具体例としては、ピロメリット酸二無水物(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルフィドテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルホンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルメタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ジフェニルメタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,3’,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,3’,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸二無水物、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン二無水物、1,3-ジフェニルヘキサフルオロプロパン-3,3,4,4-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,6-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ジフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,4,9,10-ペリレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,4,5-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,8-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,8,9,10-フェナントレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,1-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)エタン二無水物、1,1-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)エタン二無水物、1,2,3,4-ベンゼンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ならびに、これらの炭素数1~6のアルキル及び炭素数1~6のアルコキシ誘導体が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride include pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3', 4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-. Diphenylsulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-diphenylsulfonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3' , 4,4'-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2', 3,3'-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3', 4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3', 4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5 , 7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) propane dianhydride, 2 , 2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3-diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,5-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5, 6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2', 3,3'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4 5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,1-bis (2, 3-dicarboxyphenyl) ethanedianhydride, 1,1-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ethanedianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and these Examples thereof include alkyl having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and alkoxy derivatives having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 また、国際公開第2017/038598号の段落0038に記載のテトラカルボン酸二無水物(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)も好ましい例として挙げられる。 Further, the tetracarboxylic dianhydrides (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) described in paragraph 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 are also mentioned as preferable examples.
 式(1)中、R111は、上述の式(1-2)中のL21と同様の構造であってもよい。式(1)中のR111が、上述の式(1-2)中のL21と同様の構造である場合、式(1)中のR115に含まれるアミド結合の数は1以下である。
 式(1)中、R111は重合性基を含まない構造であってもよい。
 また、R111は脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、又は、これらの基の少なくとも1つと-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NR-、及び、ウレア基、の少なくとも1つとが結合した基であることが好ましい。Rは上述の通りである。
 上記脂肪族炭化水素基としては、炭素数2~30の脂肪族飽和炭化水素基が好ましく、炭素数2~10の脂肪族飽和炭化水素基がより好ましい。
 また、上記脂肪族炭化水素基としては、環員数が6~20の飽和脂肪族炭化水素環基が好ましい。
 上記芳香族炭化素基としては、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、炭素数6~12の脂肪族炭化水素基が好ましく、炭素数6の芳香族炭化水素基がより好ましい。
 これらの中でも、溶剤溶解性の観点からは、R111は脂肪族炭化水素環基又は芳香族炭化水素環基を含む基であることが好ましく、芳香族炭化水素環基を含む基であることがより好ましい。
In the formula (1), the R 111 may have the same structure as the L 21 in the above formula (1-2). When R 111 in the formula (1) has the same structure as L 21 in the above formula (1-2), the number of amide bonds contained in R 115 in the formula (1) is 1 or less. ..
In the formula (1), R 111 may have a structure containing no polymerizable group.
Further, R 111 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or at least one of these groups and -O-, -C (= O)-, -S-, -S (= O) 2- , -NR N- , and at least one of the urea groups are preferably bonded. RN is as described above.
As the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable.
Further, as the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 ring members is preferable.
As the aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
Among these, from the viewpoint of solvent solubility, R 111 is preferably a group containing an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, and is preferably a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. More preferred.
 また、式(1)におけるR111は、得られる硬化膜の柔軟性の観点から、-Ar-L-Ar-で表されることが好ましい。Arは、それぞれ独立に、芳香族炭化水素基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10が特に好ましい)であり、フェニレン基が好ましい。Lは、上述の式(A2-3)におけるLA231と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。 Further, R 111 in the formula (1) is preferably represented by −Ar 0 −L 0 −Ar 0 − from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the obtained cured film. Ar 0 is independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), and a phenylene group is preferable. L 0 is the same meaning as L A231 in the above formula (A2-3), preferable embodiments thereof are also the same.
 式(1)におけるR111は、i線透過率の観点から下記式(51)又は式(61)で表される2価の有機基であることが好ましい。特に、i線透過率、入手のし易さの観点から式(61)で表される2価の有機基であることがより好ましい。 R 111 in the formula (1) is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or the formula (61) from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance. In particular, a divalent organic group represented by the formula (61) is more preferable from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance and availability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式(51)中、R50~R57はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子又は1価の有機基であり、R50~R57の少なくとも1つはフッ素原子、メチル基、フルオロメチル基、ジフルオロメチル基、又は、トリフルオロメチル基であり、*はそれぞれ独立に、他の構造との結合部位を表す。 In formula (51), R 50 to R 57 are independently hydrogen atoms, fluorine atoms or monovalent organic groups, and at least one of R 50 to R 57 is a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a fluoromethyl group. It is a difluoromethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, and * independently represents a binding site with another structure.
 R50~R57の1価の有機基としては、炭素数1~10(好ましくは炭素数1~6)の無置換のアルキル基、炭素数1~10(好ましくは炭素数1~6)のフッ化アルキル基等が挙げられる。 The monovalent organic group of R 50 to R 57 includes an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms) and 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms). Examples thereof include an alkyl fluoride group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式(61)中、R58及びR59は、それぞれ独立にフッ素原子、フルオロメチル基、ジフルオロメチル基、又は、トリフルオロメチル基である。 In formula (61), R 58 and R 59 are independently fluorine atoms, fluoromethyl groups, difluoromethyl groups, or trifluoromethyl groups, respectively.
 式(1)におけるR111は、ジアミンに由来する構造であることが好ましい。
上記ジアミンとしては、1,2-ジアミノエタン、1,2-ジアミノプロパン、1,3-ジアミノプロパン、1,4-ジアミノブタン、1,6-ジアミノヘキサン;1,2-又は1,3-ジアミノシクロペンタン、1,2-、1,3-又は1,4-ジアミノシクロヘキサン、1,2-、1,3-又は1,4-ビス(アミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、ビス-(4-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、ビス-(3-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジメチルシクロヘキシルメタン又はイソホロンジアミン;メタ又はパラフェニレンジアミン、ジアミノトルエン、4,4’-又は3,3’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,3-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-又は3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-又は3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-又は3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、4,4’-又は3,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル(4,4’-ジアミノ-2,2’-ジメチルビフェニル)、3,3’-ジメトキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、ビス(4-アミノ-3-カルボキシフェニル)メタン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、ビス(4-アミノ-3-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、4,4’-ジアミノパラテルフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル、ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(2-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、9,10-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)アントラセン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、3,3’-ジエチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノオクタフルオロビフェニル、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、9,9-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)-10-ヒドロアントラセン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラアミノビフェニル、3,3’,4,4’-テトラアミノジフェニルエーテル、1,4-ジアミノアントラキノン、1,5-ジアミノアントラキノン、3,3-ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、9,9’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)フルオレン、4,4’-ジメチル-3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、3,3’,5,5’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2-(3’,5’-ジアミノベンゾイルオキシ)エチルメタクリレート、2,4-又は2,5-ジアミノクメン、2,5-ジメチル-パラフェニレンジアミン、アセトグアナミン、2,3,5,6-テトラメチル-パラフェニレンジアミン、2,4,6-トリメチル-メタフェニレンジアミン、4,6-ジヒドロキシ-1,3-フェニレンジアミン、ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、2,7-ジアミノフルオレン、2,5-ジアミノピリジン、1,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)エタン、ジアミノベンズアニリド、ジアミノ安息香酸、ジアミノ安息香酸のエステル、1,5-ジアミノナフタレン、ジアミノベンゾトリフルオライド、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)オクタフルオロブタン、1,5-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)デカフルオロペンタン、1,7-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テトラデカフルオロヘプタン、2,2-ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(2-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)-3,5-ジメチルフェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)-3,5-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、パラビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ベンゼン、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-3-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ビス(3-アミノ-5-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノ-3-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、3,3’,5,5’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノ-2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ビフェニル、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-ヘキサフルオロトリジン及び4,4’-ジアミノクアテルフェニルから選ばれる少なくとも1種のジアミンが挙げられる。
R 111 in the formula (1) preferably has a structure derived from a diamine.
Examples of the diamine include 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2- or 1,3-diamino. Cyclopentane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane, bis- (4-aminocyclohexyl) methane , Bis- (3-aminocyclohexyl) methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethylcyclohexylmethane or isophoronediamine; meta or paraphenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'-or 3,3'- Diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-or 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-or 3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 4,4 '-Or 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-or 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4, 4'-diaminobiphenyl (4,4'-diamino-2,2'-dimethylbiphenyl), 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, bis (4-amino-3-carboxyphenyl) methane, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis (3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-Hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, Bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone, Bis (4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone, 4,4'-diaminoparatelphenyl, 4,4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, Bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- (2-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, 1,4-bis (4-) Aminophenoxy) benzene, 9,10-bis (4-aminophenyl) anthracene, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 1,3-bis (4-a) Minophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (3-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) benzene, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-Dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane,4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propane, 2,2-bis [4- (4- (4- (4-) Aminophenoxy) Phenyl] Hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis (4-aminophenyl) -10-hydroanthracene, 3,3', 4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3', 4,4'- Tetraaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 9,9'-bis (4-aminophenyl) fluorene, 4,4'-Dimethyl-3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone,3,3',5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2- (3', 5'-diaminobenzoyloxy) ethyl methacrylate, 2 , 4- or 2,5-diaminocumen, 2,5-dimethyl-paraphenylenediamine, acetoguanamine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-paraphenylenediamine, 2,4,6-trimethyl-metaphenylenediamine , 4,6-Dihydroxy-1,3-phenylenediamine, bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, 2,7-diaminofluorene, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 1,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) ) Etan, diaminobenzanilide, diaminobenzoic acid, ester of diaminobenzoic acid, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, diaminobenzotrifluoride, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis ( 4-Aminophenyl) Octafluorobutane, 1,5-bis (4-aminophenyl) decafluoropentane, 1,7-bis (4-aminophenyl) tetradecafluoroheptane, 2,2-bis [4- (3) -Aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (2-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) -3,5-dimethyl Phenyl] Hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) -3,5-bis (trifluoro) Methyl) phenyl] Hexafluoropropane, parabis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) benzene, 4,4'-bis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) biphenyl, 4,4'-bis (4,4'-bis (methyl) phenyl] 4-Amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy) Biphenyl, 4,4'-bis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) diphenylsulfone, 4,4'-bis (3-amino-5-trifluoromethyl) Phenoxy) diphenylsulfone, 2,2-bis [4- (4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 3,3', 5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diamino Biphenyl, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) biphenyl, 2,2', 5,5', 6,6'-hexafluorotridin and 4,4'-diaminoquaterphenyl At least one diamine selected from.
 また、国際公開第2017/038598号の段落0030~0031に記載のジアミン(DA-1)~(DA-18)も好ましい。
 国際公開第2017/038598号の段落0032~0034に記載の2つ以上のアルキレングリコール単位を主鎖にもつジアミンも好ましく用いられる。
Further, the diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) described in paragraphs 0030 to 0031 of International Publication No. 2017/0385898 are also preferable.
Diamines having two or more alkylene glycol units in the main chain as described in paragraphs 0032 to 0034 of WO 2017/038598 are also preferably used.
 また、上述の式(51)又は(61)の構造を与えるジアミンとしては、ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ビス(フルオロ)-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノオクタフルオロビフェニル等が挙げられる。これらの1種を用いるか、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Examples of the diamine giving the structure of the above formula (51) or (61) include dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, and the like. Examples thereof include 2,2'-bis (fluoro) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl and 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl. One of these may be used, or two or more thereof may be used in combination.
 また、以下のジアミンも好適に使用できる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
In addition, the following diamines can also be preferably used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 また、基材との密着性を向上させる目的で、ジアミン成分として、ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、ビス(パラアミノフェニル)オクタメチルペンタシロキサン等のシロキサン構造を有するジアミンを用いてもよい。 Further, for the purpose of improving the adhesion to the base material, a diamine having a siloxane structure such as bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane or bis (paraaminophenyl) octamethylpentasiloxane may be used as the diamine component. Good.
-式(4)で表される繰返し単位-
 特定樹脂は、式(4)で表される繰返し単位を更に含んでもよい。
 特定樹脂が下記式(4)で表される繰返し単位を有する場合、特定樹脂は下記式(4)で表される繰返し単位を主鎖に含むことが好ましい。
 ただし、上述の式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位は、式(4)で表される繰返し単位には該当しないものとする。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027

 式(4)中、R131は、2価の有機基を表し、R132は、4価の有機基を表す。
 式(4)中、R131及びR132はそれぞれ、式(1)中のR111及びR115と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
-Repeating unit represented by equation (4)-
The specific resin may further contain a repeating unit represented by the formula (4).
When the specific resin has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4), the specific resin preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4) in the main chain.
However, the repeating unit represented by the above equation (1-1) does not correspond to the repeating unit represented by the equation (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027

In formula (4), R 131 represents a divalent organic group and R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group.
In formula (4), R 131 and R 132 have the same meaning as R 111 and R 115 in formula (1), respectively, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
<<含有量>>
 特定樹脂における他の繰返し単位の合計含有量は、特に限定されないが、特定樹脂の全質量に対して30質量%以下であることが好ましく、20質量%以下であることがより好ましく、10質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。上記合計含有量の下限は特に限定されず、0質量%以上であればよい。
 また、得られる硬化膜の耐薬品性の観点から、特定樹脂の一態様として、他の繰返し単位を実質的に含有しない態様とすることも好ましい。
 この場合、特定樹脂の全質量に対して、他の繰返し単位の合計含有量は、5質量%以下であることが好ましく、3質量%以下であることがより好ましく、1質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。上記含有量の下限は特に限定されず、0質量%以上であればよい。
 特定樹脂は、他の繰返し単位を1種単独で含んでもよいし、構造の異なる他のを2種以上含んでもよい。特定樹脂が、構造の異なる他の繰返し単位を2種以上含む場合、特定樹脂に含まれる全ての他の繰返し単位の合計含有量が、上記含有量の範囲に含まれることが好ましい。
<< Content >>
The total content of the other repeating units in the specific resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and 10% by mass with respect to the total mass of the specific resin. The following is more preferable. The lower limit of the total content is not particularly limited, and may be 0% by mass or more.
Further, from the viewpoint of chemical resistance of the obtained cured film, it is also preferable that one aspect of the specific resin is a form that does not substantially contain other repeating units.
In this case, the total content of the other repeating units is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or less, and 1% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the specific resin. Is more preferable. The lower limit of the content is not particularly limited, and may be 0% by mass or more.
The specific resin may contain one other repeating unit alone, or may contain two or more other repeating units having different structures. When the specific resin contains two or more other repeating units having different structures, it is preferable that the total content of all the other repeating units contained in the specific resin is included in the above content range.
-末端構造-
 特定樹脂の末端の構造は特に限定されないが、組成物の保存安定性を向上させるため、末端をモノアミン、酸無水物、モノカルボン酸、モノ酸クロリド化合物、モノ活性エステル化合物などの末端封止剤で封止してもよい。これらの末端封止剤のうち、モノアミンを用いることが好ましい。モノアミンとしては、アニリン、2-エチニルアニリン、3-エチニルアニリン、4-エチニルアニリン、5-アミノ-8-ヒドロキシキノリン、1-ヒドロキシ-7-アミノナフタレン、1-ヒドロキシ-6-アミノナフタレン、1-ヒドロキシ-5-アミノナフタレン、1-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノナフタレン、2-ヒドロキシ-7-アミノナフタレン、2-ヒドロキシ-6-アミノナフタレン、2-ヒドロキシ-5-アミノナフタレン、1-カルボキシ-7-アミノナフタレン、1-カルボキシ-6-アミノナフタレン、1-カルボキシ-5-アミノナフタレン、2-カルボキシ-7-アミノナフタレン、2-カルボキシ-6-アミノナフタレン、2-カルボキシ-5-アミノナフタレン、2-アミノ安息香酸、3-アミノ安息香酸、4-アミノ安息香酸、4-アミノサリチル酸、5-アミノサリチル酸、6-アミノサリチル酸、2-アミノベンゼンスルホン酸、3-アミノベンゼンスルホン酸、4-アミノベンゼンスルホン酸、3-アミノ-4,6-ジヒドロキシピリミジン、2-アミノフェノール、3-アミノフェノール、4-アミノフェノール、2-アミノチオフェノール、3-アミノチオフェノール、4-アミノチオフェノール、4-アミノスチレンなどが挙げられる。これらを2種以上用いてもよく、複数の末端封止剤を反応させることにより、複数の異なる末端基を導入してもよい。
-End structure-
The structure of the terminal of the specific resin is not particularly limited, but in order to improve the storage stability of the composition, the terminal is an end-capping agent such as a monoamine, an acid anhydride, a monocarboxylic acid, a monoacid chloride compound, or a monoactive ester compound. It may be sealed with. Of these end-capping agents, it is preferable to use monoamines. Examples of monoamines include aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-. Hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-amino Naphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-amino Aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid , 3-Amino-4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 4-aminothiophenol, 4-aminostyrene, etc. Can be mentioned. Two or more of these may be used, and a plurality of different end groups may be introduced by reacting a plurality of end sealants.
〔含有量〕
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物における特定樹脂の含有量は、得られる硬化膜の破断伸びを向上させる観点からは、硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、20質量%以上であることが好ましく、30質量%以上であることがより好ましく、40質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。
 上記含有量の上限としては、硬化性樹脂組成物の解像性を向上させる観点からは、99.5質量%以下であることが好ましく、99質量%以下であることがより好ましく、98質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、97質量%以下であることが一層好ましく、95質量%以下であることがより一層好ましい。
〔Content〕
The content of the specific resin in the curable resin composition of the present invention is 20% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content of the curable resin composition from the viewpoint of improving the breaking elongation of the obtained cured film. It is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more.
The upper limit of the content is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99% by mass or less, and 98% by mass, from the viewpoint of improving the resolution of the curable resin composition. It is more preferably less than or equal to 97% by mass or less, and even more preferably 95% by mass or less.
〔特定樹脂の物性〕
-分子量-
 特定樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2,000~500,000であることが好ましく、5,000~200,000であることがより好ましく、10,000~100,000であることが更に好ましい。
 特定樹脂の数平均分子量(Mn)は、800~250,000であることが好ましく、2,000~100,000であることがより好ましく、4,000~50,000であることが更に好ましい。
 特定樹脂の分子量の分散度は、1.5~3.5が好ましく、2~3がより好ましい。
 本明細書において、分子量の分散度とは、重量平均分子量を数平均分子量により除した値(重量平均分子量/数平均分子量)をいう。
[Physical characteristics of specific resin]
-Molecular weight-
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the specific resin is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 200,000, and further preferably 10,000 to 100,000. preferable.
The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the specific resin is preferably 800 to 250,000, more preferably 2,000 to 100,000, and even more preferably 4,000 to 50,000.
The degree of dispersion of the molecular weight of the specific resin is preferably 1.5 to 3.5, more preferably 2 to 3.
In the present specification, the degree of molecular weight dispersion means a value obtained by dividing the weight average molecular weight by the number average molecular weight (weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight).
-酸価-
 特定樹脂の酸価は、0~2.0mmol/gであることが好ましく、0~1.5mmol/gであることがより好ましく、0~1.0mmol/gとすることが更に好ましい。
 硬化性樹脂組成物を、後述するアルカリ現像に用いる場合、特定樹脂の酸価は、1.2~7mmol/gであることが好ましく、1.5~6mmol/gであることがより好ましく、2~5mmol/gであることが更に好ましい。
 本発明において、酸価とは、特定樹脂1gに含まれる酸基の量(mmol)をいう。
 酸基とは、pH12以上のアルカリ(例えば水酸化ナトリウム)により中和される基をいう。また、上記酸基は、pKaが10以下である基であることが好ましい。
 上記酸価は、公知の方法により測定され、例えば、JIS K 0070:1992に記載の方法により測定される。
 上記酸基としては、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基等が挙げられ、カルボキシ基が好ましい。
-Acid value-
The acid value of the specific resin is preferably 0 to 2.0 mmol / g, more preferably 0 to 1.5 mmol / g, and even more preferably 0 to 1.0 mmol / g.
When the curable resin composition is used for alkaline development described later, the acid value of the specific resin is preferably 1.2 to 7 mmol / g, more preferably 1.5 to 6 mmol / g, 2 It is more preferably ~ 5 mmol / g.
In the present invention, the acid value refers to the amount (mmol) of acid groups contained in 1 g of the specific resin.
The acid group refers to a group neutralized by an alkali having a pH of 12 or higher (for example, sodium hydroxide). Further, the acid group is preferably a group having a pKa of 10 or less.
The acid value is measured by a known method, for example, by the method described in JIS K 0070: 1992.
Examples of the acid group include a phenolic hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group and the like, and a carboxy group is preferable.
-重合性基価-
 1gの特定樹脂に含まれる重合性基のモル量(重合性基価、単位はmmol/g)は、0.05~10mmol/gであることが好ましく、0.1~5mmol/gであることがより好ましい。
 特定樹脂が重合性基としてエチレン性不飽和結合を含む場合、1gの特定樹脂に含まれるエチレン性不飽和結合のモル量は、0.05~10mmol/gであることが好ましく、0.1~5mmol/gであることがより好ましい。
 特定樹脂が重合性基として環状エーテル基、メチロール基、アルコキシメチル基等の重合性基を含む場合、1gの特定樹脂に含まれる上記重合性基のモル量は、0.05~10mmol/gであることが好ましく、0.1~5mmol/gであることがより好ましい。
-Polymerizable base value-
The molar amount of the polymerizable group (polymerizable base value, unit is mmol / g) contained in 1 g of the specific resin is preferably 0.05 to 10 mmol / g, and is 0.1 to 5 mmol / g. Is more preferable.
When the specific resin contains an ethylenically unsaturated bond as a polymerizable group, the molar amount of the ethylenically unsaturated bond contained in 1 g of the specific resin is preferably 0.05 to 10 mmol / g, and 0.1 to 0.1 to g. More preferably, it is 5 mmol / g.
When the specific resin contains a polymerizable group such as a cyclic ether group, a methylol group, or an alkoxymethyl group as a polymerizable group, the molar amount of the polymerizable group contained in 1 g of the specific resin is 0.05 to 10 mmol / g. It is preferably 0.1 to 5 mmol / g, and more preferably 0.1 to 5 mmol / g.
〔具体例〕
 特定樹脂の具体例としては、後述の実施例において使用された特定樹脂が挙げられる。
〔Concrete example〕
Specific examples of the specific resin include the specific resin used in the examples described later.
〔製造方法(式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位を有する特定樹脂の製造方法)〕
 特定樹脂が式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位を有する場合、特定樹脂は、例えば、後述の実施例における合成例に示した合成方法により合成される。
 また、式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位を有する特定樹脂の製造方法は、ジアミンと、4価カルボン酸化合物又はその誘導体とを反応させる工程(前駆体製造工程)を含むことが好ましい。
[Manufacturing method (Manufacturing method of a specific resin having a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2))]
When the specific resin has a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2), the specific resin is synthesized, for example, by the synthesis method shown in the synthesis example in the examples described later.
Further, the method for producing a specific resin having a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2) preferably includes a step (precursor manufacturing step) of reacting a diamine with a tetravalent carboxylic acid compound or a derivative thereof. ..
-前駆体製造工程-
 上記前駆体製造工程において用いられるジアミンとしては、下記式(DA-1)で表されるジアミンが挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028

 式(DA-1)中、L21は式(1-2)中のL21と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 また、式(1)の説明において記載したジアミンを更に用いることにより、式(1)で表される繰返し単位を特定樹脂に導入することもできる。
 上記前駆体製造工程において用いられる4価カルボン酸化合物としては、カルボン酸二無水物であってもよいし、4つのカルボキシ基のうち2つに対してエステル化、ハロゲン化等の変性が行われた構造の化合物であってもよい。好ましくは、後述の式(DC-1)で表されるカルボン酸二無水物において、加水分解後の4つのカルボキシ基のうち、2つのカルボキシ基がエステル化された化合物が挙げられる。
 上記エステル化により、上述の式(1-2)におけるR22及びR23が導入されていることが好ましい。
 また、上記4つのカルボキシ基のうち2つがエステル化された化合物をハロゲン化剤を用いてハロゲン化させた後、ジアミンと反応させることが好ましい。
 その他、前駆体製造工程における反応条件は、公知のエステル化の条件を参考に適宜決定することができる。
-Precursor manufacturing process-
Examples of the diamine used in the precursor production step include diamines represented by the following formula (DA-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028

Wherein (DA-1), L 21 has the same meaning as L 21 in the formula (1-2), preferable embodiments thereof are also the same.
Further, by further using the diamine described in the description of the formula (1), the repeating unit represented by the formula (1) can be introduced into the specific resin.
The tetravalent carboxylic acid compound used in the precursor production step may be a carboxylic acid dianhydride, or two of the four carboxy groups are modified by esterification, halogenation or the like. It may be a compound having a different structure. Preferably, in the carboxylic acid dianhydride represented by the formula (DC-1) described later, a compound in which two carboxy groups are esterified among the four carboxy groups after hydrolysis can be mentioned.
It is preferable that R 22 and R 23 in the above formula (1-2) are introduced by the above esterification.
Further, it is preferable that a compound in which two of the above four carboxy groups are esterified is halogenated with a halogenating agent and then reacted with a diamine.
In addition, the reaction conditions in the precursor production step can be appropriately determined with reference to known esterification conditions.
 また、前駆体製造工程においては、反応に際し、有機溶剤を用いることが好ましい。有機溶剤は1種でもよいし、2種以上でもよい。
 有機溶剤としては、原料に応じて適宜定めることができるが、ピリジン、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル(ジグリム)、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドンが例示される。
Further, in the precursor production step, it is preferable to use an organic solvent in the reaction. The organic solvent may be one kind or two or more kinds.
The organic solvent can be appropriately determined depending on the raw material, and examples thereof include pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme), N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone.
 前駆体製造工程においては、固体を析出する工程を含んでいることが好ましい。具体的には、反応液中の特定樹脂を、水中に沈殿させ、テトラヒドロフラン等のポリイミド前駆体が可溶な溶剤に溶解させることによって、固体析出することができる。 The precursor manufacturing step preferably includes a step of precipitating a solid. Specifically, the specific resin in the reaction solution can be precipitated in water, and a polyimide precursor such as tetrahydrofuran can be dissolved in a soluble solvent to precipitate a solid.
-ジアミン製造工程-
 特定樹脂の製造方法は、2つのニトロ基、少なくとも1つの反応性基、及び、芳香族炭化水素基を有する化合物Aと、上記反応性基と結合を形成可能である基、及び、重合性基を有する化合物Bとを反応させ、化合物Aと化合物Bが結合した化合物Cを得た後に、上記化合物Cにおけるニトロ基を還元して、ジアミンを得る工程(ジアミン製造工程)を含んでもよい。
 ジアミン製造工程において得られたジアミンが、前駆体製造工程におけるジアミンとして用いられる。
-Diamine manufacturing process-
The method for producing the specific resin is a compound A having two nitro groups, at least one reactive group, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a group capable of forming a bond with the reactive group, and a polymerizable group. A step (diamine production step) may be included in which a compound B having the above-mentioned compound B is reacted to obtain a compound C to which the compound A and the compound B are bonded, and then the nitro group in the compound C is reduced to obtain a diamine.
The diamine obtained in the diamine production process is used as the diamine in the precursor production process.
 化合物Aにおける反応性基としては、特に限定されないが、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基等が挙げられる。
 化合物Aは、2つのニトロ基と、少なくとも1つの反応性基とが、芳香族炭化水素基に直接結合した構造であることが好ましい。
The reactive group in compound A is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an amino group, a hydroxy group, and a carboxy group.
Compound A preferably has a structure in which two nitro groups and at least one reactive group are directly bonded to an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
 化合物Bにおける反応性基と結合を形成可能である基としては、特に限定されないが、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、カルボン酸ハライド基、エポキシ基、イソシアネート基等が挙げられる。
 化合物Bにおける重合性基としては、上述の式(1-2)におけるL22に含まれる基として例示された基が挙げられる。
The group capable of forming a bond with the reactive group in the compound B is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a carboxylic acid halide group, an epoxy group, and an isocyanate group.
Examples of the polymerizable group in compound B include the groups exemplified as the groups contained in L 22 in the above formula (1-2).
 化合物Cは化合物Aと化合物Bとの反応により得られる基であり、2つのニトロ基と、少なくとも1つの重合性基を含む基とを有する化合物である。
 化合物Cにおけるニトロ基を還元することにより、ジアミン化合物が得られる。
 還元方法としては、ベシャン還元、パラジウム、プラチナ、ニッケル等の金属触媒と水素ガス、ギ酸アンモニウム等の水素源を用いた水素添加反応、金属ヒドリドを還元剤とした還元方法など、公知の方法を用いることができる。
Compound C is a group obtained by reacting compound A with compound B, and is a compound having two nitro groups and a group containing at least one polymerizable group.
A diamine compound is obtained by reducing the nitro group in compound C.
As the reduction method, known methods such as Beshan reduction, hydrogenation reaction using a metal catalyst such as palladium, platinum and nickel and a hydrogen source such as hydrogen gas and ammonium formate, and a reduction method using metal hydride as a reducing agent are used. be able to.
 例えば、後述する実施例におけるジニトロ体(A-1)の合成は、化合物Aである3,5-ジニトロベンゾイルクロリドと、化合物Bであるメタクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチルとを反応させて化合物Cであるジニトロ体(A-1)を得る反応である。
 また、後述する実施例におけるジアミン(AA-1)の合成は、化合物Cであるジニトロ体(A-1)における2つのニトロ基を還元してジアミン(AA-1)を得る反応である。
For example, the synthesis of the dinitro compound (A-1) in the examples described later is compound C by reacting compound A 3,5-dinitrobenzoyl chloride with compound B 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. This is a reaction for obtaining a dinitro compound (A-1).
Further, the synthesis of diamine (AA-1) in the examples described later is a reaction of reducing two nitro groups in the dinitro compound (A-1) which is compound C to obtain diamine (AA-1).
-カルボン酸二無水物製造工程-
 特定樹脂の製造方法は、ジアミン化合物と、1つのカルボン酸無水物基、及び、1つのカルボキシ基を有する化合物とを反応させ、アミド結合を2以上有するカルボン酸二無水物を得る工程(カルボン酸二無水物製造工程)を含んでもよい。
 上記1つのカルボキシ基は、カルボン酸ハライド基であってもよい。
 上記反応の詳細は、公知のアミド化方法を参考に決定すればよい。
 例えば、後述する実施例における無水物(MA-1)の合成は、ジアミン化合物であるAA-1と、1つのカルボン酸無水物基、及び、1つのカルボン酸ハライド基を有する化合物である無水トリメリット酸クロリドとを反応して、アミド結合を2つ有する無水物(MA-1)を得る反応である。
 得られるカルボン酸二無水物としては、下記式(DC-1)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029

 式(DC-1)中、R21は式(1-2)中のR21と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
-Carboxylic acid dianhydride manufacturing process-
The method for producing the specific resin is a step of reacting a diamine compound with one carboxylic acid anhydride group and a compound having one carboxy group to obtain a carboxylic acid dianhydride having two or more amide bonds (carboxylic acid). (Dianhydride production step) may be included.
The one carboxy group may be a carboxylic acid halide group.
The details of the above reaction may be determined with reference to a known amidation method.
For example, in the synthesis of the anhydride (MA-1) in the examples described later, the anhydride compound is a compound having AA-1 which is a diamine compound, one carboxylic acid anhydride group, and one carboxylic acid halide group. Merit This is a reaction for reacting with an acid chloride to obtain an anhydride (MA-1) having two amide bonds.
Examples of the obtained carboxylic acid dianhydride include compounds represented by the following formula (DC-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029

In the formula (DC-1), R 21 has the same meaning as R 21 in the formula (1-2), preferable embodiments thereof are also the same.
〔製造方法(式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位を有する特定樹脂の製造方法)〕
 特定樹脂が式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位を有する場合、特定樹脂は、例えば、後述の実施例における合成例に示した合成方法により合成される。
 また、式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位を有する特定樹脂の製造方法は、上述の式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位を有する特定樹脂をイミド化するイミド化工程を含んでもよい。
[Manufacturing method (Manufacturing method of a specific resin having a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2))]
When the specific resin has a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2), the specific resin is synthesized, for example, by the synthesis method shown in the synthesis example in the examples described later.
Further, the method for producing a specific resin having a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1) includes an imidization step of imidizing the specific resin having the repeating unit represented by the above formula (1-2). But it may be.
 イミド化工程においては、上記前駆体製造工程等において得られた式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位を有する特定樹脂がイミド化され、式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位を有する特定樹脂が得られる。
 イミド化工程は、熱イミド化(例えば、加熱によるイミド化)、化学イミド化(例えば、触媒を用いたイミド化)及びこれらの組み合わせによるイミド化のいずれであってもよく、例えば、アミン系化合物等の触媒の存在下で加熱することにより行われる。
 また、イミド化工程において、例えば脱水剤を使用してもよい。脱水剤としては、無水酢酸等のカルボン酸無水物等が挙げられる。
 その他、イミド化の詳細については、公知の方法により行うことができる。
In the imidization step, the specific resin having the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2) obtained in the precursor manufacturing step or the like is imidized, and the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1) is used. A specific resin to have is obtained.
The imidization step may be any of thermal imidization (for example, imidization by heating), chemical imidization (for example, imidization using a catalyst), and imidization by a combination thereof, for example, an amine compound. It is carried out by heating in the presence of a catalyst such as.
Further, in the imidization step, for example, a dehydrating agent may be used. Examples of the dehydrating agent include carboxylic acid anhydrides such as acetic anhydride.
In addition, the details of imidization can be carried out by a known method.
-他の製造方法-
 また、式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位を有する特定樹脂の製造方法は、カルボン酸二無水物及びジアミン化合物の反応時に高温で加熱、脱水させ、1段階で樹脂を合成する方法であってもよい。
 カルボン酸二無水物としては、例えば、上述の式(DC-1)で表されるカルボン酸二無水物が挙げられる。上記カルボン酸二無水物は、上述の4価カルボン酸製造工程において得られた化合物であることが好ましい。
 ジアミン化合物としては、上述の式(DA-1)で表されるジアミン化合物を用いることができる。
 更に、本発明において用いられる樹脂の製造方法は、カルボン酸二無水物、及び、ジイソシアネート化合物の反応時に高温で脱炭酸させ、1段階で樹脂を合成する方法であってもよい。
 カルボン酸二無水物としては、例えば、上述の式(DC-1)で表されるカルボン酸二無水物が挙げられる。上記カルボン酸二無水物は、上述の4価カルボン酸製造工程において得られた化合物であることが好ましい。
 ジイソシアネート化合物としては、上述の式(DA-1)で表される化合物における2つのアミノ基を、それぞれイソシアネート基に変更した化合物が挙げられる。
 これらの製造方法の詳細は、公知のポリイミドの合成方法を参考にすることができる。
-Other manufacturing methods-
The method for producing the specific resin having the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1) is a method of synthesizing the resin in one step by heating and dehydrating at a high temperature during the reaction of the carboxylic acid dianhydride and the diamine compound. There may be.
Examples of the carboxylic acid dianhydride include the carboxylic acid dianhydride represented by the above formula (DC-1). The carboxylic acid dianhydride is preferably a compound obtained in the above-mentioned tetravalent carboxylic acid production step.
As the diamine compound, a diamine compound represented by the above formula (DA-1) can be used.
Further, the method for producing the resin used in the present invention may be a method of synthesizing the resin in one step by decarboxylating at a high temperature during the reaction of the carboxylic acid dianhydride and the diisocyanate compound.
Examples of the carboxylic acid dianhydride include the carboxylic acid dianhydride represented by the above formula (DC-1). The carboxylic acid dianhydride is preferably a compound obtained in the above-mentioned tetravalent carboxylic acid production step.
Examples of the diisocyanate compound include compounds in which two amino groups in the compound represented by the above formula (DA-1) are changed to isocyanate groups.
For details of these production methods, known methods for synthesizing polyimide can be referred to.
 また、本発明において用いられる樹脂の製造方法は、3つのカルボキシ基を有する化合物、又は、上記3つのカルボキシ基を有する化合物の誘導体と、第一のジアミン化合物、又は、ジイソシアネート化合物とを反応させて2つのイミド環構造と2つのカルボン酸とを有する化合物Dを得る工程、及び、上記化合物Dと、第二のジアミン化合物とを反応させて樹脂を得る工程、を含む製造方法であってもよい。
 上記3つのカルボキシ基を有する化合物、又は、上記3つのカルボキシ基を有する化合物の誘導体としては、3つのカルボキシ基を有する化合物、1つのカルボキシ基と1つのカルボン酸無水物基とを有する化合物、1つのカルボン酸ハライド基と1つのカルボン酸無水物基とを有する化合物、1つのカルボン酸エステル基と1つのカルボン酸無水物基とを有する化合物、3つのカルボン酸エステル基を有する化合物、1つのカルボン酸ハライド基と2つのカルボン酸エステル基とを有する化合物等が挙げられる。
 上記第一のジアミン化合物として、具体的には、上述の式(DA-1)で表されるジアミン化合物を用いることができる。
 上記ジイソシアネート化合物として、具体的には、上述の式(DA-1)で表される化合物における2つのアミノ基を、それぞれイソシアネート基に変更した化合物が挙げられる。
 上記反応の条件等は、公知のイミド化反応を参考に適宜決定すればよい。
Further, in the method for producing a resin used in the present invention, a compound having three carboxy groups or a derivative of the compound having the above three carboxy groups is reacted with a first diamine compound or a diisocyanate compound. The production method may include a step of obtaining a compound D having two imide ring structures and two carboxylic acids, and a step of reacting the compound D with a second diamine compound to obtain a resin. ..
As the derivative of the above-mentioned compound having three carboxy groups or the above-mentioned compound having three carboxy groups, a compound having three carboxy groups, a compound having one carboxy group and one carboxylic acid anhydride group, and 1 A compound having one carboxylic acid halide group and one carboxylic acid anhydride group, a compound having one carboxylic acid ester group and one carboxylic acid anhydride group, a compound having three carboxylic acid ester groups, and one carboxylic acid. Examples thereof include compounds having an acid halide group and two carboxylic acid ester groups.
Specifically, as the first diamine compound, a diamine compound represented by the above formula (DA-1) can be used.
Specific examples of the diisocyanate compound include compounds in which two amino groups in the compound represented by the above formula (DA-1) are changed to isocyanate groups.
The conditions and the like of the above reaction may be appropriately determined with reference to known imidization reactions.
 上記第二のジアミン化合物としては、下記式(DA-2)で表されるジアミン化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030

 式(DA-2)中、Lは式(R-1)中のLと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 上記樹脂を得る工程における反応の条件は、公知のポリアミドの製造方法を参考に適宜決定すればよい。
Examples of the second diamine compound include diamine compounds represented by the following formula (DA-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030

Wherein (DA-2), L 3 has the same meaning as L 3 in formula (R-1), a preferable embodiment thereof is also the same.
The reaction conditions in the step of obtaining the resin may be appropriately determined with reference to a known method for producing a polyamide.
<重合開始剤>
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、重合開始剤を含む。
 重合開始剤としては、光重合開始剤が好ましい。
<Polymerization initiator>
The curable resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerization initiator.
As the polymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator is preferable.
〔光重合開始剤〕
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、重合開始剤として、光重合開始剤を含むことが好ましい。
 光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光ラジカル重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する光ラジカル重合開始剤が好ましい。また、光励起された増感剤と何らかの作用を生じ、活性ラジカルを生成する活性剤であってもよい。
[Photopolymerization initiator]
The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator as the polymerization initiator.
The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator. The photoradical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known photoradical polymerization initiators. For example, a photoradical polymerization initiator having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferable. Further, it may be an activator that produces an active radical by causing some action with the photoexcited sensitizer.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤は、約300~800nm(好ましくは330~500nm)の範囲内で少なくとも約50L・mol-1・cm-1のモル吸光係数を有する化合物を、少なくとも1種含有していることが好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、紫外可視分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶剤を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。 The photoradical polymerization initiator contains at least one compound having a molar extinction coefficient of at least about 50 L · mol -1 · cm -1 within the range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). Is preferable. The molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L using an ethyl acetate solvent with an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、公知の化合物を任意に使用できる。例えば、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物、トリハロメチル基を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィンオキサイド等のアシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、オキシム誘導体等のオキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、ケトオキシムエーテル、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、ヒドロキシアセトフェノン、アゾ系化合物、アジド化合物、メタロセン化合物、有機ホウ素化合物、鉄アレーン錯体などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0165~0182、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0138~0151の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 A known compound can be arbitrarily used as the photoradical polymerization initiator. For example, halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime derivatives and the like. Oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketooxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenones, azo compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organic boron compounds, iron arene complexes, etc. Can be mentioned. For details thereof, the description of paragraphs 0165 to 0182 of JP2016-027357 and paragraphs 0138 to 0151 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 ケトン化合物としては、例えば、特開2015-087611号公報の段落0087に記載の化合物が例示され、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。市販品では、カヤキュアーDETX(日本化薬(株)製)も好適に用いられる。 Examples of the ketone compound include the compounds described in paragraph 0087 of JP-A-2015-087611, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification. As a commercially available product, KayaCure DETX (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) is also preferably used.
 本発明の一実施態様において、光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、ヒドロキシアセトフェノン化合物、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、及び、アシルホスフィン化合物を好適に用いることができる。より具体的には、例えば、特開平10-291969号公報に記載のアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特許第4225898号に記載のアシルホスフィンオキシド系開始剤を用いることができる。 In one embodiment of the present invention, a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and an acylphosphine compound can be preferably used as the photoradical polymerization initiator. More specifically, for example, the aminoacetophenone-based initiator described in JP-A-10-291969 and the acylphosphine oxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can be used.
 ヒドロキシアセトフェノン系開始剤としては、IRGACURE 184(IRGACUREは登録商標)、DAROCUR 1173、IRGACURE 500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE 127、IRGACURE 727(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。 As the hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE 127, and IRGACURE 727 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
 アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤としては、市販品であるIRGACURE 907、IRGACURE 369、及び、IRGACURE 379(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。 As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, commercially available products IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
 アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤として、365nm又は405nm等の波長光源に吸収極大波長がマッチングされた特開2009-191179号公報に記載の化合物も用いることができる。 As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, the compound described in JP-A-2009-191179, in which the absorption maximum wavelength is matched with a wavelength light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm, can also be used.
 アシルホスフィン系開始剤としては、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニル-ホスフィンオキサイドなどが挙げられる。また、市販品であるIRGACURE-819やIRGACURE-TPO(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。 Examples of the acylphosphine-based initiator include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide. Further, commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and IRGACURE-TPO (trade names: both manufactured by BASF) can be used.
 メタロセン化合物としては、IRGACURE-784(BASF社製)などが例示される。 Examples of the metallocene compound include IRGACURE-784 (manufactured by BASF).
 光ラジカル重合開始剤として、より好ましくはオキシム化合物が挙げられる。オキシム化合物を用いることにより、露光ラチチュードをより効果的に向上させることが可能になる。オキシム化合物は、露光ラチチュード(露光マージン)が広く、かつ、光硬化促進剤としても働くため、特に好ましい。 The photoradical polymerization initiator is more preferably an oxime compound. By using the oxime compound, the exposure latitude can be improved more effectively. The oxime compound is particularly preferable because it has a wide exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also acts as a photocuring accelerator.
 オキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物を用いることができる。 As specific examples of the oxime compound, the compound described in JP-A-2001-233842, the compound described in JP-A-2000-080068, and the compound described in JP-A-2006-342166 can be used.
 好ましいオキシム化合物としては、例えば、下記の構造の化合物や、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、及び2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オンなどが挙げられる。本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物においては、特に光ラジカル重合開始剤としてオキシム化合物(オキシム系の光重合開始剤)を用いることが好ましい。オキシム系の光重合開始剤は、分子内に >C=N-O-C(=O)- の連結基を有する。 Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds having the following structures, 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxy. Iminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutane-2-one , And 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one and the like. In the curable resin composition of the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use an oxime compound (oxime-based photopolymerization initiator) as the photoradical polymerization initiator. The oxime-based photopolymerization initiator has a linking group of> C = NOC (= O)-in the molecule.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 市販品ではIRGACURE OXE 01、IRGACURE OXE 02、IRGACURE OXE 03、IRGACURE OXE 04(以上、BASF社製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光ラジカル重合開始剤2)も好適に用いられる。また、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製)、アデカアークルズNCI-831及びアデカアークルズNCI-930((株)ADEKA製)も用いることができる。また、DFI-091(ダイトーケミックス(株)製)を用いることができる。また、下記の構造のオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000033

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000034
Commercially available products include IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, IRGACURE OXE 04 (above, manufactured by BASF), ADEKA PUTMER N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-014052). A radical polymerization initiator 2) is also preferably used. Further, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Powerful Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.), Adeka Arkuru's NCI-831 and Adeka Arkuru's NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) can also be used. Further, DFI-091 (manufactured by Daito Chemix Co., Ltd.) can be used. Further, an oxime compound having the following structure can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000033

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000034
 光重合開始剤としては、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2014-137466号公報に記載の化合物、特許06636081号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include the compound described in JP-A-2014-137466 and the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 06636081.
 光重合開始剤としては、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2013/083505号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used. Specific examples of such an oxime compound include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
 また、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることも可能である。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載されている化合物、特表2014-500852号公報の段落0345に記載されている化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報の段落0101に記載されている化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。 It is also possible to use an oxime compound having a fluorine atom. Specific examples of such an oxime compound include compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36-40 described in paragraph 0345 of JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013. Examples thereof include the compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of JP-A-164471.
 最も好ましいオキシム化合物としては、特開2007-269779号公報に示される特定置換基を有するオキシム化合物や、特開2009-191061号公報に示されるチオアリール基を有するオキシム化合物などが挙げられる。 Examples of the most preferable oxime compound include an oxime compound having a specific substituent shown in JP-A-2007-269779 and an oxime compound having a thioaryl group shown in JP-A-2009-191061.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム塩化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物及びその誘導体、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体及びその塩、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物、3-アリール置換クマリン化合物よりなる群から選択される化合物が好ましい。 From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photoradical polymerization initiator is a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyldimethylketal compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, or a triaryl. Selected from the group consisting of imidazole dimer, onium salt compound, benzothiazole compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound and its derivative, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex and its salt, halomethyloxaziazole compound, 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound. Compounds are preferred.
 更に好ましい光ラジカル重合開始剤は、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム塩化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物であり、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、ベンゾフェノン化合物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物が一層好ましく、メタロセン化合物又はオキシム化合物を用いるのがより一層好ましく、オキシム化合物が更に一層好ましい。 More preferable photoradical polymerization initiators are trihalomethyltriazine compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzophenone compounds and acetophenone compounds. At least one compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyltriazine compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, and benzophenone compounds is more preferable, and metallocene compounds or oxime compounds are even more preferable, and oxime compounds are even more preferable. Is even more preferable.
 また、光ラジカル重合開始剤は、ベンゾフェノン、N,N’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン(ミヒラーケトン)等のN,N’-テトラアルキル-4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1,2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルホリノ-プロパノン-1等の芳香族ケトン、アルキルアントラキノン等の芳香環と縮環したキノン類、ベンゾインアルキルエーテル等のベンゾインエーテル化合物、ベンゾイン、アルキルベンゾイン等のベンゾイン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール等のベンジル誘導体などを用いることもできる。また、下記式(I)で表される化合物を用いることもできる。 The photoradical polymerization initiator is N, N'-tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 2-benzyl such as benzophenone, N, N'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michler ketone). -2-Dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1,2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholino-propanone-1 and other aromatic ketones, alkylanthraquinone, etc. It is also possible to use quinones fused to the aromatic ring of the above, benzoin ether compounds such as benzoin alkyl ether, benzoin compounds such as benzoin and alkyl benzoin, and benzyl derivatives such as benzyl dimethyl ketal. Further, a compound represented by the following formula (I) can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 式(I)中、RI00は、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、1個以上の酸素原子によって中断された炭素数2~20のアルキル基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基、フェニル基、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、炭素数2~12のアルケニル基、1個以上の酸素原子によって中断された炭素数2~18のアルキル基及び炭素数1~4のアルキル基の少なくとも1つで置換されたフェニル基、又はビフェニルであり、RI01は、式(II)で表される基であるか、RI00と同じ基であり、RI02~RI04は各々独立に炭素数1~12のアルキル、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基又はハロゲンである。 In formula (I), RI00 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, and the like. Alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, alkoxy group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, halogen atom, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, alkenyl group with 2 to 12 carbon atoms, carbon number 2 to 2 interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms 18 alkyl group and at least one substituted phenyl group of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or biphenyl, R I01 is a group represented by formula (II), the same as R I00 The groups, R I02 to R I04, are independently alkyls having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or halogens, respectively.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 式中、RI05~RI07は、上記式(I)のRI02~RI04と同じである。 In the formula, R I05 to R I07 are the same as R I 02 to R I 04 of the above formula (I).
 また、光ラジカル重合開始剤は、国際公開第2015/125469号の段落0048~0055に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Further, as the photoradical polymerization initiator, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2015/1254669 can also be used.
 光重合開始剤を含む場合、その含有量は、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~20質量%であり、更に好ましくは0.5~15質量%であり、一層好ましくは1.0~10質量%である。
 光重合開始剤は1種のみ含有していてもよいし、2種以上含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を2種以上含有する場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
When the photopolymerization initiator is contained, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. It is more preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, and even more preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass.
Only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more kinds of photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<熱重合開始剤>
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、熱重合開始剤を含んでもよく、特に熱ラジカル重合開始剤を含んでもよい。熱ラジカル重合開始剤は、熱のエネルギーによってラジカルを発生し、重合性を有する化合物の重合反応を開始又は促進させる化合物である。熱ラジカル重合開始剤を添加することによって、後述する加熱工程において、特定樹脂及び重合性化合物の重合反応を進行させることもできるので、より耐薬品性を向上できる。
<Thermal polymerization initiator>
The curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal polymerization initiator, and in particular, a thermal radical polymerization initiator may be contained. A thermal radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates radicals by heat energy to initiate or accelerate the polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. By adding the thermal radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the specific resin and the polymerizable compound can be allowed to proceed in the heating step described later, so that the chemical resistance can be further improved.
 熱ラジカル重合開始剤として、具体的には、特開2008-063554号公報の段落0074~0118に記載されている化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the thermal radical polymerization initiator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP-A-2008-063554.
 熱重合開始剤を含む場合、その含有量は、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~20質量%であり、更に好ましくは5~15質量%である。熱重合開始剤は1種のみ含有していてもよいし、2種以上含有していてもよい。熱重合開始剤を2種以上含有する場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the thermosetting initiator is contained, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. It is more preferably 5 to 15% by mass. Only one type of thermal polymerization initiator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more kinds of thermal polymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
〔光酸発生剤〕
 また、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、重合開始剤として、光酸発生剤を含んでもよい。
 光酸発生剤としては、露光により酸を発生するものであれば特に限定されるものではないが、キノンジアジド化合物、ジアゾニウム塩、ホスホニウム塩、スルホニウム塩、ヨードニウム塩などのオニウム塩化合物、イミドスルホネート、オキシムスルホネート、ジアゾジスルホン、ジスルホン、o-ニトロベンジルスルホネート等のスルホネート化合物などを挙げることができる。
[Photoacid generator]
Further, the curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a photoacid generator as a polymerization initiator.
The photoacid generator is not particularly limited as long as it generates an acid by exposure, but is an onium salt compound such as a quinonediazide compound, a diazonium salt, a phosphonium salt, a sulfonium salt, or an iodonium salt, an imide sulfonate, and an oxime. Examples thereof include sulfonate compounds such as sulfonate, diazodisulfone, disulfone, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate.
 キノンジアジド化合物としては、ポリヒドロキシ化合物にキノンジアジドのスルホン酸がエステルで結合したもの、ポリアミノ化合物にキノンジアジドのスルホン酸がスルホンアミド結合したもの、ポリヒドロキシポリアミノ化合物にキノンジアジドのスルホン酸がエステル結合及びスルホンアミド結合の少なくとも一方により結合したものなどが挙げられる。本発明においては、例えば、これらポリヒドロキシ化合物やポリアミノ化合物の官能基全体の50モル%以上がキノンジアジドで置換されていることが好ましい。 The quinone-diazide compounds include a polyhydroxy compound in which quinone-diazide sulfonic acid is ester-bonded, a polyamino compound in which quinone-diazide sulfonic acid is conjugated with a sulfonamide, and a polyhydroxypolyamino compound in which quinone-diazide sulfonic acid is ester-bonded and a sulfonamide bond. Examples thereof include those bonded by at least one of the above. In the present invention, for example, it is preferable that 50 mol% or more of all the functional groups of these polyhydroxy compounds and polyamino compounds are substituted with quinonediazide.
 本発明において、キノンジアジドは5-ナフトキノンジアジドスルホニル基、4-ナフトキノンジアジドスルホニル基のいずれも好ましく用いられる。4-ナフトキノンジアジドスルホニルエステル化合物は水銀灯のi線領域に吸収を持っており、i線露光に適している。5-ナフトキノンジアジドスルホニルエステル化合物は水銀灯のg線領域まで吸収が伸びており、g線露光に適している。本発明においては、露光する波長によって4-ナフトキノンジアジドスルホニルエステル化合物、5-ナフトキノンジアジドスルホニルエステル化合物を選択することが好ましい。また、同一分子中に4-ナフトキノンジアジドスルホニル基、5-ナフトキノンジアジドスルホニル基を有するナフトキノンジアジドスルホニルエステル化合物を含有してもよいし、4-ナフトキノンジアジドスルホニルエステル化合物と5-ナフトキノンジアジドスルホニルエステル化合物を含有してもよい。 In the present invention, as the quinone diazide, either a 5-naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl group or a 4-naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl group is preferably used. The 4-naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl ester compound has absorption in the i-line region of a mercury lamp and is suitable for i-line exposure. The 5-naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl ester compound has absorption extending to the g-line region of a mercury lamp and is suitable for g-line exposure. In the present invention, it is preferable to select a 4-naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl ester compound or a 5-naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl ester compound depending on the wavelength to be exposed. Further, a naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl ester compound having a 4-naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl group and a 5-naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl group may be contained in the same molecule, or a 4-naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl ester compound and a 5-naphthoquinone diazidosulfonyl ester compound may be contained. It may be contained.
 上記ナフトキノンジアジド化合物は、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有する化合物と、キノンジアジドスルホン酸化合物とのエステル化反応によって合成可能であり、公知の方法により合成することができる。これらのナフトキノンジアジド化合物を使用することで解像度、感度、残膜率がより向上する。
 上記ナフトキノンジアジド化合物としては、例えば、1,2-ナフトキノン-2-ジアジド-5-スルホン酸又は1,2-ナフトキノン-2-ジアジド-4-スルホン酸、これらの化合物の塩又はエステル化合物等が挙げられる。
The naphthoquinone diazide compound can be synthesized by an esterification reaction between a compound having a phenolic hydroxy group and a quinone diazido sulfonic acid compound, and can be synthesized by a known method. By using these naphthoquinone diazide compounds, the resolution, sensitivity, and residual film ratio are further improved.
Examples of the naphthoquinone diazide compound include 1,2-naphthoquinone-2-diazide-5-sulfonic acid or 1,2-naphthoquinone-2-diazide-4-sulfonic acid, and salts or ester compounds of these compounds. Be done.
 オニウム塩化合物、又は、スルホネート化合物としては、特開2008-013646号公報の段落0064~0122に記載の化合物等が挙げられる。
 その他、光酸発生剤としては市販品を使用してもよい。市販品としては、WPAG-145、WPAG-149、WPAG-170、WPAG-199、WPAG-336、WPAG-367、WPAG-370、WPAG-469、WPAG-638、WPAG-699(いずれも富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)等が挙げられる。
Examples of the onium salt compound or the sulfonate compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0064 to 0122 of JP-A-2008-013646.
In addition, a commercially available product may be used as the photoacid generator. Commercially available products include WPAG-145, WPAG-149, WPAG-170, WPAG-199, WPAG-336, WPAG-376, WPAG-370, WPAG-469, WPAG-638, and WPAG-699. (Manufactured by Kojunyaku Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 光酸発生剤を含む場合、その含有量は、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~20質量%であることがより好ましく、2~15質量%であることが更に好ましい。光酸発生剤は1種のみ含有していてもよいし、2種以上含有していてもよい。光酸発生剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When a photoacid generator is contained, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. Is more preferable, and 2 to 15% by mass is further preferable. Only one type of photoacid generator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more photoacid generators are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
<熱酸発生剤>
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、重合開始剤として、熱酸発生剤を含んでもよい。
 熱酸発生剤は、加熱により酸を発生し、ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基又はアシルオキシメチル基を有する化合物、エポキシ化合物、オキセタン化合物及びベンゾオキサジン化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物、又は、特定樹脂に含まれるメチロール基等の架橋反応を促進させる効果がある。
 また、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物が熱酸発生剤を含む場合、特定樹脂は重合性基としてメチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基を含むことが好ましい。
<Thermal acid generator>
The curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermosetting agent as a polymerization initiator.
The thermoacid generator generates an acid by heating, and is at least one compound selected from a compound having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group, an epoxy compound, an oxetane compound and a benzoxazine compound, or a specific resin. It has the effect of promoting the cross-linking reaction of methylol groups and the like contained in.
When the curable resin composition of the present invention contains a thermosetting agent, the specific resin preferably contains a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group as a polymerizable group.
 熱酸発生剤の熱分解開始温度は、50℃~270℃が好ましく、50℃~250℃がより好ましい。また、硬化性樹脂組成物を基板に塗布した後の乾燥(プリベーク:約70~140℃)時には酸を発生せず、その後の露光、現像でパターニングした後の最終加熱(キュア:約100~400℃)時に酸を発生するものを熱酸発生剤として選択すると、現像時の感度低下を抑制できるため好ましい。
 熱分解開始温度は、熱酸発生剤を耐圧カプセル中5℃/分で500℃まで加熱した場合に、最も温度が低い発熱ピークのピーク温度として求められる。
 熱分解開始温度を測定する際に用いられる機器としては、Q2000(TAインスツルメント社製)等が挙げられる。
The thermal decomposition start temperature of the thermal acid generator is preferably 50 ° C. to 270 ° C., more preferably 50 ° C. to 250 ° C. Further, no acid is generated during drying (pre-baking: about 70 to 140 ° C.) after applying the curable resin composition to the substrate, and final heating (cure: about 100 to 400) after patterning in subsequent exposure and development. It is preferable to select a thermosetting agent that generates an acid at (° C.)) because it can suppress a decrease in sensitivity during development.
The thermal decomposition start temperature is obtained as the peak temperature of the exothermic peak, which is the lowest temperature when the thermoacid generator is heated to 500 ° C. at 5 ° C./min in a pressure-resistant capsule.
Examples of the device used for measuring the thermal decomposition start temperature include Q2000 (manufactured by TA Instruments).
 熱酸発生剤から発生する酸は強酸が好ましく、例えば、p-トルエンスルホン酸、ベンゼンスルホン酸などのアリールスルホン酸、メタンスルホン酸、エタンスルホン酸、ブタンスルホン酸などのアルキルスルホン酸、あるいはトリフルオロメタンスルホン酸などのハロアルキルスルホン酸などが好ましい。このような熱酸発生剤の例としては、特開2013-072935号公報の段落0055に記載のものが挙げられる。 The acid generated from the thermoacid generator is preferably a strong acid, for example, aryl sulfonic acid such as p-toluene sulfonic acid and benzene sulfonic acid, alkyl sulfonic acid such as methane sulfonic acid, ethane sulfonic acid and butane sulfonic acid, or trifluoromethane. Haloalkyl sulfonic acid such as sulfonic acid is preferable. Examples of such a thermoacid generator include those described in paragraph 0055 of JP2013-072935A.
 中でも、硬化膜中の残留が少なく硬化膜物性を低下させにくいという観点から、炭素数1~4のアルキルスルホン酸や炭素数1~4のハロアルキルスルホン酸を発生するものがより好ましく、メタンスルホン酸(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ジメチルスルホニウム、メタンスルホン酸(4-((メトキシカルボニル)オキシ)フェニル)ジメチルスルホニウム、メタンスルホン酸ベンジル(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メチルスルホニウム、メタンスルホン酸ベンジル(4-((メトキシカルボニル)オキシ)フェニル)メチルスルホニウム、メタンスルホン酸(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メチル((2-メチルフェニル)メチル)スルホニウム、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ジメチルスルホニウム、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸(4-((メトキシカルボニル)オキシ)フェニル)ジメチルスルホニウム、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸ベンジル(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メチルスルホニウム、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸ベンジル(4-((メトキシカルボニル)オキシ)フェニル)メチルスルホニウム、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メチル((2-メチルフェニル)メチル)スルホニウム、3-(5-(((プロピルスルホニル)オキシ)イミノ)チオフェン-2(5H)-イリデン)-2-(o-トリル)プロパンニトリル、2,2-ビス(3-(メタンスルホニルアミノ)-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパンが、熱酸発生剤として好ましい。 Of these, those that generate alkylsulfonic acid having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or haloalkylsulfonic acid having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are more preferable, and methanesulfonic acid is more preferable, from the viewpoint that there is little residue in the cured film and it is difficult to deteriorate the physical properties of the cured film. (4-Hydroxyphenyl) dimethylsulfonium, methanesulfonic acid (4-((methoxycarbonyl) oxy) phenyl) dimethylsulfonium, benzyl methanesulfonate (4-hydroxyphenyl) methylsulfonium, benzyl methanesulphonate (4-((methoxycarbonyl)) Carbonyl) oxy) phenyl) methylsulfonium, methanesulfonic acid (4-hydroxyphenyl) methyl ((2-methylphenyl) methyl) sulfonium, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-hydroxyphenyl) dimethylsulfonium, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-) ((Methoxycarbonyl) oxy) phenyl) dimethylsulfonium, benzyl (4-hydroxyphenyl) methylsulfonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, benzyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (4-((methoxycarbonyl) oxy) phenyl) methylsulfonium, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-Hydroxyphenyl) methyl ((2-methylphenyl) methyl) sulfonium, 3-(5-(((propylsulfonyl) oxy) imino) thiophen-2 (5H) -iriden) -2- (o-tolyl) Propanenitrile, 2,2-bis (3- (methanesulfonylamino) -4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane is preferred as the thermoacid generator.
 また、特開2013-167742号公報の段落0059に記載の化合物も熱酸発生剤として好ましい。 Further, the compound described in paragraph 0059 of JP2013-167742A is also preferable as the thermoacid generator.
 熱酸発生剤の含有量は、特定樹脂100質量部に対して0.01質量部以上が好ましく、0.1質量部以上がより好ましい。0.01質量部以上含有することで、架橋反応が促進されるため、硬化膜の機械特性及び耐薬品性をより向上させることができる。また、硬化膜の電気絶縁性の観点から、20質量部以下が好ましく、15質量部以下がより好ましく、10質量部以下が更に好ましい。 The content of the thermoacid generator is preferably 0.01 part by mass or more, and more preferably 0.1 part by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. By containing 0.01 part by mass or more, the cross-linking reaction is promoted, so that the mechanical properties and chemical resistance of the cured film can be further improved. Further, from the viewpoint of electrical insulation of the cured film, 20 parts by mass or less is preferable, 15 parts by mass or less is more preferable, and 10 parts by mass or less is further preferable.
<重合性化合物>
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は重合性化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 本明細書において、上述の特定樹脂に該当する化合物は、重合性化合物には該当しないものとする。
 重合性化合物としては、多官能重合性化合物が好ましい。本明細書において、多官能重合性化合物とは、重合性基を2以上有する化合物をいう。
 また、重合性化合物としては、ラジカル重合性化合物が好ましく、ラジカル重合性基を2以上有する化合物がより好ましい。
<Polymerizable compound>
The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
In the present specification, the compound corresponding to the above-mentioned specific resin does not correspond to a polymerizable compound.
As the polymerizable compound, a polyfunctional polymerizable compound is preferable. In the present specification, the polyfunctional polymerizable compound means a compound having two or more polymerizable groups.
Further, as the polymerizable compound, a radically polymerizable compound is preferable, and a compound having two or more radically polymerizable groups is more preferable.
〔ラジカル重合性化合物〕
 重合性化合物としては、ラジカル重合性化合物を用いることができる。ラジカル重合性化合物は、ラジカル重合性基を有する化合物である。ラジカル重合性基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、ビニルフェニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などのエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基が挙げられる。ラジカル重合性基は、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましく、反応性の観点からは、(メタ)アクリロキシ基がより好ましい。
[Radical polymerizable compound]
As the polymerizable compound, a radically polymerizable compound can be used. The radically polymerizable compound is a compound having a radically polymerizable group. Examples of the radically polymerizable group include groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group, and a (meth) acryloyl group. The radically polymerizable group is preferably a (meth) acryloyl group, and more preferably a (meth) acryloyl group from the viewpoint of reactivity.
 ラジカル重合性化合物が有するラジカル重合性基の数は、1個でもよく、2個以上でもよいが、ラジカル重合性化合物はラジカル重合性基を2個以上有することが好ましく、3個以上有することがより好ましい。上限は、15個以下が好ましく、10個以下がより好ましく、8個以下が更に好ましい。 The number of radically polymerizable groups contained in the radically polymerizable compound may be one or two or more, but the radically polymerizable compound preferably has two or more radically polymerizable groups, and preferably has three or more radically polymerizable groups. More preferred. The upper limit is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 8 or less.
 ラジカル重合性化合物の分子量は、2,000以下が好ましく、1,500以下がより好ましく、900以下が更に好ましい。ラジカル重合性化合物の分子量の下限は、100以上が好ましい。 The molecular weight of the radically polymerizable compound is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and even more preferably 900 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the radically polymerizable compound is preferably 100 or more.
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、現像性の観点から、ラジカル重合性基を2個以上含む2官能以上のラジカル重合性化合物を少なくとも1種含むことが好ましく、3官能以上のラジカル重合性化合物を少なくとも1種含むことがより好ましい。また、2官能のラジカル重合性化合物と3官能以上のラジカル重合性化合物との混合物であってもよい。例えば2官能以上の重合性モノマーの官能基数とは、1分子中におけるラジカル重合性基の数が2個以上であることを意味する。 From the viewpoint of developability, the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one bifunctional or higher functional radical polymerizable compound containing two or more radical polymerizable groups, and is preferably a trifunctional or higher functional radical polymerizable compound. It is more preferable to contain at least one kind. Further, it may be a mixture of a bifunctional radical polymerizable compound and a trifunctional or higher functional radical polymerizable compound. For example, the number of functional groups of a bifunctional or higher functional polymerizable monomer means that the number of radically polymerizable groups in one molecule is two or more.
 ラジカル重合性化合物の具体例としては、不飽和カルボン酸(例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、マレイン酸など)やそのエステル類、アミド類が挙げられ、好ましくは、不飽和カルボン酸と多価アルコール化合物とのエステル、及び不飽和カルボン酸と多価アミン化合物とのアミド類である。また、ヒドロキシ基やアミノ基、スルファニル基等の求核性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル又はアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能イソシアネート類又はエポキシ類との付加反応物や、単官能若しくは多官能のカルボン酸との脱水縮合反応物等も好適に使用される。また、イソシアネート基やエポキシ基等の親電子性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル又はアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との付加反応物、更に、ハロゲノ基やトシルオキシ基等の脱離性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル又はアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との置換反応物も好適である。また、別の例として、上記の不飽和カルボン酸の代わりに、不飽和ホスホン酸、スチレン等のビニルベンゼン誘導体、ビニルエーテル、アリルエーテル等に置き換えた化合物群を使用することも可能である。具体例としては、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0113~0122の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Specific examples of the radically polymerizable compound include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.), esters thereof, and amides. Esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric alcohol compounds, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyvalent amine compounds. Further, an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxy group, an amino group or a sulfanyl group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or an epoxy, or a monofunctional or polyfunctional group. A dehydration condensation reaction product with a functional carboxylic acid is also preferably used. Further, an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a parentionic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol, and a halogeno group. Substitution reactions of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a releasable substituent such as tosyloxy group and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines and thiols are also suitable. Further, as another example, it is also possible to use a compound group in which the unsaturated carboxylic acid is replaced with an unsaturated phosphonic acid, a vinylbenzene derivative such as styrene, a vinyl ether, an allyl ether or the like. As a specific example, the description in paragraphs 0113 to 0122 of JP-A-2016-0273557 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
 また、ラジカル重合性化合物は、常圧下で100℃以上の沸点を持つ化合物も好ましい。その例としては、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキサンジオール(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(アクリロイルオキシプロピル)エーテル、トリ(アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、グリセリンやトリメチロールエタン等の多官能アルコールにエチレンオキサイドやプロピレンオキサイドを付加させた後、(メタ)アクリレート化した化合物、特公昭48-041708号公報、特公昭50-006034号公報、特開昭51-037193号各公報に記載されているようなウレタン(メタ)アクリレート類、特開昭48-064183号、特公昭49-043191号、特公昭52-030490号各公報に記載されているポリエステルアクリレート類、エポキシ樹脂と(メタ)アクリル酸との反応生成物であるエポキシアクリレート類等の多官能のアクリレートやメタクリレート及びこれらの混合物を挙げることができる。また、特開2008-292970号公報の段落0254~0257に記載の化合物も好適である。また、多官能カルボン酸にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等の環状エーテル基とエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物を反応させて得られる多官能(メタ)アクリレートなども挙げることができる。 Further, as the radically polymerizable compound, a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure is also preferable. Examples are polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethyl ethanetri (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol. Penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexanediol (meth) acrylate, trimethylpropantri (acryloyloxypropyl) ether, tri (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, glycerin, trimethylolethane, etc. A compound obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a functional alcohol and then (meth) acrylated, is described in JP-A-48-041708, JP-A-50-006034, and JP-A-51-0371993. Urethane (meth) acrylates, such as those described in JP-A-48-064183, JP-A-49-043191, and JP-A-52-030490, the polyester acrylates, epoxy resins and (meth) acrylics. Examples thereof include polyfunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as epoxy acrylates which are reaction products with acids, and mixtures thereof. Further, the compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP-A-2008-292970 are also suitable. Further, a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate obtained by reacting a polyfunctional carboxylic acid with a cyclic ether group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate and a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond can also be mentioned.
 また、上述以外の好ましいラジカル重合性化合物として、特開2010-160418号公報、特開2010-129825号公報、特許第4364216号公報等に記載される、フルオレン環を有し、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基を2個以上有する化合物や、カルド樹脂も使用することが可能である。 Further, as a preferable radically polymerizable compound other than the above, it has a fluorene ring and has an ethylenically unsaturated bond, which is described in JP-A-2010-160418, JP-A-2010-129825, Patent No. 4364216 and the like. It is also possible to use a compound having two or more groups having the above, or a cardo resin.
 更に、その他の例としては、特公昭46-043946号公報、特公平01-040337号公報、特公平01-040336号公報に記載の特定の不飽和化合物や、特開平02-025493号公報に記載のビニルホスホン酸系化合物等もあげることができる。また、特開昭61-022048号公報に記載のペルフルオロアルキル基を含む化合物を用いることもできる。更に日本接着協会誌 vol.20、No.7、300~308ページ(1984年)に光重合性モノマー及びオリゴマーとして紹介されているものも使用することができる。 Further, as other examples, the specific unsaturated compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 46-043946, Japanese Square Root 01-040337, Japanese Square Root 01-040336, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 02-025493. Vinyl phosphonic acid compounds and the like can also be mentioned. Further, a compound containing a perfluoroalkyl group described in JP-A-61-022048 can also be used. Furthermore, the magazine of the Japan Adhesive Association vol. 20, No. Those introduced as photopolymerizable monomers and oligomers on pages 7, 300-308 (1984) can also be used.
 上記のほか、特開2015-034964号公報の段落0048~0051に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0087~0131に記載の化合物も好ましく用いることができ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 In addition to the above, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0051 of JP-A-2015-034964 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0087 to 0131 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be preferably used, and the contents thereof are described in the present specification. Incorporated into the book.
 また、特開平10-062986号公報において式(1)及び式(2)としてその具体例と共に記載の、多官能アルコールにエチレンオキサイドやプロピレンオキサイドを付加させた後に(メタ)アクリレート化した化合物も、ラジカル重合性化合物として用いることができる。 Further, the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-062986 together with specific examples as formulas (1) and (2) after addition of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol is also (meth) acrylated. It can be used as a radically polymerizable compound.
 更に、特開2015-187211号公報の段落0104~0131に記載の化合物も他のラジカル重合性化合物として用いることができ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Further, the compounds described in paragraphs 0104 to 0131 of JP-A-2015-187211 can also be used as other radically polymerizable compounds, and their contents are incorporated in the present specification.
 ラジカル重合性化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-330;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-320;日本化薬(株)製、A-TMMT:新中村化学工業(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-310;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬(株)製、A-DPH;新中村化学工業社製)、及びこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコール残基又はプロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造が好ましい。これらのオリゴマータイプも使用できる。 Examples of radically polymerizable compounds include dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-320; Nihon Kayaku (commercially available). Manufactured by A-TMMT Co., Ltd .: Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Dipentaerythritol hexa ( Meta) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and these (meth) acryloyl groups contain ethylene glycol residues or propylene glycol residues. A structure that is bonded via a structure is preferable. These oligomer types can also be used.
 ラジカル重合性化合物の市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ鎖を4個有する4官能アクリレートであるSR-494、エチレンオキシ鎖を4個有する2官能メタクリレートであるサートマー社製のSR-209、231、239、日本化薬(株)製のペンチレンオキシ鎖を6個有する6官能アクリレートであるDPCA-60、イソブチレンオキシ鎖を3個有する3官能アクリレートであるTPA-330、ウレタンオリゴマーUAS-10、UAB-140(日本製紙社製)、NKエステルM-40G、NKエステル4G、NKエステルM-9300、NKエステルA-9300、UA-7200(新中村化学工業社製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(共栄社化学社製)、ブレンマーPME400(日油(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available products of the radically polymerizable compound include, for example, SR-494, which is a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by Sartmer, and SR-209, which is a bifunctional methacrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains. , 231, 239, DPCA-60, a hexafunctional acrylate having 6 pentyleneoxy chains manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., TPA-330, a trifunctional acrylate having 3 isobutyleneoxy chains, urethane oligomer UAS- 10, UAB-140 (manufactured by Nippon Paper Co., Ltd.), NK ester M-40G, NK ester 4G, NK ester M-9300, NK ester A-9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H ( Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), Blemmer PME400 (manufactured by Nichiyu Co., Ltd.), etc. Can be mentioned.
 ラジカル重合性化合物としては、特公昭48-041708号公報、特開昭51-037193号公報、特公平02-032293号公報、特公平02-016765号公報に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-049860号公報、特公昭56-017654号公報、特公昭62-039417号公報、特公昭62-039418号公報に記載のエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物類も好適である。更に、ラジカル重合性化合物として、特開昭63-277653号公報、特開昭63-260909号公報、特開平01-105238号公報に記載される、分子内にアミノ構造やスルフィド構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。 Examples of the radically polymerizable compound include urethane acrylates as described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 02-032293, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 02-016765. , Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide-based skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 are also suitable. Further, as the radically polymerizable compound, compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-01-105238 are used. It can also be used.
 ラジカル重合性化合物は、カルボキシ基、リン酸基等の酸基を有するラジカル重合性化合物であってもよい。酸基を有するラジカル重合性化合物は、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルが好ましく、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物の未反応のヒドロキシ基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を持たせたラジカル重合性化合物がより好ましい。特に好ましくは、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物の未反応のヒドロキシ基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を持たせたラジカル重合性化合物において、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物がペンタエリスリトール又はジペンタエリスリトールである化合物である。市販品としては、例えば、東亞合成株式会社製の多塩基酸変性アクリルオリゴマーとして、M-510、M-520などが挙げられる。 The radically polymerizable compound may be a radically polymerizable compound having an acid group such as a carboxy group or a phosphoric acid group. The radically polymerizable compound having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and an acid is obtained by reacting an unreacted hydroxy group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound with a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride. A radically polymerizable compound having a group is more preferable. Particularly preferably, in a radical polymerizable compound in which an unreacted hydroxy group of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride to give an acid group, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol or dipenta. It is a compound that is erythritol. Examples of commercially available products include M-510 and M-520 as polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
 酸基を有するラジカル重合性化合物の好ましい酸価は、0.1~40mgKOH/gであり、特に好ましくは5~30mgKOH/gである。ラジカル重合性化合物の酸価が上記範囲であれば、製造上の取扱性に優れ、更には、現像性に優れる。また、重合性が良好である。なお、アルカリ現像する場合の現像速度の観点では、酸基を有するラジカル架橋剤の好ましい酸価は、0.1~300mgKOH/gであり、特に好ましくは1~100mgKOH/gである。上記酸価は、JIS K 0070:1992の記載に準拠して測定される。 The acid value of the radically polymerizable compound having an acid group is preferably 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g. When the acid value of the radically polymerizable compound is within the above range, it is excellent in manufacturing handleability and further excellent in developability. Moreover, the polymerizable property is good. From the viewpoint of the development speed in the case of alkaline development, the acid value of the radical cross-linking agent having an acid group is preferably 0.1 to 300 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 1 to 100 mgKOH / g. The acid value is measured according to the description of JIS K 0070: 1992.
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、硬化膜の弾性率制御に伴う反り抑制の観点から、ラジカル重合性化合物として、単官能ラジカル重合性化合物を好ましく用いることができる。単官能ラジカル重合性化合物としては、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ブトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、カルビトール(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸誘導体、N-ビニルピロリドン、N-ビニルカプロラクタム等のN-ビニル化合物類、アリルグリシジルエーテル、ジアリルフタレート、トリアリルトリメリテート等のアリル化合物類等が好ましく用いられる。単官能ラジカル重合性化合物としては、露光前の揮発を抑制するため、常圧下で100℃以上の沸点を持つ化合物も好ましい。また、パターンの解像性と膜の伸縮性の観点から、2官能のメタアクリレート又はアクリレートを用いることも好ましい。
 具体的な化合物としては、トリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジアクリレート、PEG200ジアクリレート、PEG200ジメタクリレート、PEG600ジアクリレート、PEG600ジメタクリレート、ポリテトラエチレングリコールジアクリレート、ポリテトラエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジアクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジメタクリレート、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオールジアクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート、1,6ヘキサンジオールジメタクリレート、ジメチロール-トリシクロデカンジアクリレート、ジメチロール-トリシクロデカンジメタクリレート、ビスフェノールAのEO(エチレンオキサイド)付加物ジアクリレート、ビスフェノールAのEO付加物ジメタクリレート、ビスフェノールAのPO(プロピレンオキサイド)付加物ジアクリレート、ビスフェノールAのPO付加物ジメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシー3-アクリロイロキシプロピルメタクリレート、イソシアヌル酸EO変性ジアクリレート、イソシアヌル酸変性ジメタクリレート、その他ウレタン結合を有する2官能アクリレート、ウレタン結合を有する2官能メタクリレートを使用することができる。これらは必要に応じ、2種以上を混合し使用することができる。なお、例えばPEG200ジアクリレートとは、ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレートであって、ポリエチレングリコール鎖の式量が200程度のものをいう。
In the curable resin composition of the present invention, a monofunctional radically polymerizable compound can be preferably used as the radically polymerizable compound from the viewpoint of suppressing warpage associated with controlling the elastic modulus of the cured film. Examples of the monofunctional radical polymerizable compound include n-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, carbitol (meth) acrylate, and cyclohexyl (meth). (Meta) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate and the like (meth) ) Acrylate derivatives, N-vinyl compounds such as N-vinylpyrrolidone and N-vinylcaprolactam, and allyl compounds such as allylglycidyl ether, diallyl phthalate, and triallyl trimellitate are preferably used. As the monofunctional radical polymerizable compound, a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure is also preferable in order to suppress volatilization before exposure. Further, from the viewpoint of pattern resolution and film elasticity, it is also preferable to use bifunctional methacrylate or acrylate.
Specific compounds include triethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, PEG200 diacrylate, PEG200 dimethacrylate, PEG600 diacrylate, PEG600 dimethacrylate, and polytetraethylene. Glycol diacrylate, polytetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, 1,6 hexanediol Dimethacrylate, dimethylol-tricyclodecanediacrylate, dimethylol-tricyclodecanedimethacrylate, EO (ethylene oxide) adduct diacrylate of bisphenol A, EO adduct dimethacrylate of bisphenol A, PO (propylene oxide) addition of bisphenol A Diacrylate, PO adduct dimethacrylate of bisphenol A, 2-hydroxy-3-acryloyloxypropyl methacrylate, isocyanuric acid EO modified diacrylate, isocyanuric acid modified dimethacrylate, other bifunctional acrylate having urethane bond, having urethane bond Bifunctional methacrylate can be used. If necessary, two or more of these can be mixed and used. For example, the PEG200 diacrylate is a polyethylene glycol diacrylate having a polyethylene glycol chain formula of about 200.
〔上述したラジカル重合性化合物以外の重合性化合物〕
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、上述したラジカル重合性化合物以外の重合性化合物を更に含むことができる。上述したラジカル重合性化合物以外の重合性化合物としては、ヒドロキシメチル基(メチロール基)、アルコキシメチル基又はアシルオキシメチル基を有する化合物;エポキシ化合物;オキセタン化合物;ベンゾオキサジン化合物が挙げられる。
[Polymerizable compounds other than the radically polymerizable compounds described above]
The curable resin composition of the present invention can further contain a polymerizable compound other than the radically polymerizable compound described above. Examples of the polymerizable compound other than the above-mentioned radically polymerizable compound include a compound having a hydroxymethyl group (methylol group), an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group; an epoxy compound; an oxetane compound; and a benzoxazine compound.
-ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基又はアシルオキシメチル基を有する化合物-
 ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基又はアシルオキシメチル基を有する化合物としては、下記式(AM1)、(AM4)又は(AM5)で示される化合物が好ましい。
-Compounds having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group-
As the compound having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group, a compound represented by the following formula (AM1), (AM4) or (AM5) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037

(式中、tは、1~20の整数を示し、R104は炭素数1~200のt価の有機基を示し、R105は、-OR106又は、-OCO-R107で示される基を示し、R106は、水素原子又は炭素数1~10の有機基を示し、R107は、炭素数1~10の有機基を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038

(式中、R404は炭素数1~200の2価の有機基を示し、R405は、-OR406又は、-OCO-R407で示される基を示し、R406は、水素原子又は炭素数1~10の有機基を示し、R407は、炭素数1~10の有機基を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039

(式中uは3~8の整数を示し、R504は炭素数1~200のu価の有機基を示し、R505は、-OR506又は、-OCO-R507で示される基を示し、R506は、水素原子又は炭素数1~10の有機基を示し、R507は、炭素数1~10の有機基を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037

(In the formula, t represents an integer of 1 to 20, R 104 represents an organic group having a t-valence of 1 to 200 carbon atoms, and R 105 is a group represented by -OR 106 or -OCO-R 107. R 106 indicates a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 107 indicates an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038

(In the formula, R 404 represents a divalent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms, R 405 represents a group represented by -OR 406 or -OCO-R 407 , and R 406 is a hydrogen atom or carbon. It represents an organic group having the number 1 to 10, and R 407 indicates an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039

(In the formula, u represents an integer of 3 to 8, R 504 represents a u-valent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms, and R 505 represents a group represented by -OR 506 or -OCO-R 507. , R 506 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 507 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
 式(AM4)で示される化合物の具体例としては、46DMOC、46DMOEP(以上、商品名、旭有機材工業(株)製)、DML-MBPC、DML-MBOC、DML-OCHP、DML-PCHP、DML-PC、DML-PTBP、DML-34X、DML-EP、DML-POP、dimethylolBisOC-P、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-MTrisPC(以上、商品名、本州化学工業(株)製)、NIKALAC MX-290(商品名、(株)三和ケミカル製)、2,6-dimethoxymethyl-4-t-butylphenol、2,6-dimethoxymethyl-p-cresol、2,6-diacetoxymethyl-p-cresolなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AM4) include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (trade name, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Industry Co., Ltd.), DML-MBPC, DML-MBOC, DML-OCHP, DML-PCHP, DML. -PC, DML-PTBP, DML-34X, DML-EP, DML-POP, dimethylolBisOC-P, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-MTrisPC (trade name, manufactured by Honshu Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd.), NIKARAC MX-290 (trade name, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,6-dimethoxymethyl-4-t-butylphenol, 2,6-dimethoxymethyl-p-cresol, 2,6-diasetoxymethyl-p-cresol, etc. Be done.
 また、式(AM5)で示される化合物の具体例としては、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-HQ、TML-BP、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPA、TMOM-BP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP、HMOM-TPPHBA、HMOM-TPHAP(以上、商品名、本州化学工業(株)製)、TM-BIP-A(商品名、旭有機材工業(株)製)、NIKALAC MX-280、NIKALAC MX-270、NIKALAC MW-100LM(以上、商品名、(株)三和ケミカル製)が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AM5) include TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPA, TMOM-BP, HML-TPPHBA, and the like. HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (trade name, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), TM-BIP-A (trade name, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Industry Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC MX-280, Examples thereof include NIKALAC MX-270 and NIKALAC MW-100LM (above, trade name, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.).
-エポキシ化合物(エポキシ基を有する化合物)-
 エポキシ化合物としては、一分子中にエポキシ基を2以上有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ基は、200℃以下で架橋反応し、かつ、架橋に由来する脱水反応が起こらないため膜収縮が起きにくい。このため、エポキシ化合物を含有することは、硬化性樹脂組成物の低温硬化及び反りの抑制に効果的である。
-Epoxy compound (compound having an epoxy group)-
The epoxy compound is preferably a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule. The epoxy group undergoes a cross-linking reaction at 200 ° C. or lower, and the dehydration reaction derived from the cross-linking does not occur, so that film shrinkage is unlikely to occur. Therefore, the inclusion of the epoxy compound is effective in suppressing low-temperature curing and warpage of the curable resin composition.
 エポキシ化合物は、ポリエチレンオキサイド基を含有することが好ましい。これにより、より弾性率が低下し、また反りを抑制することができる。ポリエチレンオキサイド基は、エチレンオキサイドの繰返し単位数が2以上のものを意味し、繰返し単位数が2~15であることが好ましい。 The epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group. As a result, the elastic modulus can be further reduced and warpage can be suppressed. The polyethylene oxide group means that the number of repeating units of ethylene oxide is 2 or more, and the number of repeating units is preferably 2 to 15.
 エポキシ化合物の例としては、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂;ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂;プロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル等のアルキレングリコール型エポキシ樹脂;ポリプロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル等のポリアルキレングリコール型エポキシ樹脂;ポリメチル(グリシジロキシプロピル)シロキサン等のエポキシ基含有シリコーンなどを挙げることができるが、これらに限定されない。具体的には、エピクロン(登録商標)850-S、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-4032、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-7200、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-820、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-4700、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4710、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-4770、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-859CRP、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-1514、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4880、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4850-150、エピクロンEXA-4850-1000、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4816、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4822、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-830LVP、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-8183、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-8169、エピクロン(登録商標)N-660、エピクロン(登録商標)N-665-EXP-S、エピクロン(登録商標)N-740、リカレジン(登録商標)BEO-20E(以上商品名、DIC(株)製)、リカレジン(登録商標)BEO-60E、リカレジン(登録商標)HBE-100、リカレジン(登録商標)DME-100、リカレジン(登録商標)L-200(商品名、新日本理化(株))、EP-4003S、EP-4000S、EP-4088S、EP-3950S(以上商品名、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。この中でも、ポリエチレンオキサイド基を含有するエポキシ樹脂が、反りの抑制及び耐熱性に優れる点で好ましい。例えば、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4880、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4822、リカレジン(登録商標)BEO-60Eは、ポリエチレンオキサイド基を含有するので好ましい。 Examples of epoxy compounds include bisphenol A type epoxy resin; bisphenol F type epoxy resin; alkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as propylene glycol diglycidyl ether; polyalkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether; polymethyl (glycidi). Examples include, but are not limited to, epoxy group-containing silicones such as loxypropyl) siloxane. Specifically, Epicron® 850-S, Epicron® HP-4032, Epicron® HP-7200, Epicron® HP-820, Epicron® HP-4700, Epicron® EXA-4710, Epicron® HP-4770, Epicron® EXA-859CRP, Epicron® EXA-1514, Epicron® EXA-4880, Epicron® EXA-4850-150, Epicron EXA-4850-1000, Epicron® EXA-4816, Epicron® EXA-4822, Epicron® EXA-830LVP, Epicron® EXA-8183, Epicron (Registered Trademark) EXA-8169, Epicron (Registered Trademark) N-660, Epicron (Registered Trademark) N-665-EXP-S, Epicron (Registered Trademark) N-740, Rica Resin (Registered Trademark) BEO-20E (the above products) Name, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd., Rikaresin (registered trademark) BEO-60E, Rikaresin (registered trademark) HBE-100, Rikaresin (registered trademark) DME-100, Rikaresin (registered trademark) L-200 (trade name, New Japan) Rika Co., Ltd., EP-4003S, EP-4000S, EP-4088S, EP-3950S (trade name, manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.) and the like can be mentioned. Among these, an epoxy resin containing a polyethylene oxide group is preferable because it is excellent in suppressing warpage and heat resistance. For example, Epicron® EXA-4880, Epicron® EXA-4822, and Ricaresin® BEO-60E are preferred because they contain polyethylene oxide groups.
-オキセタン化合物(オキセタニル基を有する化合物)-
 オキセタン化合物としては、一分子中にオキセタン環を2つ以上有する化合物、3-エチル-3-ヒドロキシメチルオキセタン、1,4-ビス{[(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メトキシ]メチル}ベンゼン、3-エチル-3-(2-エチルヘキシルメチル)オキセタン、1,4-ベンゼンジカルボン酸-ビス[(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル]エステル等を挙げることができる。具体的な例としては、東亞合成株式会社製のアロンオキセタンシリーズ(例えば、OXT-121、OXT-221、OXT-191、OXT-223)が好適に使用することができ、これらは単独で、又は2種以上混合してもよい。
-Oxetane compound (compound having an oxetanyl group)-
Examples of the oxetane compound include compounds having two or more oxetane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxetane, 1,4-bis {[(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methoxy] methyl} benzene, and the like. Examples thereof include 3-ethyl-3- (2-ethylhexylmethyl) oxetane, 1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid-bis [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl] ester and the like. As a specific example, the Aron Oxetane series manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. (for example, OXT-121, OXT-221, OXT-191, OXT-223) can be preferably used, and these can be used alone or. Two or more kinds may be mixed.
-ベンゾオキサジン化合物(ベンゾオキサゾリル基を有する化合物)-
 ベンゾオキサジン化合物は、開環付加反応に由来する架橋反応のため、硬化時に脱ガスが発生せず、更に熱収縮を小さくして反りの発生が抑えられることから好ましい。
-Benzoxazine compound (compound having a benzoxazolyl group)-
Since the benzoxazine compound is a cross-linking reaction derived from the ring-opening addition reaction, degassing does not occur during curing, and heat shrinkage is further reduced to suppress the occurrence of warpage, which is preferable.
 ベンゾオキサジン化合物の好ましい例としては、B-a型ベンゾオキサジン、B-m型ベンゾオキサジン、P-d型ベンゾオキサジン、F-a型ベンゾオキサジン(以上、商品名、四国化成工業社製)、ポリヒドロキシスチレン樹脂のベンゾオキサジン付加物、フェノールノボラック型ジヒドロベンゾオキサジン化合物が挙げられる。これらは単独で用いるか、又は2種以上混合してもよい。 Preferred examples of the benzoxazine compound are BA type benzoxazine, Bm type benzoxazine, Pd type benzoxazine, FA type benzoxazine (trade name, manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.), poly. Examples thereof include a benzoxazine adduct of a hydroxystyrene resin and a phenol novolac type dihydrobenzoxazine compound. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 重合性化合物の含有量は、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0質量%超60質量%以下であることが好ましい。下限は5質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、50質量%以下であることがより好ましく、30質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the polymerizable compound is preferably more than 0% by mass and 60% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, and further preferably 30% by mass or less.
 重合性化合物は1種を単独で用いてもよいが、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。2種以上を併用する場合には合計量が上記の範囲となることが好ましい。 One type of polymerizable compound may be used alone, or two or more types may be mixed and used. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<溶剤>
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。溶剤は、公知の溶剤を任意に使用できる。溶剤は有機溶剤が好ましい。有機溶剤としては、エステル類、エーテル類、ケトン類、芳香族炭化水素類、スルホキシド類、アミド類、ウレア類、アルコール類などの化合物が挙げられる。
<Solvent>
The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. As the solvent, a known solvent can be arbitrarily used. The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, aromatic hydrocarbons, sulfoxides, amides, ureas, and alcohols.
 エステル類として、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸へキシル、ギ酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、ε-カプロラクトン、δ-バレロラクトン、アルキルオキシ酢酸アルキル(例えば、アルキルオキシ酢酸メチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸エチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸ブチル(例えば、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル等))、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例えば、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル等(例えば、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等))、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例えば、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸プロピル等(例えば、2-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル))、2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル及び2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル(例えば、2-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル等)、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸メチル、2-オキソブタン酸エチル、ヘキサン酸エチル、ヘプタン酸エチル、マロン酸ジメチル、マロン酸ジエチル等が好適なものとして挙げられる。 Examples of esters include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, and γ-butyrolactone. , Ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkylalkyloxyacetate (eg, methyl alkyloxyacetate, ethyl alkyloxyacetate, butyl alkyloxyacetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, Ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)), 3-alkyloxypropionate alkyl esters (eg, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, etc.) (eg, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropionate, etc.) Ethyl, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)), 2-alkyloxypropionate alkyl esters (eg, methyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, 2-alkyl) Propyl oxypropionate and the like (eg, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), 2-alkyloxy- Methyl 2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate (eg, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, pyruvin Suitable examples include ethyl acid, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutate, ethyl 2-oxobutate, ethyl hexanoate, ethyl heptate, dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate and the like. ..
 エーテル類として、例えば、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールエチルメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート等が好適なものとして挙げられる。 Examples of ethers include diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and propylene glycol. Suitable examples include monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, and propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate.
 ケトン類として、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン、3-メチルシクロヘキサノン、レボグルコセノン、ジヒドロレボグルコセノン等が好適なものとして挙げられる。 As the ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, levoglucosenone, dihydrolevoglucosenone and the like are preferable.
 芳香族炭化水素類として、例えば、トルエン、キシレン、アニソール、リモネン等が好適なものとして挙げられる。 As the aromatic hydrocarbons, for example, toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene and the like are preferable.
 スルホキシド類として、例えば、ジメチルスルホキシドが好適なものとして挙げられる。 As sulfoxides, for example, dimethyl sulfoxide is preferable.
 アミド類として、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルイソブチルアミド、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロピオンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロピオンアミド、N-ホルミルモルホリン、N-アセチルモルホリン等が好適なものとして挙げられる。 As amides, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylisobutyramide, 3-methoxy-N, N- Suitable examples include dimethylpropionamide, 3-butoxy-N, N-dimethylpropionamide, N-formylmorpholine, N-acetylmorpholine and the like.
 ウレア類として、N,N,N’,N’-テトラメチルウレア、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン等が好適なものとして挙げられる。 As ureas, N, N, N', N'-tetramethylurea, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like are preferable.
 アルコール類として、メタノール、エタノール、1-プロパノール、2-プロパノール、1-ブタノール、1-ペンタノール、1-ヘキサノール、ベンジルアルコール、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、2-エトキシエタノール、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノヘキシルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ポリプロピレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノベンジルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノフェニルエーテル、メチルフェニルカルビノール、n-アミルアルコール、メチルアミルアルコール、および、ダイアセトンアルコール等が挙げられる。 Alcohols include methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, 1-hexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polypropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobenzyl ether, Examples thereof include ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, methylphenyl carbinol, n-amyl alcohol, methyl amyl alcohol, and diacetone alcohol.
 溶剤は、塗布面性状の改良などの観点から、2種以上を混合する形態も好ましい。 The solvent is preferably a mixture of two or more types from the viewpoint of improving the properties of the coated surface.
 本発明では、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、ジメチルスルホキシド、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、及びプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテートから選択される1種の溶剤、又は、2種以上で構成される混合溶剤が好ましい。ジメチルスルホキシドとγ-ブチロラクトンとの併用が特に好ましい。また、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンと乳酸エチル、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンと乳酸エチル、ジアセトンアルコールと乳酸エチル、シクロペンタノンとγ-ブチロラクトン、の組み合わせもそれぞれ好ましい。 In the present invention, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ- Consists of one solvent selected from butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, or two or more. The mixed solvent to be mixed is preferable. The combined use of dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone is particularly preferred. Further, combinations of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl lactate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl lactate, diacetone alcohol and ethyl lactate, and cyclopentanone and γ-butyrolactone are also preferable.
 溶剤の含有量は、塗布性の観点から、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分濃度が5~80質量%になる量とすることが好ましく、5~75質量%となる量にすることがより好ましく、10~70質量%となる量にすることが更に好ましく、40~70質量%となるようにすることが一層好ましい。溶剤含有量は、塗膜の所望の厚さと塗布方法に応じて調節すればよい。 From the viewpoint of coatability, the content of the solvent is preferably such that the total solid content concentration of the curable resin composition of the present invention is 5 to 80% by mass, and is preferably 5 to 75% by mass. It is more preferable that the amount is 10 to 70% by mass, and more preferably 40 to 70% by mass. The solvent content may be adjusted according to the desired thickness of the coating film and the coating method.
 溶剤は1種のみ含有していてもよいし、2種以上含有していてもよい。溶剤を2種以上含有する場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The solvent may contain only one type, or may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds of solvents are contained, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<他の樹脂>
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、上述した特定樹脂とは異なる、他の樹脂(以下、単に「他の樹脂」ともいう。)を含んでもよい。
 他の樹脂としては、特定樹脂とは別種のポリイミド、特定樹脂とは別種のポリイミド前駆体、ポリシロキサン、シロキサン構造を含む樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、アクリル樹脂等が挙げられる。
 例えば、アクリル樹脂を更に加えることにより、塗布性に優れた組成物が得られ、また、耐薬品性に優れた硬化膜が得られる。
 例えば、後述する重合性化合物に代えて、又は、後述する重合性化合物に加えて、重量平均分子量が20,000以下の重合性基価の高いアクリル系樹脂を組成物に添加することにより、組成物の塗布性、硬化膜の耐薬品性等を向上させることができる。
<Other resins>
The curable resin composition of the present invention may contain another resin (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “other resin”) different from the above-mentioned specific resin.
Examples of other resins include a polyimide different from the specific resin, a polyimide precursor different from the specific resin, polysiloxane, a resin containing a siloxane structure, an epoxy resin, an acrylic resin, and the like.
For example, by further adding an acrylic resin, a composition having excellent coatability can be obtained, and a cured film having excellent chemical resistance can be obtained.
For example, the composition is formed by adding an acrylic resin having a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or less and having a high polymerizable base value to the composition in place of the polymerizable compound described later or in addition to the polymerizable compound described later. It is possible to improve the coatability of an object, the chemical resistance of a cured film, and the like.
〔ポリイミド(他の樹脂)〕
 得られる硬化膜の膜強度の観点からは、他の樹脂であるポリイミドは、上述した式(4)で表される繰返し単位を有することが好ましい。
 ポリイミドにおいて、式(4)で表される繰返し単位は1種であってもよいが、2種以上であってもよい。また、ポリイミドは、上記の式(4)の繰返し単位のほかに、他の種類の繰返し単位も含んでもよい。
[Polyimide (other resin)]
From the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained cured film, it is preferable that the polyimide, which is another resin, has a repeating unit represented by the above-mentioned formula (4).
In the polyimide, the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) may be one kind, but may be two or more kinds. Further, the polyimide may contain other types of repeating units in addition to the repeating unit of the above formula (4).
 本発明におけるポリイミドの一実施形態として、全繰返し単位の50モル%以上、更には70モル%以上、特には90モル%以上が式(4)で表される繰返し単位であるポリイミド前駆体が例示される。上限としては100モル%以下が実際的である。 As one embodiment of the polyimide in the present invention, a polyimide precursor in which 50 mol% or more, more 70 mol% or more, particularly 90 mol% or more of all the repeating units is the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) is exemplified. Will be done. As an upper limit, 100 mol% or less is practical.
 ポリイミドの重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは2,000~500,000であり、より好ましくは5,000~100,000であり、更に好ましくは10,000~50,000である。また、数平均分子量(Mn)は、好ましくは800~250,000であり、より好ましくは、2,000~50,000であり、更に好ましくは、4,000~25,000である。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and further preferably 10,000 to 50,000. The number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250,000, more preferably 2,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 4,000 to 25,000.
 ポリイミドの分子量の分散度は、1.5~3.5が好ましく、2~3がより好ましい。 The degree of dispersion of the molecular weight of polyimide is preferably 1.5 to 3.5, more preferably 2 to 3.
 ポリイミドは、例えば、後述する他の樹脂であるポリイミド前駆体を、加熱等により環化することにより得られる。 Polyimide can be obtained, for example, by cyclizing a polyimide precursor, which is another resin described later, by heating or the like.
〔ポリイミド前駆体(他の樹脂)〕
 得られる硬化膜の膜強度の観点からは、ポリイミド前駆体は、上述した式(1)で表される繰返し単位を有することが好ましい。
[Polyimide precursor (other resin)]
From the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained cured film, the polyimide precursor preferably has a repeating unit represented by the above formula (1).
 ポリイミド前駆体において、式(1)で表される繰返し単位は1種であってもよいが、2種以上であってもよい。また、式(1)で表される繰返し単位の構造異性体を含んでいてもよい。また、ポリイミド前駆体は、上記の式(1)の繰返し単位のほかに、他の種類の繰返し単位も含んでもよい。 In the polyimide precursor, the repeating unit represented by the formula (1) may be one kind, but may be two or more kinds. Further, the structural isomer of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1) may be contained. Further, the polyimide precursor may contain other types of repeating units in addition to the repeating units of the above formula (1).
 本発明におけるポリイミド前駆体の一実施形態として、全繰返し単位の50モル%以上、更には70モル%以上、特には90モル%以上が式(1)で表される繰返し単位であるポリイミド前駆体が例示される。上限としては100モル%以下が実際的である。 As one embodiment of the polyimide precursor in the present invention, 50 mol% or more, more 70 mol% or more, particularly 90 mol% or more of all the repeating units are the repeating units represented by the formula (1). Is exemplified. As an upper limit, 100 mol% or less is practical.
 ポリイミド前駆体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは2,000~500,000であり、より好ましくは5,000~100,000であり、更に好ましくは10,000~50,000である。また、数平均分子量(Mn)は、好ましくは800~250,000であり、より好ましくは、2,000~50,000であり、更に好ましくは、4,000~25,000である。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and further preferably 10,000 to 50,000. The number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250,000, more preferably 2,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 4,000 to 25,000.
 ポリイミド前駆体の分子量の分散度は、1.5~3.5が好ましく、2~3がより好ましい。 The degree of dispersion of the molecular weight of the polyimide precursor is preferably 1.5 to 3.5, more preferably 2 to 3.
 ポリイミド前駆体は、ジカルボン酸又はジカルボン酸誘導体とジアミンとを反応させて得られる。好ましくは、ジカルボン酸又はジカルボン酸誘導体を、ハロゲン化剤を用いてハロゲン化させた後、ジアミンと反応させて得られる。 The polyimide precursor is obtained by reacting a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid derivative with a diamine. Preferably, the dicarboxylic acid or the dicarboxylic acid derivative is obtained by halogenating it with a halogenating agent and then reacting it with a diamine.
 ポリイミド前駆体の製造方法では、反応に際し、有機溶剤を用いることが好ましい。有機溶剤は1種でもよいし、2種以上でもよい。 In the method for producing a polyimide precursor, it is preferable to use an organic solvent in the reaction. The organic solvent may be one kind or two or more kinds.
 有機溶剤としては、原料に応じて適宜定めることができるが、ピリジン、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル(ジグリム)、N-メチルピロリドン及びN-エチルピロリドンが例示される。 The organic solvent can be appropriately determined depending on the raw material, and examples thereof include pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme), N-methylpyrrolidone and N-ethylpyrrolidone.
 ポリイミド前駆体の製造に際し、固体を析出する工程を含んでいることが好ましい。具体的には、反応液中のポリイミド前駆体を、水中に沈殿させ、テトラヒドロフラン等のポリイミド前駆体が可溶な溶剤に溶解させることによって、固体析出することができる。 It is preferable to include a step of precipitating a solid in the production of the polyimide precursor. Specifically, the polyimide precursor in the reaction solution can be precipitated in water, and the polyimide precursor such as tetrahydrofuran can be dissolved in a soluble solvent to precipitate a solid.
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物が他の樹脂を含む場合、他の樹脂の含有量は、硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.05質量%以上であることがより好ましく、1質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、2質量%以上であることが一層好ましく、5質量%以上であることがより一層好ましく、10質量%以上であることが更に一層好ましい。
 また、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物における、他の樹脂の含有量は、硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、80質量%以下であることが好ましく、75質量%以下であることがより好ましく、70質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、60質量%以下であることが一層好ましく、50質量%以下であることがより一層好ましい。
 また、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物の好ましい一態様として、他の樹脂の含有量が低含有量である態様とすることもできる。上記態様において、他の樹脂の含有量は、硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、20質量%以下であることが好ましく、15質量%以下であることがより好ましく、10質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、5質量%以下であることが一層好ましく、1質量%以下であることがより一層好ましい。上記含有量の下限は特に限定されず、0質量%以上であればよい。
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、他の樹脂を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the curable resin composition of the present invention contains another resin, the content of the other resin is preferably 0.01% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content of the curable resin composition. It is more preferably 05% by mass or more, further preferably 1% by mass or more, further preferably 2% by mass or more, further preferably 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more. It is even more preferable to have.
The content of the other resin in the curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably 80% by mass or less, and preferably 75% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the curable resin composition. It is more preferably 70% by mass or less, further preferably 60% by mass or less, and even more preferably 50% by mass or less.
Further, as a preferable aspect of the curable resin composition of the present invention, the content of other resins may be low. In the above embodiment, the content of the other resin is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the curable resin composition. It is more preferably 5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 1% by mass or less. The lower limit of the content is not particularly limited, and may be 0% by mass or more.
The curable resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of other resin, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<オニウム塩>
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、オニウム塩を含むことが好ましい。
 特に、硬化性樹脂組成物が特定樹脂として式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位を有する樹脂を含む場合、硬化性樹脂組成物は熱塩基発生剤を含むことが好ましい。
 オニウム塩の種類等は特に定めるものではないが、アンモニウム塩、イミニウム塩、スルホニウム塩、ヨードニウム塩又はホスホニウム塩が好ましく挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、熱安定性が高い観点からはアンモニウム塩又はイミニウム塩が好ましく、ポリマーとの相溶性の観点からはスルホニウム塩、ヨードニウム塩又はホスホニウム塩が好ましい。
<Onium salt>
The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains an onium salt.
In particular, when the curable resin composition contains a resin having a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2) as a specific resin, the curable resin composition preferably contains a thermosetting agent.
The type of onium salt and the like are not particularly specified, but ammonium salt, iminium salt, sulfonium salt, iodonium salt and phosphonium salt are preferably mentioned.
Among these, an ammonium salt or an iminium salt is preferable from the viewpoint of high thermal stability, and a sulfonium salt, an iodonium salt or a phosphonium salt is preferable from the viewpoint of compatibility with a polymer.
 また、オニウム塩はオニウム構造を有するカチオンとアニオンとの塩であり、上記カチオンとアニオンとは、共有結合を介して結合していてもよいし、共有結合を介して結合していなくてもよい。
 すなわち、オニウム塩は、同一の分子構造内に、カチオン部と、アニオン部と、を有する分子内塩であってもよいし、それぞれ別分子であるカチオン分子と、アニオン分子と、がイオン結合した分子間塩であってもよいが、分子間塩であることが好ましい。また、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物において、上記カチオン部又はカチオン分子と、上記アニオン部又はアニオン分子と、はイオン結合により結合されていてもよいし、解離していてもよい。
 オニウム塩におけるカチオンとしては、アンモニウムカチオン、ピリジニウムカチオン、スルホニウムカチオン、ヨードニウムカチオン又はホスホニウムカチオンが好ましく、テトラアルキルアンモニウムカチオン、スルホニウムカチオン及びヨードニウムカチオンよりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種のカチオンがより好ましい。
The onium salt is a salt of a cation and an anion having an onium structure, and the cation and anion may or may not be bonded via a covalent bond. ..
That is, the onium salt may be an intramolecular salt having a cation portion and an anion portion in the same molecular structure, or a cation molecule and an anion molecule, which are different molecules, are ionically bonded. It may be an intermolecular salt, but it is preferably an intermolecular salt. Further, in the curable resin composition of the present invention, the cation portion or the cation molecule and the anion portion or the anion molecule may be bonded or dissociated by an ionic bond.
As the cation in the onium salt, an ammonium cation, a pyridinium cation, a sulfonium cation, an iodonium cation or a phosphonium cation is preferable, and at least one cation selected from the group consisting of a tetraalkylammonium cation, a sulfonium cation and an iodonium cation is more preferable.
 本発明において用いられるオニウム塩は、熱塩基発生剤であってもよい。
 熱塩基発生剤とは、加熱により塩基を発生する化合物をいい、例えば、40℃以上に加熱すると塩基を発生する酸性化合物等が挙げられる。
The onium salt used in the present invention may be a thermobase generator.
The thermal base generator refers to a compound that generates a base by heating, and examples thereof include an acidic compound that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or higher.
〔アンモニウム塩〕
 本発明において、アンモニウム塩とは、アンモニウムカチオンと、アニオンとの塩を意味する。
[Ammonium salt]
In the present invention, the ammonium salt means a salt of an ammonium cation and an anion.
-アンモニウムカチオン-
 アンモニウムカチオンとしては、第四級アンモニウムカチオンが好ましい。
 また、アンモニウムカチオンとしては、下記式(101)で表されるカチオンが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040

 式(101)中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表し、R~Rの少なくとも2つはそれぞれ結合して環を形成してもよい。
-Ammonium cation-
As the ammonium cation, a quaternary ammonium cation is preferable.
Further, as the ammonium cation, a cation represented by the following formula (101) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040

In formula (101), R 1 to R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and at least two of R 1 to R 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 式(101)中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、炭化水素基であることが好ましく、アルキル基又はアリール基であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基又は炭素数6~12のアリール基であることが更に好ましい。R~Rは置換基を有していてもよく、置換基の例としては、ヒドロキシ基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基等が挙げられる。
 R~Rの少なくとも2つはそれぞれ結合して環を形成する場合、上記環はヘテロ原子を含んでもよい。上記ヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子が挙げられる。
In the formula (101), R 1 to R 4 are each independently preferably a hydrocarbon group, more preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or 6 to 6 carbon atoms. It is more preferably 12 aryl groups. R 1 to R 4 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group and an aryloxy group. Examples thereof include a carbonyl group and an acyloxy group.
When at least two of R 1 to R 4 are bonded to each other to form a ring, the ring may contain a hetero atom. Examples of the hetero atom include a nitrogen atom.
 アンモニウムカチオンは、下記式(Y1-1)及び(Y1-2)のいずれかで表されることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
The ammonium cation is preferably represented by any of the following formulas (Y1-1) and (Y1-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 式(Y1-1)及び(Y1-2)において、R101は、n価の有機基を表し、Rは式(101)におけるRと同義であり、Ar101及びAr102はそれぞれ独立に、アリール基を表し、nは、1以上の整数を表す。
 式(Y1-1)において、R101は、脂肪族炭化水素、芳香族炭化水素、又は、これらが結合した構造からn個の水素原子を除いた基であることが好ましく、炭素数2~30の飽和脂肪族炭化水素、ベンゼン又はナフタレンからn個の水素原子を除いた基であることがより好ましい。
 式(Y1-1)において、nは1~4であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましく、1であることが更に好ましい。
 式(Y1-2)において、Ar101及びAr102はそれぞれ独立に、フェニル基又はナフチル基であることが好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。
In the formula (Y1-1) and (Y1-2), R 101 represents an n-valent organic group, R 1 has the same meaning as R 1 in the formula (101), Ar 101 and Ar 102 are each independently , Represents an aryl group, and n represents an integer of 1 or more.
In the formula (Y1-1), R 101 is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon, or a group obtained by removing n hydrogen atoms from a structure in which these are bonded, and has 2 to 30 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is a group obtained by removing n hydrogen atoms from the saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon, benzene or naphthalene.
In the formula (Y1-1), n is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1.
In the formula (Y1-2), Ar 101 and Ar 102 are preferably phenyl groups or naphthyl groups, respectively, and more preferably phenyl groups.
-アニオン-
 アンモニウム塩におけるアニオンとしては、カルボン酸アニオン、フェノールアニオン、リン酸アニオン及び硫酸アニオンから選ばれる1種が好ましく、塩の安定性と熱分解性を両立させられるという理由からカルボン酸アニオンがより好ましい。すなわち、アンモニウム塩は、アンモニウムカチオンとカルボン酸アニオンとの塩がより好ましい。
 カルボン酸アニオンは、2個以上のカルボキシ基を持つ2価以上のカルボン酸のアニオンが好ましく、2価のカルボン酸のアニオンがより好ましい。この態様によれば、硬化性樹脂組成物の安定性、硬化性及び現像性をより向上できる。特に、2価のカルボン酸のアニオンを用いることで、硬化性樹脂組成物の安定性、硬化性及び現像性を更に向上できる。
-Anion-
As the anion in the ammonium salt, one selected from a carboxylic acid anion, a phenol anion, a phosphoric acid anion and a sulfuric acid anion is preferable, and a carboxylic acid anion is more preferable because both salt stability and thermodegradability can be achieved. That is, the ammonium salt is more preferably a salt of an ammonium cation and a carboxylic acid anion.
The carboxylic acid anion is preferably a divalent or higher carboxylic acid anion having two or more carboxy groups, and more preferably a divalent carboxylic acid anion. According to this aspect, the stability, curability and developability of the curable resin composition can be further improved. In particular, by using a divalent carboxylic acid anion, the stability, curability and developability of the curable resin composition can be further improved.
 カルボン酸アニオンは、下記式(X1)で表されることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042

 式(X1)において、EWGは、電子求引性基を表す。
The carboxylic acid anion is preferably represented by the following formula (X1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042

In formula (X1), EWG represents an electron-attracting group.
 本実施形態において電子求引性基とは、ハメットの置換基定数σmが正の値を示すものを意味する。ここでσmは、都野雄甫総説、有機合成化学協会誌第23巻第8号(1965)p.631-642に詳しく説明されている。なお、本実施形態における電子求引性基は、上記文献に記載された置換基に限定されるものではない。
 σmが正の値を示す置換基の例としては、CF基(σm=0.43)、CFC(=O)基(σm=0.63)、HC≡C基(σm=0.21)、CH=CH基(σm=0.06)、Ac基(σm=0.38)、MeOC(=O)基(σm=0.37)、MeC(=O)CH=CH基(σm=0.21)、PhC(=O)基(σm=0.34)、HNC(=O)CH基(σm=0.06)などが挙げられる。なお、Meはメチル基を表し、Acはアセチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す(以下、同じ)。
In the present embodiment, the electron-attracting group means that Hammett's substituent constant σm shows a positive value. Here, σm is a review by Yusuke Tono, Journal of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, Vol. 23, No. 8 (1965), p. It is described in detail in 631-642. The electron-attracting group in the present embodiment is not limited to the substituent described in the above document.
Examples of substituents in which σm shows a positive value are CF 3 groups (σm = 0.43), CF 3 C (= O) groups (σm = 0.63), and HC≡C groups (σm = 0. 21), CH 2 = CH group (σm = 0.06), Ac group (σm = 0.38), MeOC (= O) group (σm = 0.37), MeC (= O) CH = CH group ( σm = 0.21), PhC (= O) group (σm = 0.34), H 2 NC (= O) CH 2 group (σm = 0.06) and the like. In addition, Me represents a methyl group, Ac represents an acetyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group (hereinafter, the same applies).
 EWGは、下記式(EWG-1)~(EWG-6)で表される基であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043

 式(EWG-1)~(EWG-6)中、Rx1~Rx3は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、ヒドロキシ基又はカルボキシ基を表し、Arは芳香族基を表す。
The EWG is preferably a group represented by the following formulas (EWG-1) to (EWG-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043

In the formulas (EWG-1) to (EWG-6), R x1 to R x3 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, and Ar is an aromatic group. Represents.
 本発明において、カルボン酸アニオンは、下記式(XA)で表されることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044

 式(XA)において、L10は、単結合、又は、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、芳香族基、-NR-及びこれらの組み合わせよりなる群から選ばれる2価の連結基を表し、Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基又はアリール基を表す。
In the present invention, the carboxylic acid anion is preferably represented by the following formula (XA).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044

In the formula (XA), L 10 represents a single bond or an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an aromatic group, -NR X - represents and divalent connecting group selected from the group consisting a combination thereof, R X is , Hydrogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group or aryl group.
 カルボン酸アニオンの具体例としては、マレイン酸アニオン、フタル酸アニオン、N-フェニルイミノ二酢酸アニオン及びシュウ酸アニオンが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the carboxylic acid anion include maleic acid anion, phthalate anion, N-phenyliminodiacetic acid anion and oxalate anion.
 特定樹脂の環化が低温で行われやすく、また、硬化性樹脂組成物の保存安定性が向上しやすい観点から、本発明におけるオニウム塩は、カチオンとしてアンモニウムカチオンを含み、上記オニウム塩がアニオンとして、共役酸のpKa(pKaH)が2.5以下であるアニオンを含むことが好ましく、1.8以下であるアニオンを含むことがより好ましい。
 上記pKaの下限は特に限定されないが、発生する塩基が中和されにくく、特定樹脂などの環化効率を良好にするという観点からは、-3以上であることが好ましく、-2以上であることがより好ましい。
 上記pKaとしては、Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods(著者:Brown, H. C., McDaniel, D. H., Hafliger, O., Nachod, F. C.; 編纂:Braude, E. A., Nachod, F. C.; Academic Press, New York, 1955)や、Data for Biochemical Research(著者:Dawson, R.M.C.et al; Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1959)に記載の値を参照することができる。これらの文献に記載の無い化合物については、ACD/pKa(ACD/Labs製)のソフトを用いて構造式より算出した値を用いることとする。
From the viewpoint that the cyclization of the specific resin is easily performed at a low temperature and the storage stability of the curable resin composition is easily improved, the onium salt in the present invention contains an ammonium cation as a cation, and the onium salt is used as an anion. , It is preferable to contain an anion having a pKa (pKaH) of 2.5 or less, and more preferably to contain an anion having a pKa (pKaH) of 1.8 or less.
The lower limit of pKa is not particularly limited, but it is preferably -3 or more, preferably -2 or more, from the viewpoint that the generated base is difficult to neutralize and the cyclization efficiency of the specific resin or the like is improved. Is more preferable.
The above pKa includes Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods (authors: Brown, HC, McDaniel, D.H., Hafliger, O., Nachod, F. See Nachod, F.C .; Academic Press, New York, 1955) and Data for Biochemical Research (Author: Dawson, RMC et al; Oxford, Clarendon Press, 19). Can be done. For compounds not described in these documents, the values calculated from the structural formulas using software of ACD / pKa (manufactured by ACD / Labs) shall be used.
 アンモニウム塩の具体例としては、以下の化合物を挙げることができるが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Specific examples of the ammonium salt include the following compounds, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
〔イミニウム塩〕
 本発明において、イミニウム塩とは、イミニウムカチオンと、アニオンとの塩を意味する。アニオンとしては、上述のアンモニウム塩におけるアニオンと同様のものが例示され、好ましい態様も同様である。
[Iminium salt]
In the present invention, the iminium salt means a salt of an iminium cation and an anion. As the anion, the same as the anion in the above-mentioned ammonium salt is exemplified, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
-イミニウムカチオン-
 イミニウムカチオンとしては、ピリジニウムカチオンが好ましい。
 また、イミニウムカチオンとしては、下記式(102)で表されるカチオンも好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
-Iminium cation-
As the iminium cation, a pyridinium cation is preferable.
Further, as the iminium cation, a cation represented by the following formula (102) is also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 式(102)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表し、Rは炭化水素基を表し、R~Rの少なくとも2つはそれぞれ結合して環を形成してもよい。
 式(102)中、R及びRは上述の式(101)におけるR~Rと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式(102)中、RはR及びRの少なくとも1つと結合して環を形成することが好ましい。上記環はヘテロ原子を含んでもよい。上記ヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子が挙げられる。また、上記環としてはピリジン環が好ましい。
In formula (102), R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, R 7 represents a hydrocarbon group, and at least two of R 5 to R 7 are bonded to each other to form a ring. It may be formed.
In the formula (102), R 5 and R 6 are synonymous with R 1 to R 4 in the above formula (101), and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
In formula (102), R 7 preferably combines with at least one of R 5 and R 6 to form a ring. The ring may contain a heteroatom. Examples of the hetero atom include a nitrogen atom. Further, as the ring, a pyridine ring is preferable.
 イミニウムカチオンは、下記式(Y1-3)~(Y1-5)のいずれかで表されるものであることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047

 式(Y1-3)~(Y1-5)において、R101は、n価の有機基を表し、Rは式(102)におけるRと同義であり、Rは式(102)におけるRと同義であり、nは1以上の整数を表し、mは0以上の整数を表す。
 式(Y1-3)において、R101は、脂肪族炭化水素、芳香族炭化水素、又は、これらが結合した構造からn個の水素原子を除いた基であることが好ましく、炭素数2~30の飽和脂肪族炭化水素、ベンゼン又はナフタレンからn個の水素原子を除いた基であることがより好ましい。
 式(Y1-3)において、nは1~4であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましく、1であることが更に好ましい。
 式(Y1-5)において、mは0~4であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましく、1であることが更に好ましい。
The iminium cation is preferably represented by any of the following formulas (Y1-3) to (Y1-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047

In Formula (Y1-3) ~ (Y1-5), R 101 represents an n-valent organic group, R 5 has the same meaning as R 5 in the formula (102), R 7 is R in the formula (102) Synonymous with 7 , n represents an integer of 1 or more, and m represents an integer of 0 or more.
In the formula (Y1-3), R 101 is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon, or a group obtained by removing n hydrogen atoms from a structure in which these are bonded, and has 2 to 30 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is a group obtained by removing n hydrogen atoms from the saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon, benzene or naphthalene.
In the formula (Y1-3), n is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1.
In the formula (Y1-5), m is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1.
 イミニウム塩の具体例としては、以下の化合物を挙げることができるが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Specific examples of the iminium salt include the following compounds, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
〔スルホニウム塩〕
 本発明において、スルホニウム塩とは、スルホニウムカチオンと、アニオンとの塩を意味する。アニオンとしては、上述のアンモニウム塩におけるアニオンと同様のものが例示され、好ましい態様も同様である。
[Sulfonium salt]
In the present invention, the sulfonium salt means a salt of a sulfonium cation and an anion. As the anion, the same as the anion in the above-mentioned ammonium salt is exemplified, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
-スルホニウムカチオン-
 スルホニウムカチオンとしては、第三級スルホニウムカチオンが好ましく、トリアリールスルホニウムカチオンがより好ましい。
 また、スルホニウムカチオンとしては、下記式(103)で表されるカチオンが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
-Sulfonium cation-
As the sulfonium cation, a tertiary sulfonium cation is preferable, and a triarylsulfonium cation is more preferable.
Further, as the sulfonium cation, a cation represented by the following formula (103) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 式(103)中、R~R10はそれぞれ独立に炭化水素基を表す。
 R~R10はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はアリール基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基又は炭素数6~12のアリール基であることがより好ましく、炭素数6~12のアリール基であることが更に好ましく、フェニル基であることが更に好ましい。
 R~R10は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基の例としては、ヒドロキシ基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、置換基として、アルキル基、又は、アルコキシ基を有することが好ましく、分岐アルキル基又はアルコキシ基を有することがより好ましく、炭素数3~10の分岐アルキル基、又は、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基を有することが更に好ましい。
 R~R10は同一の基であっても、異なる基であってもよいが、合成適性上の観点からは、同一の基であることが好ましい。
In formula (103), R 8 to R 10 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group.
R 8 to R 10 are each independently preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and 6 to 12 carbon atoms. It is more preferably an aryl group, and even more preferably a phenyl group.
R 8 to R 10 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group and an aryloxy group. Examples thereof include a carbonyl group and an acyloxy group. Among these, it is preferable to have an alkyl group or an alkoxy group as the substituent, more preferably to have a branched alkyl group or an alkoxy group, and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. It is more preferable to have 10 alkoxy groups.
R 8 to R 10 may be the same group or different groups, but from the viewpoint of synthetic suitability, they are preferably the same group.
〔ヨードニウム塩〕
 本発明において、ヨードニウム塩とは、ヨードニウムカチオンと、アニオンとの塩を意味する。アニオンとしては、上述のアンモニウム塩におけるアニオンと同様のものが例示され、好ましい態様も同様である。
[Iodonium salt]
In the present invention, the iodonium salt means a salt of an iodonium cation and an anion. As the anion, the same as the anion in the above-mentioned ammonium salt is exemplified, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
-ヨードニウムカチオン-
 ヨードニウムカチオンとしては、ジアリールヨードニウムカチオンが好ましい。
 また、ヨードニウムカチオンとしては、下記式(104)で表されるカチオンが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
-Iodonium cation-
As the iodonium cation, a diaryl iodonium cation is preferable.
Further, as the iodonium cation, a cation represented by the following formula (104) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 式(104)中、R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に炭化水素基を表す。
 R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はアリール基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基又は炭素数6~12のアリール基であることがより好ましく、炭素数6~12のアリール基であることが更に好ましく、フェニル基であることが更に好ましい。
 R11及びR12は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基の例としては、ヒドロキシ基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、置換基として、アルキル基、又はアルコキシ基を有することが好ましく、分岐アルキル基又はアルコキシ基を有することがより好ましく、炭素数3~10の分岐アルキル基、又は、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基を有することが更に好ましい。
 R11及びR12は同一の基であっても、異なる基であってもよいが、合成適性上の観点からは、同一の基であることが好ましい。
In formula (104), R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group.
R 11 and R 12 are each independently preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and 6 to 12 carbon atoms. It is more preferably an aryl group, and even more preferably a phenyl group.
R 11 and R 12 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an aryloxy group. Examples thereof include a carbonyl group and an acyloxy group. Among these, it is preferable to have an alkyl group or an alkoxy group as the substituent, more preferably to have a branched alkyl group or an alkoxy group, and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. It is more preferable to have an alkoxy group of.
R 11 and R 12 may be the same group or different groups, but from the viewpoint of synthetic suitability, they are preferably the same group.
〔ホスホニウム塩〕
 本発明において、ホスホニウム塩とは、ホスホニウムカチオンと、アニオンとの塩を意味する。アニオンとしては、上述のアンモニウム塩におけるアニオンと同様のものが例示され、好ましい態様も同様である。
[Phoenium salt]
In the present invention, the phosphonium salt means a salt of a phosphonium cation and an anion. As the anion, the same as the anion in the above-mentioned ammonium salt is exemplified, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
-ホスホニウムカチオン-
 ホスホニウムカチオンとしては、第四級ホスホニウムカチオンが好ましく、テトラアルキルホスホニウムカチオン、トリアリールモノアルキルホスホニウムカチオン等が挙げられる。
 また、ホスホニウムカチオンとしては、下記式(105)で表されるカチオンが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
-Phosnium cation-
As the phosphonium cation, a quaternary phosphonium cation is preferable, and examples thereof include a tetraalkylphosphonium cation and a triarylmonoalkylphosphonium cation.
Further, as the phosphonium cation, a cation represented by the following formula (105) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 式(105)中、R13~R16はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。
 R13~R16はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はアリール基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基又は炭素数6~12のアリール基であることがより好ましく、炭素数6~12のアリール基であることが更に好ましく、フェニル基であることが更に好ましい。
 R13~R16は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基の例としては、ヒドロキシ基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、置換基として、アルキル基、又はアルコキシ基を有することが好ましく、分岐アルキル基又はアルコキシ基を有することがより好ましく、炭素数3~10の分岐アルキル基、又は、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基を有することが更に好ましい。
 R13~R16は同一の基であっても、異なる基であってもよいが、合成適性上の観点からは、同一の基であることが好ましい。
In formula (105), R 13 to R 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
Each of R 13 to R 16 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group independently, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and 6 to 12 carbon atoms. It is more preferably an aryl group, and even more preferably a phenyl group.
R 13 to R 16 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group and an aryloxy group. Examples thereof include a carbonyl group and an acyloxy group. Among these, it is preferable to have an alkyl group or an alkoxy group as the substituent, more preferably to have a branched alkyl group or an alkoxy group, and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. It is more preferable to have an alkoxy group of.
R 13 to R 16 may be the same group or different groups, but from the viewpoint of synthetic suitability, they are preferably the same group.
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物がオニウム塩を含む場合、オニウム塩の含有量は、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、0.1~50質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、0.85質量%以上が更に好ましく、1質量%以上が一層好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下が更に好ましく、10質量%以下が一層好ましく、5質量%以下であってもよく、4質量%以下であってもよい。
 オニウム塩は、1種又は2種以上を用いることができる。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
When the curable resin composition of the present invention contains an onium salt, the content of the onium salt is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, further preferably 0.85% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, further preferably 20% by mass or less, further preferably 10% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, or 4% by mass or less.
As the onium salt, one kind or two or more kinds can be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<熱塩基発生剤>
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、熱塩基発生剤を含んでもよい。
 特に、硬化性樹脂組成物が特定樹脂として式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位を有する樹脂を含む場合、硬化性樹脂組成物は熱塩基発生剤を含むことが好ましい。
 熱塩基発生剤は、上述のオニウム塩に該当する化合物であってもよいし、上述のオニウム塩以外の他の熱塩基発生剤であってもよい。
 他の熱塩基発生剤としては、ノニオン系熱塩基発生剤が挙げられる。
 ノニオン系熱塩基発生剤としては、式(B1)又は式(B2)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
<Thermal base generator>
The curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermosetting agent.
In particular, when the curable resin composition contains a resin having a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2) as a specific resin, the curable resin composition preferably contains a thermosetting agent.
The thermobase generator may be a compound corresponding to the above-mentioned onium salt, or may be a thermobase generator other than the above-mentioned onium salt.
Examples of other thermobase generators include nonionic thermobase generators.
Examples of the nonionic thermobase generator include compounds represented by the formula (B1) or the formula (B2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 式(B1)及び式(B2)中、Rb、Rb及びRbはそれぞれ独立に、第三級アミン構造を有しない有機基、ハロゲン原子又は水素原子である。ただし、Rb及びRbが同時に水素原子となることはない。また、Rb、Rb及びRbはいずれもカルボキシ基を有することはない。なお、本明細書で第三級アミン構造とは、3価の窒素原子の3つの結合手がいずれも炭化水素系の炭素原子と共有結合している構造を指す。したがって、結合した炭素原子がカルボニル基をなす炭素原子の場合、つまり窒素原子とともにアミド基を形成する場合はこの限りではない。 In formulas (B1) and (B2), Rb 1 , Rb 2 and Rb 3 are independently organic groups, halogen atoms or hydrogen atoms having no tertiary amine structure. However, Rb 1 and Rb 2 do not become hydrogen atoms at the same time. Further, none of Rb 1 , Rb 2 and Rb 3 has a carboxy group. In the present specification, the tertiary amine structure refers to a structure in which all three bonds of a trivalent nitrogen atom are covalently bonded to a hydrocarbon-based carbon atom. Therefore, this does not apply when the bonded carbon atom is a carbon atom forming a carbonyl group, that is, when an amide group is formed together with a nitrogen atom.
 式(B1)、(B2)中、Rb、Rb及びRbは、これらのうち少なくとも1つが環状構造を含むことが好ましく、少なくとも2つが環状構造を含むことがより好ましい。環状構造としては、単環及び縮合環のいずれであってもよく、単環又は単環が2つ縮合した縮合環が好ましい。単環は、5員環又は6員環が好ましく、6員環が好ましい。単環は、シクロヘキサン環及びベンゼン環が好ましく、シクロヘキサン環がより好ましい。 In formulas (B1) and (B2), it is preferable that at least one of Rb 1 , Rb 2 and Rb 3 contains a cyclic structure, and it is more preferable that at least two of them contain a cyclic structure. The cyclic structure may be either a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, and a fused ring in which two monocyclic rings or two monocyclic rings are condensed is preferable. The single ring is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, and preferably a 6-membered ring. As the single ring, a cyclohexane ring and a benzene ring are preferable, and a cyclohexane ring is more preferable.
 より具体的にRb及びRbは、水素原子、アルキル基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、2~18がより好ましく、3~12が更に好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、2~18がより好ましく、3~12が更に好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい)、又はアリールアルキル基(炭素数7~25が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~12が更に好ましい)であることが好ましい。これらの基は、本発明の効果を奏する範囲で置換基を有していてもよい。RbとRbとは互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。形成される環としては、4~7員の含窒素複素環が好ましい。Rb及びRbは特に、置換基を有してもよい直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキル基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、2~18がより好ましく、3~12が更に好ましい)であることが好ましく、置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキル基(炭素数3~24が好ましく、3~18がより好ましく、3~12が更に好ましい)であることがより好ましく、置換基を有してもよいシクロヘキシル基が更に好ましい。 More specifically, Rb 1 and Rb 2 are hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups (preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, still more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), and alkenyl groups (preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms). , 2-18 is more preferred, 3-12 is more preferred), aryl groups (6-22 carbons are preferred, 6-18 are more preferred, 6-10 are more preferred), or arylalkyl groups (7 carbons). ~ 25 is preferable, 7 to 19 is more preferable, and 7 to 12 is even more preferable). These groups may have substituents as long as the effects of the present invention are exhibited. Rb 1 and Rb 2 may be coupled to each other to form a ring. As the ring to be formed, a 4- to 7-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle is preferable. Rb 1 and Rb 2 are particularly linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups that may have substituents (preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, still more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms). It is more preferably a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent (preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 18 carbon atoms, still more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms) and having a substituent. A cyclohexyl group may be more preferred.
 Rbとしては、アルキル基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、2~18がより好ましく、3~12が更に好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく、2~6が更に好ましい)、アリールアルキル基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~12が更に好ましい)、アリールアルケニル基(炭素数8~24が好ましく、8~20がより好ましく、8~16が更に好ましい)、アルコキシル基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、2~18がより好ましく、3~12が更に好ましい)、アリールオキシ基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい)、又はアリールアルキルオキシ基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~12が更に好ましい)が挙げられる。中でも、シクロアルキル基(炭素数3~24が好ましく、3~18がより好ましく、3~12が更に好ましい)、アリールアルケニル基、アリールアルキルオキシ基が好ましい。Rbは更に本発明の効果を奏する範囲で置換基を有していてもよい。 As Rb 3 , an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, further preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms) and an aryl group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, 6 to 6). ~ 10 is more preferable), alkoxy group (2 to 24 carbon atoms are preferable, 2 to 12 is more preferable, 2 to 6 is more preferable), arylalkyl group (7 to 23 carbon atoms is preferable, 7 to 19 is more preferable). Preferably, 7 to 12 are more preferable), an arylalkenyl group (8 to 24 carbon atoms is preferable, 8 to 20 is more preferable, 8 to 16 is more preferable), and an alkoxyl group (1 to 24 carbon atoms is preferable, 2 to 2 to 24). 18 is more preferable, 3 to 12 is more preferable), an aryloxy group (6 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable, 6 to 18 is more preferable, 6 to 12 is more preferable), or an arylalkyloxy group (7 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable). 23 is preferable, 7 to 19 is more preferable, and 7 to 12 is further preferable). Among them, a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 18 carbon atoms, still more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylalkenyl group, and an arylalkyloxy group are preferable. Rb 3 may further have a substituent as long as the effect of the present invention is exhibited.
 式(B1)で表される化合物は、下記式(B1-1)又は下記式(B1-2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
The compound represented by the formula (B1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (B1-1) or the following formula (B1-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 式中、Rb11及びRb12、並びに、Rb31及びRb32は、それぞれ、式(B1)におけるRb及びRbと同じである。
 Rb13はアルキル基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、2~18がより好ましく、3~12が更に好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、2~18がより好ましく、3~12が更に好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい)、アリールアルキル基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~12が更に好ましい)であり、本発明の効果を奏する範囲で置換基を有していてもよい。中でも、Rb13はアリールアルキル基が好ましい。
In the formula, Rb 11 and Rb 12 , and Rb 31 and Rb 32 are the same as Rb 1 and Rb 2 in the formula (B1), respectively.
Rb 13 has an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, further preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms) and an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, 3 to 12 carbon atoms). Is more preferable), an aryl group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, further preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylalkyl group (preferably 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms). 7 to 12 is more preferable), and a substituent may be provided as long as the effects of the present invention are exhibited. Of these, an arylalkyl group is preferable for Rb 13.
 Rb33及びRb34は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~8がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~8がより好ましく、2~3が更に好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい)、アリールアルキル基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~11が更に好ましい)であり、水素原子が好ましい。 Rb 33 and Rb 34 independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), and an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms). , 2 to 8 are more preferable, 2 to 3 are more preferable), aryl groups (6 to 22 carbon atoms are preferable, 6 to 18 are more preferable, 6 to 10 are more preferable), arylalkyl groups (7 to 7 to carbon atoms are more preferable). 23 is preferable, 7 to 19 is more preferable, and 7 to 11 is even more preferable), and a hydrogen atom is preferable.
 Rb35は、アルキル基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、3~8が更に好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、3~8が更に好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい)、アリールアルキル基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~12が更に好ましい)であり、アリール基が好ましい。 Rb 35 is an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, 3 to 10 carbon atoms). 8 is more preferable), aryl group (6 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable, 6 to 18 is more preferable, 6 to 12 is more preferable), arylalkyl group (7 to 23 carbon atoms is preferable, 7 to 19 is more preferable). , 7-12 is more preferable), and an aryl group is preferable.
 式(B1-1)で表される化合物は、式(B1-1a)で表される化合物もまた好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
As the compound represented by the formula (B1-1), the compound represented by the formula (B1-1a) is also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 Rb11及びRb12は式(B1-1)におけるRb11及びRb12と同義である。
 Rb15及びRb16は水素原子、アルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3が更に好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい)、アリールアルキル基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~11が更に好ましい)であり、水素原子又はメチル基が好ましい。
 Rb17はアルキル基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、3~8が更に好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、3~8が更に好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい)、アリールアルキル基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~12が更に好ましい)であり、中でもアリール基が好ましい。
Rb 11 and Rb 12 have the same meanings as Rb 11 and Rb 12 in the formula (B1-1).
Rb 15 and Rb 16 are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, further preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), and an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, 2 to 6 carbon atoms). More preferably, 2 to 3 are more preferable), an aryl group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, further preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), and an arylalkyl group (preferably 7 to 23 carbon atoms, 7). ~ 19 is more preferable, and 7 to 11 is more preferable), and a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferable.
Rb 17 is an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, 3 to 8 carbon atoms). Is more preferable), an aryl group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, further preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylalkyl group (preferably 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms). 7 to 12 is more preferable), and an aryl group is particularly preferable.
 ノニオン系熱塩基発生剤の分子量は、800以下であることが好ましく、600以下であることがより好ましく、500以下であることが更に好ましい。下限としては、100以上であることが好ましく、200以上であることがより好ましく、300以上であることが更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the nonionic thermobase generator is preferably 800 or less, more preferably 600 or less, and even more preferably 500 or less. The lower limit is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and even more preferably 300 or more.
 上述のオニウム塩のうち、熱塩基発生剤である化合物の具体例、又は、他の熱塩基発生剤の具体例としては、以下の化合物を挙げることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Among the above-mentioned onium salts, the following compounds can be mentioned as specific examples of the compound which is a thermal base generator or other specific examples of the thermal base generator.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 熱塩基発生剤の含有量は、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、0.1~50質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下が更に好ましい。熱塩基発生剤は、1種又は2種以上を用いることができる。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The content of the thermosetting agent is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and further preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, further preferably 20% by mass or less. As the thermobase generator, one kind or two or more kinds can be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<マイグレーション抑制剤>
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、更にマイグレーション抑制剤を含むことが好ましい。マイグレーション抑制剤を含むことにより、金属層(金属配線)由来の金属イオンが硬化性樹脂組成物層内へ移動することを効果的に抑制可能となる。
<Migration inhibitor>
The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a migration inhibitor. By including the migration inhibitor, it is possible to effectively suppress the movement of metal ions derived from the metal layer (metal wiring) into the curable resin composition layer.
 マイグレーション抑制剤としては、特に制限はないが、複素環(ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、イソチアゾール環、テトラゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、ピペリジン環、ピペラジン環、モルホリン環、2H-ピラン環及び6H-ピラン環、トリアジン環)を有する化合物、チオ尿素類及びスルファニル基を有する化合物、ヒンダードフェノール系化合物、サリチル酸誘導体系化合物、ヒドラジド誘導体系化合物が挙げられる。特に、1,2,4-トリアゾール、ベンゾトリアゾール等のトリアゾール系化合物、1H-テトラゾール、5-フェニルテトラゾール、5-メチルベンゾトリアゾール、4-メチルベンゾトリアゾール等のテトラゾール系化合物が好ましく使用できる。 The migration inhibitor is not particularly limited, but heterocycles (pyrazole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isooxazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, etc. Pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, piperidine ring, piperazine ring, morpholin ring, 2H-pyran ring and 6H-pyran ring, triazine ring), thiourea and sulfanyl group compounds, hindered phenolic compounds , Salicylate derivative compound, hydrazide derivative compound and the like. In particular, triazole-based compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole and benzotriazole, and tetrazole-based compounds such as 1H-tetrazole, 5-phenyltetrazole, 5-methylbenzotriazole and 4-methylbenzotriazole can be preferably used.
 又はハロゲンイオンなどの陰イオンを捕捉するイオントラップ剤を使用することもできる。 Alternatively, an ion trap agent that traps anions such as halogen ions can also be used.
 その他のマイグレーション抑制剤としては、特開2013-015701号公報の段落0094に記載の防錆剤、特開2009-283711号公報の段落0073~0076に記載の化合物、特開2011-059656号公報の段落0052に記載の化合物、特開2012-194520号公報の段落0114、0116及び0118に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0166に記載の化合物などを使用することができる。 Examples of other migration inhibitors include rust preventives described in paragraph 0094 of JP2013-015701, compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of JP2009-283711, and JP2011-059656. The compounds described in paragraph 0052, the compounds described in paragraphs 0114, 0116 and 0118 of JP2012-194520A, the compounds described in paragraph 0166 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, and the like can be used.
 マイグレーション抑制剤の具体例としては、下記化合物を挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the migration inhibitor include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 硬化性樹脂組成物がマイグレーション抑制剤を有する場合、マイグレーション抑制剤の含有量は、硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~5.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.05~2.0質量%であることがより好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%であることが更に好ましい。 When the curable resin composition has a migration inhibitor, the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable resin composition, and is 0. It is more preferably 0.05 to 2.0% by mass, and further preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
 マイグレーション抑制剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。マイグレーション抑制剤が2種以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The migration inhibitor may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types of migration inhibitors, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<重合禁止剤>
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、重合禁止剤を含むことが好ましい。
<Polymerization inhibitor>
The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor.
 重合禁止剤としては、例えば、ヒドロキノン、o-メトキシフェノール、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、p-tert-ブチルカテコール、1,4-ベンゾキノン、ジフェニル-p-ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソ-N-フェニルヒドロキシアミンアルミニウム塩、フェノチアジン、N-ニトロソジフェニルアミン、N-フェニルナフチルアミン、エチレンジアミン四酢酸、1,2-シクロヘキサンジアミン四酢酸、グリコールエーテルジアミン四酢酸、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール、5-ニトロソ-8-ヒドロキシキノリン、1-ニトロソ-2-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-1-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-5-(N-エチル-N-スルホプロピルアミノ)フェノール、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン第一セリウム塩、N-ニトロソ-N-(1-ナフチル)ヒドロキシアミンアンモニウム塩、ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-tert-ブチル)フェニルメタン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、4‐ヒドロキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシルフリーラジカル、フェノチアジン、1,1-ジフェニル-2-ピクリルヒドラジル、ジブチルジチオカーバネート銅(II)、ニトロベンゼン、N-ニトロソ-N-フェニルヒドロキシルアミンアルミニウム塩、N-ニトロソ-N-フェニルヒドロキシルアミンアンモニウム塩などが好適に用いられる。また、特開2015-127817号公報の段落0060に記載の重合禁止剤、及び、国際公開第2015/125469号の段落0031~0046に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, o-methoxyphenol, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, p-tert-butylcatechol, 1,4-benzoquinone, and diphenyl-p-benzoquinone. , 4,4'-thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, phenothiazine , N-nitroso diphenylamine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediamine tetraacetic acid, glycol ether diamine tetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8 -Hydroxyquinolin, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5- (N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino) phenol, N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine first cerium salt, N-nitroso-N- (1-naphthyl) hydroxyamine ammonium salt, bis (4-hydroxy-3,5-tert-butyl) phenylmethane, 1,3,5-tris (4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy) -2,6-Dimethylbenzyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6- (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1- Oxyl-free radical, phenothiazine, 1,1-diphenyl-2-picrylhydrazyl, dibutyldithiocarbanate copper (II), nitrobenzene, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxyl An amine ammonium salt or the like is preferably used. Further, the polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0060 of JP-A-2015-127817 and the compound described in paragraphs 0031 to 0046 of International Publication No. 2015/125469 can also be used.
 また、下記化合物を用いることができる(Meはメチル基である)。 In addition, the following compounds can be used (Me is a methyl group).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物が重合禁止剤を有する場合、重合禁止剤の含有量は、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~20.0質量%が挙げられ、0.01~5質量%であることが好ましく、0.02~3質量%であることがより好ましく、0.05~2.5質量%であることが更に好ましい。 When the curable resin composition of the present invention has a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is 0.01 to 20.0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. It is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.02 to 3% by mass, and further preferably 0.05 to 2.5% by mass.
 重合禁止剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。重合禁止剤が2種以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The polymerization inhibitor may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types of polymerization inhibitors, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<金属接着性改良剤>
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、電極や配線などに用いられる金属材料との接着性を向上させるための金属接着性改良剤を含むことが好ましい。金属接着性改良剤としては、シランカップリング剤、アルミニウム系接着助剤、チタン系接着助剤、スルホンアミド構造を有する化合物及びチオウレア構造を有する化合物、リン酸誘導体化合物、βケトエステル化合物、アミノ化合物などが挙げられる。
<Metal adhesion improver>
The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesiveness improving agent for improving the adhesiveness with a metal material used for electrodes, wiring and the like. Examples of the metal adhesion improver include silane coupling agents, aluminum-based adhesive aids, titanium-based adhesive aids, compounds having a sulfonamide structure and compounds having a thiourea structure, phosphoric acid derivative compounds, β-ketoester compounds, amino compounds, etc. Can be mentioned.
 シランカップリング剤の例としては、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0167に記載の化合物、特開2014-191002号公報の段落0062~0073に記載の化合物、国際公開第2011/080992号の段落0063~0071に記載の化合物、特開2014-191252号公報の段落0060~0061に記載の化合物、特開2014-041264号公報の段落0045~0052に記載の化合物、国際公開第2014/097594号の段落0055に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、特開2011-128358号公報の段落0050~0058に記載のように異なる2種以上のシランカップリング剤を用いることも好ましい。また、シランカップリング剤は、下記化合物を用いることも好ましい。以下の式中、Etはエチル基を表す。 Examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraph 0167 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, the compounds described in paragraphs 0062 to 0073 of JP-A-2014-191002, paragraphs of International Publication No. 2011/080992. Compounds described in 0063 to 0071, compounds described in paragraphs 0060 to 0061 of JP-A-2014-191252, compounds described in paragraphs 0045-0052 of JP-A-2014-041264, International Publication No. 2014/097594. Examples include the compounds described in paragraph 0055. It is also preferable to use two or more different silane coupling agents as described in paragraphs 0050 to 0058 of JP2011-128358A. Further, it is also preferable to use the following compounds as the silane coupling agent. In the following formula, Et represents an ethyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
 また、金属接着性改良剤としては、特開2014-186186号公報の段落0046~0049に記載の化合物、特開2013-072935号公報の段落0032~0043に記載のスルフィド系化合物を用いることもできる。他のシランカップリング剤としては、例えば、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリエトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、p-スチリルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、N-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-トリエトキシシリル-N-(1,3-ジメチル-ブチリデン)プロピルアミン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、トリス-(トリメトキシシリルプロピル)イソシアヌレー、3-ウレイドプロピルトリアルコキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-イソシアネートプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物が挙げられる。これらは1種単独または2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 Further, as the metal adhesiveness improving agent, the compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of JP2014-186186A and the sulfide compounds described in paragraphs 0032 to 0043 of JP2013-072935 can also be used. .. Other silane coupling agents include, for example, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycid. Xipropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, p-styryltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxy Silane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2- (aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-2 -(Aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N- (1,3-dimethyl-butylidene) propylamine, N-Phyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, Tris- (trimethoxysilylpropyl) isocyanure, 3-ureidopropyltrialkoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-isocyanabyl Examples thereof include triethoxysilane and 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinate anhydride. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 アルミニウム系接着助剤としては、例えば、アルミニウムトリス(エチルアセトアセテート)、アルミニウムトリス(アセチルアセトネート)、エチルアセトアセテートアルミニウムジイソプロピレート等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the aluminum-based adhesive aid include aluminum tris (ethylacetate acetate), aluminum tris (acetylacetoneate), ethylacetacetate aluminum diisopropirate, and the like.
 金属接着性改良剤の含有量は特定樹脂100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.1~30質量部であり、より好ましくは0.5~15質量部の範囲であり、更に好ましくは0.5~5質量部の範囲である。上記下限値以上とすることで硬化工程後の硬化膜と金属層との接着性が良好となり、上記上限値以下とすることで硬化工程後の硬化膜の耐熱性、機械特性が良好となる。金属接着性改良剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The content of the metal adhesive improving agent is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, and further preferably 0. It is in the range of 5 to 5 parts by mass. When it is at least the above lower limit value, the adhesiveness between the cured film and the metal layer after the curing step is good, and when it is at least the above upper limit value, the heat resistance and mechanical properties of the cured film after the curing step are good. The metal adhesiveness improving agent may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<その他の添加剤>
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、必要に応じて、各種の添加物、例えば、N-フェニルジエタノールアミンなどの増感剤、光塩基発生剤、連鎖移動剤、界面活性剤、高級脂肪酸誘導体、無機粒子、硬化剤、硬化触媒、充填剤、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、凝集防止剤等を配合することができる。これらの添加剤を配合する場合、合計配合量は硬化性樹脂組成物の固形分の3質量%以下とすることが好ましい。
<Other additives>
The curable resin composition of the present invention contains various additives such as a sensitizer such as N-phenyldiethanolamine, a photobase generator, a chain transfer agent, a surfactant, a higher fatty acid derivative, and an inorganic substance, if necessary. Particles, curing agents, curing catalysts, fillers, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, anti-aggregating agents and the like can be blended. When these additives are blended, the total blending amount is preferably 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the curable resin composition.
〔増感剤〕
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、増感剤を含んでいてもよい。増感剤は、特定の活性放射線を吸収して電子励起状態となる。電子励起状態となった増感剤は、熱硬化促進剤、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、光ラジカル重合開始剤などと接触して、電子移動、エネルギー移動、発熱などの作用が生じる。これにより、熱硬化促進剤、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、光ラジカル重合開始剤は化学変化を起こして分解し、ラジカル、酸又は塩基を生成する。
 増感剤としては、N-フェニルジエタノールアミン等の増感剤が挙げられる。
 また、増感剤としては、増感色素を用いてもよい。
 増感色素の詳細については、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0161~0163の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
[Sensitizer]
The curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer absorbs specific active radiation and becomes an electron-excited state. The sensitizer in the electronically excited state comes into contact with a thermosetting accelerator, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator, or the like, and acts such as electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation occur. As a result, the thermosetting accelerator, the thermal radical polymerization initiator, and the photoradical polymerization initiator undergo a chemical change and decompose to generate radicals, acids, or bases.
Examples of the sensitizer include sensitizers such as N-phenyldiethanolamine.
Moreover, you may use a sensitizing dye as a sensitizer.
For details of the sensitizing dye, the description in paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of JP-A-2016-0273557 can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in the present specification.
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物が増感剤を含む場合、増感剤の含有量は、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~15質量%であることがより好ましく、0.5~10質量%であることが更に好ましい。増感剤は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 When the curable resin composition of the present invention contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer may be 0.01 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. It is preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass. The sensitizer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
〔連鎖移動剤〕
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、連鎖移動剤を含有してもよい。連鎖移動剤は、例えば高分子辞典第三版(高分子学会編、2005年)683-684頁に定義されている。連鎖移動剤としては、例えば、分子内にSH、PH、SiH、及びGeHを有する化合物群が用いられる。これらは、低活性のラジカルに水素を供与して、ラジカルを生成するか、若しくは、酸化された後、脱プロトンすることによりラジカルを生成しうる。特に、チオール化合物を好ましく用いることができる。
[Chain transfer agent]
The curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in the Polymer Dictionary, Third Edition (edited by the Society of Polymer Science, 2005), pp. 683-684. As the chain transfer agent, for example, a group of compounds having SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in the molecule is used. They can donate hydrogen to low-activity radicals to generate radicals, or they can be oxidized and then deprotonated to generate radicals. In particular, a thiol compound can be preferably used.
 また、連鎖移動剤は、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0152~0153に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Further, as the chain transfer agent, the compounds described in paragraphs 0152 to 0153 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used.
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物が連鎖移動剤を有する場合、連鎖移動剤の含有量は、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分100質量部に対し、0.01~20質量部が好ましく、1~10質量部がより好ましく、1~5質量部が更に好ましい。連鎖移動剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。連鎖移動剤が2種以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the curable resin composition of the present invention has a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. Preferably, 1 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 1 to 5 parts by mass is further preferable. The chain transfer agent may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more types of chain transfer agents, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
〔界面活性剤〕
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物には、塗布性をより向上させる観点から、各種類の界面活性剤を添加してもよい。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種類の界面活性剤を使用できる。また、下記界面活性剤も好ましい。下記式中、主鎖の繰返し単位を示す括弧は各繰返し単位の含有量(モル%)を、側鎖の繰返し単位を示す括弧は各繰返し単位の繰り返し数をそれぞれ表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061

 また、界面活性剤は、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0159~0165に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。
[Surfactant]
Each type of surfactant may be added to the curable resin composition of the present invention from the viewpoint of further improving the coatability. As the surfactant, various types of surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone-based surfactants can be used. The following surfactants are also preferable. In the following formula, the parentheses indicating the repeating unit of the main chain represent the content (mol%) of each repeating unit, and the parentheses indicating the repeating unit of the side chain represent the number of repetitions of each repeating unit.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061

Further, as the surfactant, the compound described in paragraphs 0159 to 0165 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、例えば、メガファックF171、同F172、同F173、同F176、同F177、同F141、同F142、同F143、同F144、同R30、同F437、同F475、同F479、同F482、同F554、同F780、RS-72-K(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラードFC430、同FC431、同FC171、ノベックFC4430、同FC4432(以上、スリーエム ジャパン(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、同SC-101、同SC-103、同SC-104、同SC-105、同SC1068、同SC-381、同SC-383、同S393、同KH-40(以上、旭硝子(株)製)、PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(OMNOVA社製)等が挙げられる。フッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2015-117327号公報の段落0015~0158に記載の化合物、特開2011-132503号公報の段落0117~0132に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。フッ素系界面活性剤としてブロックポリマーを用いることもでき、具体例としては、例えば特開2011-89090号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、アルキレンオキシ基(好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基)を2以上(好ましくは5以上)有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく用いることができる。
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、エチレン性不飽和基を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体をフッ素系界面活性剤として用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2010-164965号公報の段落0050~0090および段落0289~0295に記載された化合物、例えばDIC(株)製のメガファックRS-101、RS-102、RS-718K等が挙げられる。
Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include Megafuck F171, F172, F173, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, and F479. F482, F554, F780, RS-72-K (above, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171, Novell FC4430, FC4432 (above, manufactured by 3M Japan Ltd.), Surfron S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC1068, SC-381, SC-383, S393, KH-40 (above, Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) ), PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA) and the like. As the fluorine-based surfactant, the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP2015-117327 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP2011-132503 can also be used. A block polymer can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant, and specific examples thereof include compounds described in JP-A-2011-89090.
The fluorine-based surfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meth). A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
As the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 of JP2010-164965, such as Megafuck RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation. Can be mentioned.
 フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、3~40質量%が好適であり、より好ましくは5~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは7~25質量%である。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、組成物中における溶解性も良好である。 The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass. A fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid saving property, and has good solubility in the composition.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、トーレシリコーンDC3PA、トーレシリコーンSH7PA、トーレシリコーンDC11PA、トーレシリコーンSH21PA、トーレシリコーンSH28PA、トーレシリコーンSH29PA、トーレシリコーンSH30PA、トーレシリコーンSH8400(以上、東レ・ダウコーニング(株)製)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、KP341、KF6001、KF6002(以上、信越シリコーン(株)製)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上、ビックケミー(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the silicone-based surfactant include Torre Silicone DC3PA, Torre Silicone SH7PA, Torre Silicone DC11PA, Torre Silicone SH21PA, Torre Silicone SH28PA, Torre Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400 (all, Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.). ), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Co., Ltd.), KP341, KF6001, KF6002 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.) ), BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (all manufactured by Big Chemie Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 炭化水素系界面活性剤としては、例えば、パイオニンA-76、ニューカルゲンFS-3PG、パイオニンB-709、パイオニンB-811-N、パイオニンD-1004、パイオニンD-3104、パイオニンD-3605、パイオニンD-6112、パイオニンD-2104-D、パイオニンD-212、パイオニンD-931、パイオニンD-941、パイオニンD-951、パイオニンE-5310、パイオニンP-1050-B、パイオニンP-1028-P、パイオニンP-4050-T等(以上、竹本油脂社製)、などが挙げられる。 Examples of the hydrocarbon-based surfactant include Pionin A-76, New Calgen FS-3PG, Pionin B-709, Pionin B-811-N, Pionin D-1004, Pionin D-3104, Pionin D-3605, and Pionin. D-6112, Pionin D-2104-D, Pionin D-212, Pionin D-931, Pionin D-941, Pionin D-951, Pionin E-5310, Pionin P-1050-B, Pionin P-1028-P, Pionin P-4050-T and the like (all manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.) and the like can be mentioned.
 ノニオン型界面活性剤としては、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレート及びプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセロールエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プルロニックL10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF社製)、テトロニック304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF社製)、ソルスパース20000(日本ルーブリゾール(株)製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(和光純薬工業(株)製)、パイオニンD-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(竹本油脂(株)製)、オルフィンE1010、サーフィノール104、400、440(日信化学工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, etc. Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF) , Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solspers 20000 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) Industrial Co., Ltd.), Pionin D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.), Orphine E1010, Surfinol 104, 400, 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) And so on.
 カチオン型界面活性剤として具体的には、オルガノシロキサンポリマーKP341(信越化学工業(株)製)、(メタ)アクリル酸系(共)重合体ポリフローNo.75、No.77、No.90、No.95(共栄社化学(株)製)、W001(裕商(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Specifically, as a cationic surfactant, organosiloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth) acrylic acid-based (co) polymer Polyflow No. 75, No. 77, No. 90, No. 95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like can be mentioned.
 アニオン型界面活性剤として具体的には、W004、W005、W017(裕商(株)製)、サンデットBL(三洋化成(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the anionic surfactant include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), Sandet BL (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and the like.
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物が界面活性剤を有する場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.001~2.0質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.005~1.0質量%である。界面活性剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。界面活性剤が2種以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the curable resin composition of the present invention has a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is 0.001 to 2.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. It is preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass. The surfactant may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more types of surfactant, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
〔高級脂肪酸誘導体〕
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、酸素に起因する重合阻害を防止するために、ベヘン酸やベヘン酸アミドのような高級脂肪酸誘導体を添加して、塗布後の乾燥の過程で硬化性樹脂組成物の表面に偏在させてもよい。
[Higher fatty acid derivative]
The curable resin composition of the present invention has a curable resin composition in the process of drying after application by adding a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide in order to prevent polymerization inhibition due to oxygen. It may be unevenly distributed on the surface of an object.
 また、高級脂肪酸誘導体は、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0155に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Further, as the higher fatty acid derivative, the compound described in paragraph 0155 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used.
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物が高級脂肪酸誘導体を有する場合、高級脂肪酸誘導体の含有量は、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~10質量%であることが好ましい。高級脂肪酸誘導体は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。高級脂肪酸誘導体が2種以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the curable resin composition of the present invention has a higher fatty acid derivative, the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is 0.1 to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. Is preferable. The higher fatty acid derivative may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more higher fatty acid derivatives, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
〔無機粒子〕
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、無機粒子を含んでもよい。無機粒子として、具体的には、炭酸カルシウム、リン酸カルシウム、シリカ、カオリン、タルク、二酸化チタン、アルミナ、硫酸バリウム、フッ化カルシウム、フッ化リチウム、ゼオライト、硫化モリブデン、ガラス等を含むことができる。
[Inorganic particles]
The resin composition of the present invention may contain inorganic particles. Specific examples of the inorganic particles include calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, silica, kaolin, talc, titanium dioxide, alumina, barium sulfate, calcium fluoride, lithium fluoride, zeolite, molybdenum sulfide, and glass.
 上記無機粒子の平均粒子径としては、0.01~2.0μmが好ましく、0.02~1.5μmがより好ましく、0.03~1.0μmがさらに好ましく、0.04~0.5μmが特に好ましい。
 上記無機粒子の平均粒子径を多量に含有させることによって、上記硬化膜の機械特性が劣化することがある。また、上記無機粒子の平均粒子径が2.0μmを超えると、露光光の散乱によって解像度が低下することがある。
The average particle size of the inorganic particles is preferably 0.01 to 2.0 μm, more preferably 0.02 to 1.5 μm, further preferably 0.03 to 1.0 μm, and 0.04 to 0.5 μm. Especially preferable.
By containing a large amount of the average particle size of the inorganic particles, the mechanical properties of the cured film may deteriorate. Further, if the average particle size of the inorganic particles exceeds 2.0 μm, the resolution may decrease due to scattering of exposure light.
〔紫外線吸収剤〕
 本発明の組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含んでいてもよい。紫外線吸収剤としては、サリシレート系、ベンゾフェノン系、ベンゾトリアゾール系、置換アクリロニトリル系、トリアジン系などの紫外線吸収剤を使用することができる。
 サリシレート系紫外線吸収剤の例としては、フェニルサリシレート、p-オクチルフェニルサリシレート、p-t-ブチルフェニルサリシレートなどが挙げられ、ベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤の例としては、2,2’-ジヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン、2,2’-ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジメトキシベンゾフェノン、2,2’,4,4’-テトラヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン、2,4-ジヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-オクトキシベンゾフェノンなどが挙げられる。また、ベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤の例としては、2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-3’,5’-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-3’-tert-ブチル-5’-メチルフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-3’-tert-アミル-5’-イソブチルフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-3’-イソブチル-5’-メチルフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-3’-イソブチル-5’-プロピルフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-3’,5’-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-5’-メチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-[2’-ヒドロキシ-5’-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチル)フェニル]ベンゾトリアゾールなどが挙げられる。
[UV absorber]
The composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber. As the ultraviolet absorber, an ultraviolet absorber such as salicylate-based, benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, substituted acrylonitrile-based, or triazine-based can be used.
Examples of salicylate-based ultraviolet absorbers include phenyl salicylate, p-octylphenyl salicylate, pt-butylphenyl salicylate and the like, and examples of benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-. Methoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2,2', 4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2- Hydroxy-4-octoxybenzophenone and the like can be mentioned. Examples of benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2- (2'-hydroxy-3', 5'-di-tert-butylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3). '-Tert-Butyl-5'-methylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-amyl-5'-isobutylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-( 2'-Hydroxy-3'-isobutyl-5'-methylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3'-isobutyl-5'-propylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2 -(2'-Hydroxy-3', 5'-di-tert-butylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- [2'-hydroxy-5' -(1,1,3,3-tetramethyl) phenyl] benzotriazole and the like can be mentioned.
 置換アクリロニトリル系紫外線吸収剤の例としては、2-シアノ-3,3-ジフェニルアクリル酸エチル、2-シアノ-3,3-ジフェニルアクリル酸2-エチルヘキシルなどが挙げられる。さらに、トリアジン系紫外線吸収剤の例としては、2-[4-[(2-ヒドロキシ-3-ドデシルオキシプロピル)オキシ]-2-ヒドロキシフェニル]-4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-[4-[(2-ヒドロキシ-3-トリデシルオキシプロピル)オキシ]-2-ヒドロキシフェニル]-4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-(2,4-ジヒドロキシフェニル)-4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジンなどのモノ(ヒドロキシフェニル)トリアジン化合物;2,4-ビス(2-ヒドロキシ-4-プロピルオキシフェニル)-6-(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,4-ビス(2-ヒドロキシ-3-メチル-4-プロピルオキシフェニル)-6-(4-メチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,4-ビス(2-ヒドロキシ-3-メチル-4-ヘキシルオキシフェニル)-6-(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジンなどのビス(ヒドロキシフェニル)トリアジン化合物;2,4-ビス(2-ヒドロキシ-4-ブトキシフェニル)-6-(2,4-ジブトキシフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,4,6-トリス(2-ヒドロキシ-4-オクチルオキシフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,4,6-トリス[2-ヒドロキシ-4-(3-ブトキシ-2-ヒドロキシプロピルオキシ)フェニル]-1,3,5-トリアジンなどのトリス(ヒドロキシフェニル)トリアジン化合物等が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituted acrylonitrile-based ultraviolet absorber include ethyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate, and the like. Furthermore, examples of triazine-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2- [4-[(2-hydroxy-3-dodecyloxypropyl) oxy] -2-hydroxyphenyl] -4,6-bis (2,4-dimethylphenyl). )-1,3,5-Triazine, 2- [4-[(2-Hydroxy-3-tridecyloxypropyl) oxy] -2-hydroxyphenyl] -4,6-bis (2,4-dimethylphenyl) Mono (hydroxyphenyl) triazine compounds such as -1,3,5-triazine, 2- (2,4-dihydroxyphenyl) -4,6-bis (2,4-dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine 2,4-bis (2-hydroxy-4-propyloxyphenyl) -6- (2,4-dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-bis (2-hydroxy-3-methyl) -4-propyloxyphenyl) -6- (4-methylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-bis (2-hydroxy-3-methyl-4-hexyloxyphenyl) -6- (2) , 4-Dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-Triazine and other bis (hydroxyphenyl) triazine compounds; 2,4-bis (2-hydroxy-4-butoxyphenyl) -6- (2,4-dibutoxyphenyl) )-1,3,5-Triazine, 2,4,6-Tris (2-Hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl) -1,3,5-Triazine, 2,4,6-Tris [2-Hydroxy-4 -(3-Butoxy-2-hydroxypropyloxy) phenyl] -1,3,5-Triazine and other tris (hydroxyphenyl) triazine compounds and the like can be mentioned.
 本発明においては、上記各種の紫外線吸収剤は一種を単独で用いてもよく、二種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
本発明の組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含んでも含まなくてもよいが、含む場合、紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分質量に対して、0.001質量%以上1質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.01質量%以上0.1質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
In the present invention, the above-mentioned various ultraviolet absorbers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The composition of the present invention may or may not contain an ultraviolet absorber, but when it is contained, the content of the ultraviolet absorber is 0.001% by mass with respect to the total solid content mass of the composition of the present invention. It is preferably 1% by mass or less, and more preferably 0.01% by mass or more and 0.1% by mass or less.
〔有機チタン化合物〕 
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、有機チタン化合物を含有してもよい。樹脂組成物が有機チタン化合物を含有することにより、低温で硬化した場合であっても耐薬品性に優れる樹脂層を形成できる。
[Organic titanium compound]
The resin composition of the present embodiment may contain an organic titanium compound. Since the resin composition contains an organic titanium compound, a resin layer having excellent chemical resistance can be formed even when cured at a low temperature.
 使用可能な有機チタン化合物としては、チタン原子に有機基が共有結合又はイオン結合を介して結合しているものが挙げられる。
 有機チタン化合物の具体例を、以下のI)~VII)に示す:
 I)チタンキレート化合物:中でも、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の保存安定性がよく、良好な硬化パターンが得られることから、アルコキシ基を2個以上有するチタンキレート化合物がより好ましい。具体的な例は、チタニウムビス(トリエタノールアミン)ジイソプロポキサイド、チタニウムジ(n-ブトキサイド)ビス(2,4-ペンタンジオネート、チタニウムジイソプロポキサイドビス(2,4-ペンタンジオネート)、チタニウムジイソプロポキサイドビス(テトラメチルヘプタンジオネート)、チタニウムジイソプロポキサイドビス(エチルアセトアセテート)等である。
 II)テトラアルコキシチタン化合物:例えば、チタニウムテトラ(n-ブトキサイド)、チタニウムテトラエトキサイド、チタニウムテトラ(2-エチルヘキソキサイド)、チタニウムテトライソブトキサイド、チタニウムテトライソプロポキサイド、チタニウムテトラメトキサイド、チタニウムテトラメトキシプロポキサイド、チタニウムテトラメチルフェノキサイド、チタニウムテトラ(n-ノニロキサイド)、チタニウムテトラ(n-プロポキサイド)、チタニウムテトラステアリロキサイド、チタニウムテトラキス[ビス{2,2-(アリロキシメチル)ブトキサイド}]等である。
 III)チタノセン化合物:例えば、ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニルチタニウムトリメトキサイド、ビス(η5-2,4-シクロペンタジエン-1-イル)ビス(2,6-ジフルオロフェニル)チタニウム、ビス(η5-2,4-シクロペンタジエン-1-イル)ビス(2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(1H-ピロール-1-イル)フェニル)チタニウム等である。  
 IV)モノアルコキシチタン化合物:例えば、チタニウムトリス(ジオクチルホスフェート)イソプロポキサイド、チタニウムトリス(ドデシルベンゼンスルホネート)イソプロポキサイド等である。
 V)チタニウムオキサイド化合物:例えば、チタニウムオキサイドビス(ペンタンジオネート)、チタニウムオキサイドビス(テトラメチルヘプタンジオネート)、フタロシアニンチタニウムオキサイド等である。
 VI)チタニウムテトラアセチルアセトネート化合物:例えば、チタニウムテトラアセチルアセトネート等である。
 VII)チタネートカップリング剤:例えば、イソプロピルトリドデシルベンゼンスルホニルチタネート等である。
Examples of the organic titanium compound that can be used include those in which an organic group is bonded to a titanium atom via a covalent bond or an ionic bond.
Specific examples of the organic titanium compound are shown in I) to VII) below:
I) Titanium chelate compound: Among them, a titanium chelate compound having two or more alkoxy groups is more preferable because the negative photosensitive resin composition has good storage stability and a good curing pattern can be obtained. Specific examples are titanium bis (triethanolamine) diisopropoxyside, titanium di (n-butoxide) bis (2,4-pentanionate, titanium diisopropoxyside bis (2,4-pentanionate)). , Titanium diisopropoxyside bis (tetramethylheptandionate), titanium diisopropoxyside bis (ethylacetacetate) and the like.
II) Tetraalkoxytitanium compounds: For example, titanium tetra (n-butoxide), titanium tetraethoxide, titanium tetra (2-ethylhexoxyside), titanium tetraisobutoxide, titanium tetraisopropoxyside, titanium tetramethoxide. , Titanium Tetramethoxypropoxyside, Titanium Tetramethylphenoxide, Titanium Tetra (n-Noniloxide), Titanium Tetra (n-Propoxide), Titanium Tetrasteeryloxyside, Titanium Tetrakiss Butokiside}] etc.
III) Titanosen compounds: for example, pentamethylcyclopentadienyl titanium trimethoxide, bis (η5-2,4-cyclopentadiene-1-yl) bis (2,6-difluorophenyl) titanium, bis (η5-2, 2). 4-Cyclopentadiene-1-yl) bis (2,6-difluoro-3- (1H-pyrrole-1-yl) phenyl) titanium and the like.
IV) Monoalkoxytitanium compound: For example, titanium tris (dioctyl phosphate) isopropoxyside, titanium tris (dodecylbenzene sulfonate) isopropoxide, and the like.
V) Titanium oxide compound: For example, titanium oxide bis (pentanionate), titanium oxide bis (tetramethylheptandionate), phthalocyanine titanium oxide and the like.
VI) Titanium tetraacetylacetone compound: For example, titanium tetraacetylacetone.
VII) Titanate coupling agent: For example, isopropyltridodecylbenzenesulfonyl titanate and the like.
 中でも、有機チタン化合物としては、上記I)チタンキレート化合物、II)テトラアルコキシチタン化合物、及びIII)チタノセン化合物から成る群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物であることが、より良好な耐薬品性を奏するという観点から好ましい。特に、チタニウムジイソプロポキサイドビス(エチルアセトアセテート)、チタニウムテトラ(n-ブトキサイド)、及びビス(η5-2,4-シクロペンタジエン-1-イル)ビス(2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(1H-ピロール-1-イル)フェニル)チタニウムが好ましい。 Among them, as the organic titanium compound, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of the above-mentioned I) titanium chelate compound, II) tetraalkoxytitanium compound, and III) titanocene compound has better chemical resistance. It is preferable from the viewpoint of playing. In particular, titanium diisopropoxyside bis (ethylacetacetate), titanium tetra (n-butoxide), and bis (η5-2,4-cyclopentadiene-1-yl) bis (2,6-difluoro-3- (1H)). -Pyrrole-1-yl) phenyl) titanium is preferred.
 有機チタン化合物を配合する場合、その配合量は、環化樹脂の前駆体100質量部に対し、0.05~10質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~2質量部である。配合量が0.05質量部以上である場合、得られる硬化パターンに良好な耐熱性及び耐薬品性が発現し、一方10質量部以下である場合、組成物の保存安定性に優れる。 When the organic titanium compound is blended, the blending amount is preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the precursor of the cyclized resin. .. When the blending amount is 0.05 parts by mass or more, good heat resistance and chemical resistance are exhibited in the obtained curing pattern, while when it is 10 parts by mass or less, the storage stability of the composition is excellent.
〔酸化防止剤〕
 本発明の組成物は、酸化防止剤を含んでいてもよい。添加剤として酸化防止剤を含有することで、硬化後の膜の伸度特性や、金属材料との密着性を向上させることができる。酸化防止剤としては、フェノール化合物、亜リン酸エステル化合物、チオエーテル化合物などが挙げられる。フェノール化合物としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤として知られる任意のフェノール化合物を使用することができる。好ましいフェノール化合物としては、ヒンダードフェノール化合物が挙げられる。フェノール性ヒドロキシ基に隣接する部位(オルト位)に置換基を有する化合物が好ましい。前述の置換基としては炭素数1~22の置換又は無置換のアルキル基が好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、同一分子内にフェノール基と亜リン酸エステル基を有する化合物も好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤も好適に使用することができる。リン系酸化防止剤としてはトリス[2-[[2,4,8,10-テトラキス(1,1-ジメチルエチル)ジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-6-イル]オキシ]エチル]アミン、トリス[2-[(4,6,9,11-テトラ-tert-ブチルジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-2-イル)オキシ]エチル]アミン、亜リン酸エチルビス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチル-6-メチルフェニル)などが挙げられる。酸化防止剤の市販品としては、例えば、アデカスタブ AO-20、アデカスタブ AO-30、アデカスタブ AO-40、アデカスタブ AO-50、アデカスタブ AO-50F、アデカスタブ AO-60、アデカスタブ AO-60G、アデカスタブ AO-80、アデカスタブ AO-330(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。また、酸化防止剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0023~0048に記載された化合物を使用することもできる。また、本発明の組成物は、必要に応じて、潜在酸化防止剤を含有してもよい。潜在酸化防止剤としては、酸化防止剤として機能する部位が保護基で保護された化合物であって、100~250℃で加熱するか、又は酸/塩基触媒存在下で80~200℃で加熱することにより保護基が脱離して酸化防止剤として機能する化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤としては、国際公開第2014/021023号、国際公開第2017/030005号、特開2017-008219号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤の市販品としては、アデカアークルズGPA-5001((株)ADEKA製)等が挙げられる。好ましい酸化防止剤の例としては、2,2-チオビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、2,6-ジ-t-ブチルフェノールおよび一般式(3)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
〔Antioxidant〕
The composition of the present invention may contain an antioxidant. By containing an antioxidant as an additive, it is possible to improve the elongation characteristics of the film after curing and the adhesion with a metal material. Examples of the antioxidant include phenol compounds, phosphite ester compounds, thioether compounds and the like. As the phenol compound, any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used. Preferred phenolic compounds include hindered phenolic compounds. A compound having a substituent at a site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferable. As the above-mentioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable. Further, as the antioxidant, a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule is also preferable. Further, as the antioxidant, a phosphorus-based antioxidant can also be preferably used. As a phosphorus-based antioxidant, tris [2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis (1,1-dimethylethyl) dibenzo [d, f] [1,3,2] dioxaphosfepine-6 -Il] Oxy] Ethyl] amine, Tris [2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo [d, f] [1,3,2] dioxaphosfepin-2-yl] ) Oxy] ethyl] amine, ethylbis phosphite (2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) and the like. Commercially available products of antioxidants include, for example, Adekastab AO-20, Adekastab AO-30, Adekastab AO-40, Adekastab AO-50, Adekastab AO-50F, Adekastab AO-60, Adekastab AO-60G, Adekastab AO-80. , ADEKA STAB AO-330 (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) and the like. Further, as the antioxidant, the compounds described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used. In addition, the composition of the present invention may contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary. The latent antioxidant is a compound whose site that functions as an antioxidant is protected by a protecting group, and is heated at 100 to 250 ° C. or at 80 to 200 ° C. in the presence of an acid / base catalyst. As a result, a compound in which the protecting group is eliminated and functions as an antioxidant can be mentioned. Examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219. Examples of commercially available products of latent antioxidants include ADEKA ARKULS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) and the like. Examples of preferred antioxidants include 2,2-thiobis (4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 2,6-di-t-butylphenol and compounds represented by the general formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 一般式(3)中、R5は水素原子または炭素数2以上のアルキル基を表し、R6は炭素数2以上のアルキレン基を表す。R7は、炭素数2以上のアルキレン基、O原子、およびN原子のうち少なくともいずれかを含む1~4価の有機基を示す。kは1~4の整数を示す。 In the general formula (3), R5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, and R6 represents an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms. R7 represents a 1- to tetravalent organic group containing at least one of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms, an O atom, and an N atom. k represents an integer of 1 to 4.
 一般式(3)で表される化合物は、樹脂の脂肪族基やフェノール性水酸基の酸化劣化を抑制する。また、金属材料への防錆作用により、金属酸化を抑制することができる。 The compound represented by the general formula (3) suppresses oxidative deterioration of the aliphatic group and the phenolic hydroxyl group of the resin. In addition, metal oxidation can be suppressed by the rust preventive action on the metal material.
 樹脂と金属材料に同時に作用できるため、kは2~4の整数がより好ましい。R7としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルエーテル基、アルキルシリル基、アルコキシシリル基、アリール基、アリールエーテル基、カルボキシル基、カルボニル基、アリル基、ビニル基、複素環基、-O-、-NH-、-NHNH-、それらを組み合わせたものなどが挙げられ、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。この中でも、現像液への溶解性や金属密着性の点から、アルキルエーテル、-NH-を有することが好ましく、樹脂との相互作用と金属錯形成による金属密着性の点から-NH-がより好ましい。 Since it can act on the resin and the metal material at the same time, k is more preferably an integer of 2 to 4. R7 includes an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkylsilyl group, an alkoxysilyl group, an aryl group, an arylether group, a carboxyl group, a carbonyl group, an allyl group, a vinyl group, a heterocyclic group, and-. Examples thereof include O-, -NH-, -NHNH-, and combinations thereof, and may further have a substituent. Among these, it is preferable to have alkyl ether and -NH- from the viewpoint of solubility in a developing solution and metal adhesion, and -NH- is more preferable from the viewpoint of metal adhesion due to interaction with resin and metal complex formation. preferable.
 下記一般式(3)で表される化合物は、例としては以下のものが挙げられるが、下記構造に限らない。   Examples of the compound represented by the following general formula (3) include the following, but the compound is not limited to the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
 酸化防止剤の添加量は、樹脂に対し、0.1~10質量部が好ましく、0.5~5質量部がより好ましい。添加量が0.1質量部より少ない場合は、信頼性後の伸度特性や金属材料に対する密着性向上の効果が得られにくく、また10質量部より多い場合は、感光剤との相互作用により、樹脂組成物の感度低下を招く恐れがある。酸化防止剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The amount of the antioxidant added is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass with respect to the resin. If the amount added is less than 0.1 parts by mass, it is difficult to obtain the effect of improving the elongation characteristics after reliability and the adhesion to the metal material, and if it is more than 10 parts by mass, it is due to the interaction with the photosensitizer. , There is a risk of lowering the sensitivity of the resin composition. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<その他の含有物質についての制限>
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物の水分含有量は、塗布面性状の観点から、5質量%未満が好ましく、1質量%未満がより好ましく、0.6質量%未満が更に好ましい。水分の含有量を維持する方法としては、保管条件における湿度の調整、収容容器の空隙率低減などが挙げられる。
<Restrictions on other contained substances>
The water content of the curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably less than 1% by mass, and even more preferably less than 0.6% by mass from the viewpoint of coating surface properties. Examples of the method for maintaining the water content include adjusting the humidity under storage conditions and reducing the porosity of the storage container.
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物の金属含有量は、絶縁性の観点から、5質量ppm(parts per million)未満が好ましく、1質量ppm未満がより好ましく、0.5質量ppm未満が更に好ましい。金属としては、ナトリウム、カリウム、マグネシウム、カルシウム、鉄、クロム、ニッケルなどが挙げられる。金属を複数含む場合は、これらの金属の合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The metal content of the curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass ppm (parts per million), more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm, from the viewpoint of insulating properties. Examples of the metal include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, nickel and the like. When a plurality of metals are contained, the total of these metals is preferably in the above range.
 また、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物に意図せずに含まれる金属不純物を低減する方法としては、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物を構成する原料に対してフィルターろ過を行う、装置内をポリテトラフルオロエチレン等でライニングしてコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う等の方法を挙げることができる。 Further, as a method for reducing metal impurities unintentionally contained in the curable resin composition of the present invention, a raw material having a low metal content is selected as a raw material constituting the curable resin composition of the present invention. Methods such as filtering the raw materials constituting the curable resin composition of the present invention with a filter, lining the inside of the apparatus with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like, and performing distillation under conditions in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible can be mentioned. be able to.
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、半導体材料としての用途を考慮すると、ハロゲン原子の含有量が、配線腐食性の観点から、500質量ppm未満が好ましく、300質量ppm未満がより好ましく、200質量ppm未満が更に好ましい。中でも、ハロゲンイオンの状態で存在するものは、5質量ppm未満が好ましく、1質量ppm未満がより好ましく、0.5質量ppm未満が更に好ましい。ハロゲン原子としては、塩素原子及び臭素原子が挙げられる。塩素原子及び臭素原子、又は塩素イオン及び臭素イオンの合計がそれぞれ上記範囲であることが好ましい。ハロゲン原子の含有量を調節する方法としては、イオン交換処理などが好ましく挙げられる。 Considering the use as a semiconductor material, the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably has a halogen atom content of less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, and more preferably 200 mass ppm from the viewpoint of wiring corrosiveness. Less than ppm is more preferred. Among them, those existing in the state of halogen ions are preferably less than 5 mass ppm, more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm. Examples of the halogen atom include a chlorine atom and a bromine atom. It is preferable that the total of chlorine atom and bromine atom, or chlorine ion and bromine ion is in the above range, respectively. As a method for adjusting the content of halogen atoms, ion exchange treatment and the like are preferably mentioned.
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物の収容容器としては従来公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器としては、原材料や硬化性樹脂組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を6種6層の樹脂で構成された多層ボトルや、6種の樹脂を7層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては例えば特開2015-123351号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。 A conventionally known storage container can be used as the storage container for the curable resin composition of the present invention. Further, as the storage container, for the purpose of suppressing impurities from being mixed into the raw material and the curable resin composition, a multi-layer bottle having the inner wall of the container composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resin and 6 types of resin are used. It is also preferable to use a layered bottle. Examples of such a container include the container described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-123351.
<硬化性樹脂組成物の調製>
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、上記各成分を混合して調製することができる。混合方法は特に限定はなく、従来公知の方法で行うことができる。
<Preparation of curable resin composition>
The curable resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing each of the above components. The mixing method is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known method can be used.
 また、硬化性樹脂組成物中のゴミや微粒子等の異物を除去する目的で、フィルターを用いたろ過を行うことが好ましい。フィルター孔径は、1μm以下が好ましく、0.5μm以下がより好ましく、0.1μm以下が更に好ましい。一方、生産性の観点では、5μm以下が好ましく、3μm以下がより好ましく、1μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルターの材質は、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、ポリエチレン又はナイロンが好ましい。フィルターは、有機溶剤であらかじめ洗浄したものを用いてもよい。フィルターろ過工程では、複数種のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して用いてもよい。複数種のフィルターを使用する場合は、孔径又は材質が異なるフィルターを組み合わせて使用してもよい。また、各種材料を複数回ろ過してもよい。複数回ろ過する場合は、循環ろ過であってもよい。また、加圧してろ過を行ってもよい。加圧してろ過を行う場合、加圧する圧力は0.05MPa以上0.3MPa以下が好ましい。一方、生産性の観点では、0.01MPa以上1.0MPa以下が好ましく、0.03MPa以上0.9MPa以下がより好ましく、0.05MPa以上0.7MPa以下が更に好ましい。
 フィルターを用いたろ過の他、吸着材を用いた不純物の除去処理を行ってもよい。フィルターろ過と吸着材を用いた不純物除去処理とを組み合わせてもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を用いることができる。例えば、シリカゲル、ゼオライトなどの無機系吸着材、活性炭などの有機系吸着材が挙げられる。
Further, it is preferable to perform filtration using a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances such as dust and fine particles in the curable resin composition. The filter pore diameter is preferably 1 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.1 μm or less. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of productivity, 5 μm or less is preferable, 3 μm or less is more preferable, and 1 μm or less is further preferable. The filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. The filter may be one that has been pre-cleaned with an organic solvent. In the filter filtration step, a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When using a plurality of types of filters, filters having different pore diameters or materials may be used in combination. Moreover, you may filter various materials a plurality of times. When filtering a plurality of times, circulation filtration may be used. Moreover, you may pressurize and perform filtration. When pressurizing and filtering, the pressurizing pressure is preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.3 MPa or less. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of productivity, 0.01 MPa or more and 1.0 MPa or less is preferable, 0.03 MPa or more and 0.9 MPa or less is more preferable, and 0.05 MPa or more and 0.7 MPa or less is further preferable.
In addition to filtration using a filter, impurities may be removed using an adsorbent. Filter filtration and impurity removal treatment using an adsorbent may be combined. As the adsorbent, a known adsorbent can be used. Examples thereof include inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
<硬化性樹脂組成物の用途>
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は、再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いられることが好ましい。
 また、その他、半導体デバイスの絶縁膜の形成、又は、ストレスバッファ膜の形成等にも用いることができる。
<Use of curable resin composition>
The curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
In addition, it can also be used for forming an insulating film of a semiconductor device, forming a stress buffer film, and the like.
(硬化膜、積層体、半導体デバイス、及びそれらの製造方法)
 次に、硬化膜、積層体、半導体デバイス、及びそれらの製造方法について説明する。
(Cured film, laminate, semiconductor device, and manufacturing method thereof)
Next, a cured film, a laminate, a semiconductor device, and a method for manufacturing them will be described.
 本発明の硬化膜は、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物を硬化してなる。本発明の硬化膜の膜厚は、例えば、0.5μm以上とすることができ、1μm以上とすることもできる。また、上限値としては、100μm以下とすることができ、30μm以下とすることもできる。 The cured film of the present invention is obtained by curing the curable resin composition of the present invention. The film thickness of the cured film of the present invention can be, for example, 0.5 μm or more, or 1 μm or more. Further, the upper limit value can be 100 μm or less, and can be 30 μm or less.
 本発明の硬化膜を2層以上、更には、3~7層積層して積層体としてもよい。本発明の積層体は、硬化膜を2層以上有し、硬化膜の間に金属層を有する積層体であることが好ましい。また、本発明の積層体は、硬化膜を2層以上含み、上記硬化膜同士のいずれかの間に金属層を含む態様が好ましい。例えば、第一の硬化膜、金属層、第二の硬化膜の3つの層がこの順に積層された層構造を少なくとも含む積層体が好ましく挙げられる。上記第一の硬化膜及び上記第二の硬化膜は、いずれも本発明の硬化膜であり、例えば、上記第一の硬化膜及び上記第二の硬化膜のいずれもが、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物を硬化してなる膜である態様が好ましく挙げられる。上記第一の硬化膜の形成に用いられる本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物と、上記第二の硬化膜の形成に用いられる本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物とは、組成が同一の組成物であってもよいし、組成が異なる組成物であってもよいが、製造適性上の観点からは、組成が同一の組成物であることが好ましい。このような金属層は、再配線層などの金属配線として好ましく用いられる。 The cured film of the present invention may be laminated in two or more layers, and further in three to seven layers to form a laminated body. The laminate of the present invention is preferably a laminate having two or more cured films and a metal layer between the cured films. Further, it is preferable that the laminate of the present invention contains two or more cured films and includes a metal layer between any of the cured films. For example, a laminate containing at least a layer structure in which three layers of a first cured film, a metal layer, and a second cured film are laminated in this order is preferable. The first cured film and the second cured film are both cured films of the present invention. For example, both the first cured film and the second cured film are curable of the present invention. A preferred embodiment is a film obtained by curing the resin composition. The curable resin composition of the present invention used for forming the first cured film and the curable resin composition of the present invention used for forming the second cured film have the same composition. The compositions may be present or have different compositions, but from the viewpoint of production suitability, the compositions having the same composition are preferable. Such a metal layer is preferably used as a metal wiring such as a rewiring layer.
 本発明の硬化膜の適用可能な分野としては、半導体デバイスの絶縁膜、再配線層用層間絶縁膜、ストレスバッファ膜などが挙げられる。そのほか、封止フィルム、基板材料(フレキシブルプリント基板のベースフィルムやカバーレイ、層間絶縁膜)、又は上記のような実装用途の絶縁膜をエッチングでパターン形成することなどが挙げられる。これらの用途については、例えば、サイエンス&テクノロジー株式会社「ポリイミドの高機能化と応用技術」2008年4月、柿本雅明/監修、CMCテクニカルライブラリー「ポリイミド材料の基礎と開発」2011年11月発行、日本ポリイミド・芳香族系高分子研究会/編「最新ポリイミド 基礎と応用」エヌ・ティー・エス,2010年8月等を参照することができる。 Examples of applicable fields of the cured film of the present invention include an insulating film for a semiconductor device, an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer, a stress buffer film, and the like. Other examples include forming a pattern by etching on a sealing film, a substrate material (base film or coverlay of a flexible printed circuit board, an interlayer insulating film), or an insulating film for mounting purposes as described above. For these applications, for example, Science & Technology Co., Ltd. "High-performance and applied technology of polyimide" April 2008, Masaaki Kakimoto / supervision, CMC technical library "Basics and development of polyimide materials" published in November 2011 , Japan Polyimide / Aromatic Polymer Study Group / ed., "Latest Polyimide Basics and Applications" NTS, August 2010, etc. can be referred to.
 また、本発明における硬化膜は、オフセット版面又はスクリーン版面などの版面の製造、成形部品のエッチングへの使用、エレクトロニクス、特に、マイクロエレクトロニクスにおける保護ラッカー及び誘電層の製造などにも用いることもできる。 The cured film in the present invention can also be used for manufacturing plate surfaces such as offset plate surfaces or screen plate surfaces, for etching molded parts, and for manufacturing protective lacquers and dielectric layers in electronics, especially in microelectronics.
 本発明の硬化膜の製造方法(以下、単に「本発明の製造方法」ともいう。)は、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物を基材に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程を含むことが好ましい。
 更に、本発明の硬化膜の製造方法は、上記膜形成工程を含み、かつ、上記膜を露光する露光工程及び上記膜を現像する(上記膜に対して現像処理を行う)現像工程を更に含むことがより好ましい。
 更に、本発明の硬化膜の製造方法は、上記膜形成工程(及び、必要に応じて上記現像工程)を含み、かつ、上記膜を50~450℃で加熱する加熱工程を更に含むことがより好ましい。
 具体的には、以下の(a)~(d)の工程を含むことも好ましい。
(a)硬化性樹脂組成物を基材に適用して膜(硬化性樹脂組成物層)を形成する膜形成工程
(b)膜形成工程の後、膜を露光する露光工程
(c)露光された上記膜に対して現像処理を行う現像工程
(d)現像された上記膜を50~450℃で加熱する加熱工程
 上記加熱工程において加熱することにより、現像後の硬化性樹脂組成物層を更に硬化させることができる。この加熱工程で、例えば上述の熱塩基発生剤が分解し、十分な硬化性が得られる。
The method for producing a cured film of the present invention (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "the method for producing the present invention") includes a film forming step of applying the curable resin composition of the present invention to a substrate to form a film. Is preferable.
Further, the method for producing a cured film of the present invention further includes the film forming step, and further includes an exposure step for exposing the film and a developing step for developing the film (developing the film). Is more preferable.
Further, the method for producing a cured film of the present invention includes the film forming step (and the developing step if necessary), and further includes a heating step of heating the film at 50 to 450 ° C. preferable.
Specifically, it is also preferable to include the following steps (a) to (d).
(A) Film forming step of applying the curable resin composition to a substrate to form a film (curable resin composition layer) (b) Exposure step of exposing the film after the film forming step (c) Exposure Development step of developing the developed film (d) Heating step of heating the developed film at 50 to 450 ° C. By heating in the heating step, the curable resin composition layer after development is further added. Can be cured. In this heating step, for example, the above-mentioned thermal base generator is decomposed to obtain sufficient curability.
 本発明の好ましい実施形態に係る積層体の製造方法は、本発明の硬化膜の製造方法を含む。本実施形態の積層体の製造方法は、上記の硬化膜の製造方法に従って、硬化膜を形成後、更に、再度、(a)の工程、又は(a)~(c)の工程、又は(a)~(d)の工程を行う。特に、上記各工程を順に、複数回、例えば、2~5回(すなわち、合計で3~6回)行うことが好ましい。このように硬化膜を積層することにより、積層体とすることができる。本発明では特に硬化膜を設けた部分の上又は硬化膜の間、又はその両者に金属層を設けることが好ましい。なお、積層体の製造においては、(a)~(d)の工程をすべて繰り返す必要はなく、上記のとおり、少なくとも(a)、好ましくは(a)~(c)又は(a)~(d)の工程を複数回行うことで硬化膜の積層体を得ることができる。 The method for producing a laminate according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention includes the method for producing a cured film of the present invention. The method for producing the laminated body of the present embodiment is the step (a), the steps (a) to (c), or (a) after forming the cured film according to the above-mentioned method for producing the cured film. )-(D). In particular, it is preferable to carry out each of the above steps a plurality of times, for example, 2 to 5 times (that is, 3 to 6 times in total) in order. By laminating the cured film in this way, a laminated body can be obtained. In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to provide a metal layer on the portion provided with the cured film, between the cured films, or both. In the production of the laminate, it is not necessary to repeat all the steps (a) to (d), and as described above, at least (a), preferably (a) to (c) or (a) to (d). ) Can be performed a plurality of times to obtain a laminated body of the cured film.
<膜形成工程(層形成工程)>
 本発明の好ましい実施形態に係る製造方法は、硬化性樹脂組成物を基材に適用して膜(層状)にする、膜形成工程(層形成工程)を含む。
<Film formation process (layer formation process)>
The production method according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention includes a film forming step (layer forming step) in which the curable resin composition is applied to a substrate to form a film (layered).
 基材の種類は、用途に応じて適宜定めることができるが、シリコン、窒化シリコン、ポリシリコン、酸化シリコン、アモルファスシリコンなどの半導体作製基材、石英、ガラス、光学フィルム、セラミック材料、蒸着膜、磁性膜、反射膜、Ni、Cu、Cr、Feなどの金属基材、紙、SOG(Spin On Glass)、TFT(薄膜トランジスタ)アレイ基材、プラズマディスプレイパネル(PDP)の電極板など特に制約されない。
また、これらの基材には表面に密着層や酸化層などの層が設けられていてもよい。本発明では、特に、半導体作製基材が好ましく、シリコン基材、Cu基材およびモールド基材がより好ましい。
 また、基材としては、例えば板状の基材(基板)が用いられる。
 基材の形状は特に限定されず、円形状であっても矩形状であってもよいが、矩形状であることが好ましい。
 これらの基材にはヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)等による密着層や酸化層などの層が表面に設けられていてもよい。
 基材のサイズとしては、円形状であれば、例えば直径が100~450mmであり、好ましくは200~450mmである。矩形状であれば、例えば短辺の長さが100~1000mmであり、好ましくは200~700mmである。
The type of base material can be appropriately determined depending on the application, but semiconductor-made base materials such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical film, ceramic material, and thin-film film. There are no particular restrictions on magnetic film, reflective film, metal substrate such as Ni, Cu, Cr, Fe, paper, SOG (Spin On Glass), TFT (thin film transistor) array substrate, plasma display panel (PDP) electrode plate, and the like.
Further, these base materials may be provided with a layer such as an adhesion layer or an oxide layer on the surface thereof. In the present invention, a semiconductor-made base material is particularly preferable, and a silicon base material, a Cu base material, and a molded base material are more preferable.
Further, as the base material, for example, a plate-shaped base material (board) is used.
The shape of the base material is not particularly limited, and may be circular or rectangular, but is preferably rectangular.
These substrates may be provided with a layer such as an adhesion layer or an oxide layer made of hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) or the like on the surface.
The size of the base material is, for example, 100 to 450 mm in diameter, preferably 200 to 450 mm in a circular shape. If it is rectangular, for example, the length of the short side is 100 to 1000 mm, preferably 200 to 700 mm.
 また、硬化性樹脂組成物層等の樹脂層の表面や金属層の表面に硬化性樹脂組成物層を形成する場合は、樹脂層や金属層が基材となる。 Further, when the curable resin composition layer is formed on the surface of the resin layer such as the curable resin composition layer or the surface of the metal layer, the resin layer or the metal layer serves as a base material.
 硬化性樹脂組成物を基材に適用する手段としては、塗布が好ましい。 Coating is preferable as a means for applying the curable resin composition to the base material.
 具体的には、適用する手段としては、ディップコート法、エアーナイフコート法、カーテンコート法、ワイヤーバーコート法、グラビアコート法、エクストルージョンコート法、スプレーコート法、スピンコート法、スリットコート法、及びインクジェット法などが例示される。硬化性樹脂組成物層の厚さの均一性の観点から、より好ましくはスピンコート法、スリットコート法、スプレーコート法、インクジェット法である。方法に応じて適切な固形分濃度や塗布条件を調整することで、所望の厚さの樹脂層を得ることができる。
また、基材の形状によっても塗布方法を適宜選択でき、ウェハ等の円形基材であればスピンコート法やスプレーコート法、インクジェット法等が好ましく、矩形基材であればスリットコート法やスプレーコート法、インクジェット法等が好ましい。スピンコート法の場合は、例えば、500~2,000rpm(revolutions per minute)の回転数で、10秒~1分程度適用することができる。樹脂組成物の粘度や設定する膜厚によっては、300~3,500rpmの回転数で、10~180秒適用することも好ましい。また膜厚の均一性を得るために、複数の回転数を組み合わせて塗布することもできる。
 また、あらかじめ仮支持体上に上記付与方法によって付与して形成した塗膜を、基材上に転写する方法を適用することもできる。
 転写方法に関しては特開2006-023696号公報の段落0023、0036~0051や、特開2006-047592号公報の段落0096~0108に記載の作製方法を本発明においても好適に用いることができる。
 また、基材の端部において余分な膜の除去を行なう工程を行なってもよい。このような工程の例には、エッジビードリンス(EBR)、エアナイフ、バックリンスなどが挙げられる。樹脂組成物を基材に塗布する前に基材を種々の溶剤を塗布し、基材の濡れ性を向上させた後に樹脂組成物を塗布するプリウェット工程を採用しても良い。
Specifically, the means to be applied include a dip coating method, an air knife coating method, a curtain coating method, a wire bar coating method, a gravure coating method, an extrusion coating method, a spray coating method, a spin coating method, and a slit coating method. And the inkjet method and the like are exemplified. From the viewpoint of the uniformity of the thickness of the curable resin composition layer, a spin coating method, a slit coating method, a spray coating method, and an inkjet method are more preferable. A resin layer having a desired thickness can be obtained by adjusting an appropriate solid content concentration and coating conditions according to the method.
In addition, the coating method can be appropriately selected depending on the shape of the substrate. For circular substrates such as wafers, the spin coating method, spray coating method, inkjet method, etc. are preferable, and for rectangular substrates, the slit coating method or spray coating method is preferable. The method, the inkjet method and the like are preferable. In the case of the spin coating method, for example, it can be applied at a rotation speed of 500 to 2,000 rpm (revolutions per minute) for about 10 seconds to 1 minute. Depending on the viscosity of the resin composition and the film thickness to be set, it is also preferable to apply the resin composition at a rotation speed of 300 to 3,500 rpm for 10 to 180 seconds. Further, in order to obtain the uniformity of the film thickness, a plurality of rotation speeds can be combined and applied.
Further, it is also possible to apply a method of transferring a coating film previously formed on a temporary support by the above-mentioned application method onto a substrate.
Regarding the transfer method, the production method described in paragraphs 0023, 0036 to 0051 of JP-A-2006-023696 and paragraphs 096 to 0108 of JP-A-2006-047592 can be preferably used in the present invention.
Further, a step of removing the excess film at the edge of the base material may be performed. Examples of such a process include edge bead rinse (EBR), air knife, back rinse and the like. A pre-wetting step of applying various solvents to the base material before applying the resin composition to the base material to improve the wettability of the base material and then applying the resin composition may be adopted.
<乾燥工程>
 本発明の製造方法は、上記膜(硬化性樹脂組成物層)を形成後、膜形成工程(層形成工程)の後に、溶剤を除去するために乾燥する工程を含んでいてもよい。好ましい乾燥温度は50~150℃で、70℃~130℃がより好ましく、90℃~110℃が更に好ましい。乾燥時間としては、30秒~20分が例示され、1分~10分が好ましく、3分~7分がより好ましい。
<Drying process>
The production method of the present invention may include a step of forming the film (curable resin composition layer), followed by a film forming step (layer forming step), and then drying to remove the solvent. The preferred drying temperature is 50 to 150 ° C., more preferably 70 ° C. to 130 ° C., still more preferably 90 ° C. to 110 ° C. The drying time is exemplified by 30 seconds to 20 minutes, preferably 1 minute to 10 minutes, and more preferably 3 minutes to 7 minutes.
<露光工程>
 本発明の製造方法は、上記膜(硬化性樹脂組成物層)を露光する露光工程を含んでもよい。露光量は、硬化性樹脂組成物を硬化できる限り特に定めるものではないが、例えば、波長365nmでの露光エネルギー換算で100~10,000mJ/cm照射することが好ましく、200~8,000mJ/cm照射することがより好ましい。
<Exposure process>
The production method of the present invention may include an exposure step of exposing the film (curable resin composition layer). The exposure amount is not particularly determined as long as the curable resin composition can be cured, but for example, it is preferable to irradiate 100 to 10,000 mJ / cm 2 in terms of exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm, and 200 to 8,000 mJ /. It is more preferable to irradiate with cm 2.
 露光波長は、190~1,000nmの範囲で適宜定めることができ、240~550nmが好ましい。 The exposure wavelength can be appropriately determined in the range of 190 to 1,000 nm, preferably 240 to 550 nm.
 露光波長は、光源との関係でいうと、(1)半導体レーザー(波長 830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm etc.)、(2)メタルハライドランプ、(3)高圧水銀灯、g線(波長 436nm)、h線(波長 405nm)、i線(波長 365nm)、ブロード(g,h,i線の3波長)、(4)エキシマレーザー、KrFエキシマレーザー(波長 248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(波長 193nm)、F2エキシマレーザー(波長 157nm)、(5)極端紫外線;EUV(波長 13.6nm)、(6)電子線、(7)YAGレーザーの第二高調波532nm、第三高調波355nm等が挙げられる。本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物については、特に高圧水銀灯による露光が好ましく、中でも、i線による露光が好ましい。これにより、特に高い露光感度が得られうる。取り扱いと生産性の観点では、高圧水銀灯のブロード(g,h,i線の3波長)光源や半導体レーザー405nmも好適である。 In relation to the light source, the exposure wavelengths are (1) semiconductor laser (wavelength 830 nm, 532 nm, 488 nm, 405 nm, etc.), (2) metal halide lamp, (3) high-pressure mercury lamp, g-ray (wavelength 436 nm), h. Line (wavelength 405 nm), i-line (wavelength 365 nm), broad (3 wavelengths of g, h, i-line), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248 nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193 nm), F2 excimer Examples thereof include a laser (wavelength 157 nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet rays; EUV (wavelength 13.6 nm), (6) electron beam, and (7) YAG laser second harmonic 532 nm and third harmonic 355 nm. The curable resin composition of the present invention is particularly preferably exposed to a high-pressure mercury lamp, and above all, to be exposed to i-rays. As a result, particularly high exposure sensitivity can be obtained. From the viewpoint of handling and productivity, a broad (three wavelengths of g, h, and i rays) light source of a high-pressure mercury lamp and a semiconductor laser of 405 nm are also suitable.
<現像工程>
 本発明の製造方法は、露光された膜(硬化性樹脂組成物層)に対して、現像処理を行う現像工程を含んでもよい。現像を行うことにより、露光されていない部分(非露光部)が除去される。現像方法は、所望のパターンを形成できれば特に制限は無く、例えばノズルからの現像液の吐出、スプレー噴霧、基材の現像液浸漬などが挙げられ、ノズルからの吐出が好ましく利用される。現像工程には、現像液が連続的に基材に供給され続ける工程、基材上で現像液が略静止状態で保たれる工程、現像液を超音波等で振動させる工程およびそれらを組み合わせた工程などが採用可能である。
<Development process>
The production method of the present invention may include a developing step of performing a developing process on the exposed film (curable resin composition layer). By developing, the unexposed portion (non-exposed portion) is removed. The developing method is not particularly limited as long as a desired pattern can be formed, and examples thereof include ejection of a developing solution from a nozzle, spray spraying, immersion of a developing solution in a base material, and the like, and ejection from a nozzle is preferably used. The developing process includes a process in which the developing solution is continuously supplied to the base material, a step in which the developing solution is kept in a substantially stationary state on the base material, a step in which the developing solution is vibrated by ultrasonic waves or the like, and a combination thereof. Processes can be adopted.
 現像は現像液を用いて行う。現像液は、硬化性樹脂組成物がネガ型の硬化性樹脂組成物であれば硬化性樹脂組成物層の露光されていない部分(非露光部)が除去されるものを、本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物がポジ型の硬化性樹脂組成物であれば露光された部分(露光部)が除去されるものを、特に制限なく使用できる。
 本発明において、現像液としてアルカリ現像液を用いる場合をアルカリ現像、現像液として有機溶剤を50質量%以上含む現像液を用いる場合を溶剤現像という。
Development is carried out using a developing solution. If the curable resin composition is a negative type curable resin composition, the developing solution is such that the unexposed portion (non-exposed portion) of the curable resin composition layer is removed, which is the curability of the present invention. If the resin composition is a positive curable resin composition, those from which the exposed portion (exposed portion) is removed can be used without particular limitation.
In the present invention, the case where an alkaline developer is used as the developer is called alkaline development, and the case where a developer containing 50% by mass or more of an organic solvent is used as the developer is called solvent development.
 アルカリ現像において、現像液は、有機溶剤の含有量が現像液の全質量に対して10質量%以下であることが好ましく、5質量%以下であることがより好ましく、1質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、有機溶剤を含まないことが特に好ましい。
 アルカリ現像における現像液は、pHが9~14である水溶液がより好ましい。
 アルカリ現像における現像液に含まれるアルカリ化合物としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸水素カリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、ケイ酸カリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸カリウム、アンモニア又はアミンなどが挙げられる。アミンとしては、例えば、エチルアミン、n-プロピルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジ-n-プロピルアミン、トリエチルアミン、メチルジエチルアミン、アルカノールアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、四級アンモニウム水酸化物、水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム(TMAH)又は水酸化テトラエチルアンモニウム、水酸化テトラブチルアンモニウムなどが挙げられる。なかでも金属を含まないアルカリ化合物が好ましく、アンモニウム化合物がより好ましい。
 アルカリ化合物は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。現像液における塩基性化合物の含有量は、例えばTMAHを用いる場合、現像液全質量中0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.1~5質量%がより好ましく、0.3~3質量%が更に好ましい。
In alkaline development, the content of the organic solvent in the developing solution is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and 1% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the developing solution. Is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that the organic solvent is not contained.
The developing solution in alkaline development is more preferably an aqueous solution having a pH of 9 to 14.
Examples of the alkaline compound contained in the developing solution in alkaline development include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and metasilicate. Examples include potassium silicate, ammonia or amine. Examples of amines include ethylamine, n-propylamine, diethylamine, di-n-propylamine, triethylamine, methyldiethylamine, alkanolamine, dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, quaternary ammonium hydroxide, and tetramethylammonium hydroxide. (TMAH), tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide and the like can be mentioned. Of these, an alkaline compound containing no metal is preferable, and an ammonium compound is more preferable.
The alkaline compound may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When TMAH is used, for example, the content of the basic compound in the developing solution is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, and 0.3 to 3% by mass in the total mass of the developing solution. Is more preferable.
 溶剤現像において、現像液は、有機溶剤を90%以上含むことがより好ましい。本発明では、現像液は、ClogP値が-1~5の有機溶剤を含むことが好ましく、ClogP値が0~3の有機溶剤を含むことがより好ましい。ClogP値は、ChemBioDrawにて構造式を入力して計算値として求めることができる。 In solvent development, it is more preferable that the developer contains 90% or more of an organic solvent. In the present invention, the developer preferably contains an organic solvent having a ClogP value of -1 to 5, and more preferably contains an organic solvent having a ClogP value of 0 to 3. The ClogP value can be obtained as a calculated value by inputting a structural formula in ChemBioDraw.
 有機溶剤は、エステル類として、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-ブチル、ギ酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソブチル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、ε-カプロラクトン、δ-バレロラクトン、アルキルオキシ酢酸アルキル(例:アルキルオキシ酢酸メチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸エチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸ブチル(例えば、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル等))、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例:3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル等(例えば、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等))、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例:2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸プロピル等(例えば、2-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル))、2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル及び2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル(例えば、2-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル等)、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸メチル、2-オキソブタン酸エチル等、並びに、エーテル類として、例えば、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート等、並びに、ケトン類として、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン等、並びに、芳香族炭化水素類として、例えば、トルエン、キシレン、アニソール、リモネン等、スルホキシド類としてジメチルスルホキシドが好適に挙げられる。 Examples of the organic solvent include ethyl acetate, -n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, and γ-butyrolactone. , Ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkylalkyloxyacetate (eg, methyl alkyloxyacetate, ethyl alkyloxyacetate, butyl alkyloxyacetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, Ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)), 3-alkyloxypropionate alkyl esters (eg, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, etc.), etc. (eg, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropionate, etc.) Ethyl, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)), 2-alkyloxypropionate alkyl esters (eg, methyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, 2-alkyl) Propyl oxypropionate and the like (eg, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), 2-alkyloxy- Methyl 2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate (eg, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, pyruvin Ethyl acetate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutate, ethyl 2-oxobutate, etc., and as ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl Ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc. , Ke As tons, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, etc., and as aromatic hydrocarbons, for example, toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene, etc. , Dimethyl sulfoxide is preferably mentioned as the sulfoxides.
 本発明では、特にシクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトンが好ましく、シクロペンタノンがより好ましい。現像液が有機溶剤を含む場合、有機溶剤は1種又は、2種以上を混合して使用することもできる。
 現像液は、他の成分を更に含んでもよい。他の成分としては、例えば、公知の界面活性剤や公知の消泡剤等が挙げられる。
In the present invention, cyclopentanone and γ-butyrolactone are particularly preferable, and cyclopentanone is more preferable. When the developing solution contains an organic solvent, one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds of organic solvents can be used.
The developer may further contain other components. Examples of other components include known surfactants and known defoamers.
〔現像液の供給方法〕
 現像液の供給方法は、所望のパターンを形成できれば特に制限は無く、基材を現像液に浸漬する方法、基材上にノズルを用いて現像液を供給しパドル現像、または、現像液を連続供給する方法がある。ノズルの種類は特に制限は無く、ストレートノズル、シャワーノズル、スプレーノズル等が挙げられる。
 現像液の浸透性、非画像部の除去性、製造上の効率の観点から、現像液をストレートノズルで供給する方法、又はスプレーノズルにて連続供給する方法が好ましく、画像部への現像液の浸透性の観点からは、スプレーノズルで供給する方法がより好ましい。
 また、現像液をストレートノズルにて連続供給後、基材をスピンし現像液を基材上から除去し、スピン乾燥後に再度ストレートノズルにて連続供給後、基材をスピンし現像液を基材上から除去する工程を採用してもよく、この工程を複数回繰り返しても良い。
 また現像工程における現像液の供給方法としては、現像液が連続的に基材に供給され続ける工程、基材上で現像液が略静止状態で保たれる工程、基材上で現像液を超音波等で振動させる工程及びそれらを組み合わせた工程などが採用可能である。
[Method of supplying developer]
The method of supplying the developer is not particularly limited as long as a desired pattern can be formed, and the method of immersing the base material in the developer, the method of supplying the developer on the base material using a nozzle, paddle development, or continuous development. There is a way to supply. The type of nozzle is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a straight nozzle, a shower nozzle, and a spray nozzle.
From the viewpoint of the permeability of the developer, the removability of the non-image area, and the manufacturing efficiency, the method of supplying the developer with a straight nozzle or the method of continuously supplying the developer with a spray nozzle is preferable, and the developer is supplied to the image area. From the viewpoint of permeability, the method of supplying with a spray nozzle is more preferable.
Further, after the developing solution is continuously supplied by the straight nozzle, the base material is spun to remove the developing solution from the base material, and after spin drying, the developing solution is continuously supplied by the straight nozzle again, and then the base material is spun to use the developing solution as the base material. A step of removing from the top may be adopted, and this step may be repeated a plurality of times.
Further, as a method of supplying the developer in the developing process, a step in which the developer is continuously supplied to the base material, a step in which the developer is kept in a substantially stationary state on the base material, and a step in which the developer is superposed on the base material. A process of vibrating with a sound wave or the like and a process of combining them can be adopted.
 現像液は、50質量%以上が有機溶剤であることが好ましく、70質量%以上が有機溶剤であることがより好ましく、90質量%以上が有機溶剤であることが更に好ましい。また、現像液は、100質量%が有機溶剤であってもよい。 The developer preferably has 50% by mass or more of an organic solvent, more preferably 70% by mass or more of an organic solvent, and further preferably 90% by mass or more of an organic solvent. Further, the developing solution may be 100% by mass of an organic solvent.
 現像時間としては、5秒~10分間が好ましく、10秒~5分がより好ましい。現像時の現像液の温度は、特に定めるものではないが、通常、10~45℃、好ましくは、20~40℃で行うことができる。 The development time is preferably 5 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the developing solution at the time of development is not particularly specified, but it can be usually 10 to 45 ° C, preferably 20 to 40 ° C.
 現像液を用いた処理の後、更に、リンスを行ってもよい。また、パターン上に接する現像液が乾燥しきらないうちにリンス液を供給するなどの方法を採用しても良い。
 溶剤現像の場合、リンスは、現像液とは異なる有機溶剤を用いて行うことが好ましい。
溶剤現像の場合のリンス液としては、PGMEA(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート)、IPA(イソプロパノール)などが挙げられ、好ましくはPGMEAである。
 アルカリ現像の場合、リンスは、純水を用いて行うことが好ましい。
 リンス時間は、10秒~10分間が好ましく、20秒~5分間がより好ましく、5秒~1分が更に好ましい。リンス時のリンス液の温度は、特に定めるものではないが、好ましくは、10~45℃、より好ましくは、18℃~30℃で行うことができる。
After the treatment with the developing solution, further rinsing may be performed. Further, a method such as supplying a rinse liquid before the developer in contact with the pattern is completely dried may be adopted.
In the case of solvent development, rinsing is preferably performed using an organic solvent different from the developing solution.
Examples of the rinsing liquid in the case of solvent development include PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate), IPA (isopropanol) and the like, and PGMEA is preferable.
In the case of alkaline development, rinsing is preferably performed using pure water.
The rinsing time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes, and even more preferably 5 seconds to 1 minute. The temperature of the rinsing liquid at the time of rinsing is not particularly specified, but can be preferably 10 to 45 ° C, more preferably 18 ° C to 30 ° C.
 リンス液が有機溶剤を含む場合の有機溶剤としては、エステル類として、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-ブチル、ギ酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソブチル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、ε-カプロラクトン、δ-バレロラクトン、アルキルオキシ酢酸アルキル(例:アルキルオキシ酢酸メチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸エチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸ブチル(例えば、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル等))、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例:3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル等(例えば、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等))、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例:2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸プロピル等(例えば、2-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル))、2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル及び2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル(例えば、2-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル等)、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸メチル、2-オキソブタン酸エチル等、並びに、エーテル類として、例えば、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート等、並びに、ケトン類として、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン等、並びに、芳香族炭化水素類として、例えば、トルエン、キシレン、アニソール、リモネン等、スルホキシド類としてジメチルスルホキシド、並びに、アルコール類として、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、ブタノール、ペンタノール、オクタノール、ジエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、メチルイソブチルカルビノール、トリエチレングリコール等、並びに、アミド類として、N-メチルピロリドン、N-エチルピロリドン、ジメチルホルムアミド等が好適に挙げられる。 Examples of the organic solvent when the rinsing solution contains an organic solvent include ethyl acetate, -n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, and butyl butyrate. , Methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkyloxyacetate (eg, methyl alkyloxyacetate, ethyl alkyloxyacetate, butyl alkyloxyacetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, methoxyacetic acid) Ethyl, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)), alkyl esters of 3-alkyloxypropionate (eg, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, etc.), etc. Methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)), 2-alkyloxypropionate alkyl esters (eg, methyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, 2) -Ethyl alkyloxypropionate, propyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, etc. (eg, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, 2-ethoxypropion) Ethyl propionate)), methyl 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate (eg, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate) Ethyl acid acid, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutate, ethyl 2-oxobutate, etc., and as ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran , Ethyl glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), Propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propionate Lopyrene glycol monopropyl ether acetate and the like, and as ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and the like, and as aromatic hydrocarbons. For example, toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene, etc., dimethyl sulfoxide as sulfoxides, and methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, pentanol, octanol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methylisobutylcarbinol, triethylene as alcohols. Preferred examples of glycols and the like and amides include N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide and the like.
 リンス液が有機溶剤を含む場合、有機溶剤は1種又は、2種以上を混合して使用することができる。本発明では特にシクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、ジメチルスルホキシド、N-メチルピロリドン、シクロヘキサノン、PGMEA、PGMEが好ましく、シクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、ジメチルスルホキシド、PGMEA、PGMEがより好ましく、シクロヘキサノン、PGMEAがさらに好ましい。 When the rinsing liquid contains an organic solvent, one type or a mixture of two or more types of organic solvent can be used. In the present invention, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, cyclohexanone, PGMEA and PGME are particularly preferable, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, PGMEA and PGME are more preferable, and cyclohexanone and PGMEA are more preferable. More preferred.
 リンス液が有機溶剤を含む場合、リンス液は、50質量%以上が有機溶剤であることが好ましく、70質量%以上が有機溶剤であることがより好ましく、90質量%以上が有機溶剤であることが更に好ましい。また、リンス液は、100質量%が有機溶剤であってもよい。 When the rinsing liquid contains an organic solvent, 50% by mass or more of the rinsing liquid is preferably an organic solvent, 70% by mass or more is more preferably an organic solvent, and 90% by mass or more is an organic solvent. Is more preferable. Further, the rinse liquid may be 100% by mass of an organic solvent.
 リンス液は、他の成分を更に含んでもよい。
 他の成分としては、例えば、公知の界面活性剤や公知の消泡剤等が挙げられる。
The rinse solution may further contain other components.
Examples of other components include known surfactants and known defoamers.
〔リンス液の供給方法〕
 リンス液の供給方法は、所望のパターンを形成できれば特に制限は無く、基材をリンス液に浸漬する方法、基材上でのパドル現像、基材にリンス液をシャワーで供給する方法、基材上にストレートノズル等の手段により現像液を連続供給する方法がある。
 リンス液の浸透性、非画像部の除去性、製造上の効率の観点から、リンス液をシャワーノズル、ストレートノズル、スプレーノズルなどで供給する方法があり、スプレーノズルにて連続供給する方法が好ましく、画像部へのリンス液の浸透性の観点からは、スプレーノズルで供給する方法がより好ましい。ノズルの種類は特に制限は無く、ストレートノズル、シャワーノズル、スプレーノズル等が挙げられる。
 すなわち、リンス工程は、リンス液を上記露光後の膜に対してストレートノズルにより供給、又は、連続供給する工程であることが好ましく、リンス液をスプレーノズルにより供給する工程であることがより好ましい。
 またリンス工程におけるリンス液の供給方法としては、リンス液が連続的に基材に供給され続ける工程、基材上でリンス液が略静止状態で保たれる工程、基材上でリンス液を超音波等で振動させる工程及びそれらを組み合わせた工程などが採用可能である。
[Supplying method of rinse liquid]
The method of supplying the rinse liquid is not particularly limited as long as a desired pattern can be formed, and the method of immersing the base material in the rinse liquid, the paddle development on the base material, the method of supplying the rinse liquid to the base material by a shower, and the base material. There is a method of continuously supplying the developing solution by means such as a straight nozzle on the top.
From the viewpoint of the permeability of the rinse liquid, the removability of non-image areas, and the efficiency of manufacturing, there is a method of supplying the rinse liquid with a shower nozzle, a straight nozzle, a spray nozzle, etc., and a method of continuously supplying the rinse liquid with a spray nozzle is preferable. From the viewpoint of the permeability of the rinse liquid into the image portion, the method of supplying the rinse liquid with a spray nozzle is more preferable. The type of nozzle is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a straight nozzle, a shower nozzle, and a spray nozzle.
That is, the rinsing step is preferably a step of supplying the rinsing liquid to the exposed film by a straight nozzle or continuously, and more preferably a step of supplying the rinsing liquid by a spray nozzle.
Further, as a method of supplying the rinse liquid in the rinsing step, a step of continuously supplying the rinse liquid to the base material, a step of keeping the rinse liquid in a substantially stationary state on the base material, and a step of superimposing the rinse liquid on the base material. A process of vibrating with a sound conditioner or the like and a process of combining them can be adopted.
<加熱工程>
 本発明の製造方法は、現像された上記膜を50~450℃で加熱する工程(加熱工程)を含むことが好ましい。
 加熱工程は、膜形成工程(層形成工程)、乾燥工程、及び現像工程の後に含まれることが好ましい。
 本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物は特定樹脂以外の重合性化合物を含むが、特定樹脂以外の未反応の重合性化合物の硬化反応、特定樹脂における未反応の重合性基の硬化反応などをこの工程で進行させることができる。
 また、特定樹脂がポリイミド前駆体であり、かつ、硬化性樹脂組成物が熱塩基発生剤を含む場合、加熱工程では、例えば熱塩基発生剤が分解することにより塩基が発生し、ポリイミド前駆体の環化反応が進行する。
 加熱工程における層の加熱温度(最高加熱温度)としては、50℃以上であることが好ましく、80℃以上であることがより好ましく、140℃以上であることが更に好ましく、150℃以上であることが特に好ましく、160℃以上であることが一層好ましく、170℃以上であることが最も好ましい。上限としては、450℃以下であることが好ましく、350℃以下であることがより好ましく、250℃以下であることが更に好ましく、220℃以下であることが特に好ましい。
<Heating process>
The production method of the present invention preferably includes a step (heating step) of heating the developed film at 50 to 450 ° C.
The heating step is preferably included after the film forming step (layer forming step), the drying step, and the developing step.
The curable resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound other than the specific resin, and this step includes a curing reaction of an unreacted polymerizable compound other than the specific resin, a curing reaction of an unreacted polymerizable group in the specific resin, and the like. Can be advanced with.
Further, when the specific resin is a polyimide precursor and the curable resin composition contains a thermobase generator, in the heating step, for example, a base is generated by decomposition of the thermobase generator, and the polyimide precursor The cyclization reaction proceeds.
The heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) of the layer in the heating step is preferably 50 ° C. or higher, more preferably 80 ° C. or higher, further preferably 140 ° C. or higher, and 150 ° C. or higher. Is particularly preferable, 160 ° C. or higher is more preferable, and 170 ° C. or higher is most preferable. The upper limit is preferably 450 ° C. or lower, more preferably 350 ° C. or lower, further preferably 250 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 220 ° C. or lower.
 加熱は、加熱開始時の温度から最高加熱温度まで1~12℃/分の昇温速度で行うことが好ましく、2~10℃/分がより好ましく、3~10℃/分が更に好ましい。昇温速度を1℃/分以上とすることにより、生産性を確保しつつ、アミンの過剰な揮発を防止することができ、昇温速度を12℃/分以下とすることにより、硬化膜の残存応力を緩和することができる。なお、急速加熱可能なオーブンの場合は、加熱開始時の温度から最高加熱温度まで1~8℃/秒の昇温速度で行うことが好ましく、2~7℃/秒がより好ましく、3~6℃/秒が更に好ましい。 The heating is preferably performed at a heating rate of 1 to 12 ° C./min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 10 ° C./min, and even more preferably 3 to 10 ° C./min. By setting the temperature rise rate to 1 ° C./min or more, it is possible to prevent excessive volatilization of amine while ensuring productivity, and by setting the temperature rise rate to 12 ° C./min or less, the cured film can be prevented. Residual stress can be relaxed. In the case of an oven capable of rapid heating, it is preferable to carry out the heating from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature at a heating rate of 1 to 8 ° C./sec, more preferably 2 to 7 ° C./sec, and 3 to 6 ° C. ℃ / sec is more preferable.
 加熱開始時の温度は、20℃~150℃が好ましく、20℃~130℃がより好ましく、25℃~120℃が更に好ましい。加熱開始時の温度は、最高加熱温度まで加熱する工程を開始する際の温度のことをいう。例えば、硬化性樹脂組成物を基材の上に適用した後、乾燥させる場合、この乾燥後の膜(層)の温度であり、例えば、硬化性樹脂組成物に含まれる溶剤の沸点よりも、30~200℃低い温度から徐々に昇温させることが好ましい。 The temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20 ° C. to 150 ° C., more preferably 20 ° C. to 130 ° C., and even more preferably 25 ° C. to 120 ° C. The temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at which the process of heating to the maximum heating temperature is started. For example, when the curable resin composition is applied onto a substrate and then dried, the temperature of the film (layer) after drying is higher than, for example, the boiling point of the solvent contained in the curable resin composition. It is preferable to gradually raise the temperature from a temperature as low as 30 to 200 ° C.
 加熱時間(最高加熱温度での加熱時間)は、10~360分であることが好ましく、20~300分であることがより好ましく、30~240分であることが更に好ましい。 The heating time (heating time at the maximum heating temperature) is preferably 10 to 360 minutes, more preferably 20 to 300 minutes, and even more preferably 30 to 240 minutes.
 特に多層の積層体を形成する場合、硬化膜の層間の密着性の観点から、加熱温度は180℃~320℃で加熱することが好ましく、180℃~260℃で加熱することがより好ましい。その理由は定かではないが、この温度とすることで、層間の特定樹脂における重合性基同士が架橋反応を進行するためと考えられる。 Particularly when forming a multi-layered laminate, the heating temperature is preferably 180 ° C. to 320 ° C., more preferably 180 ° C. to 260 ° C., from the viewpoint of adhesion between layers of the cured film. The reason is not clear, but it is considered that at this temperature, the polymerizable groups in the specific resin between the layers proceed with the cross-linking reaction.
 加熱は段階的に行ってもよい。例として、25℃から180℃まで3℃/分で昇温し、180℃にて60分保持し、180℃から200℃まで2℃/分で昇温し、200℃にて120分保持する、といった前処理工程を行ってもよい。前処理工程としての加熱温度は100~200℃が好ましく、110~190℃であることがより好ましく、120~185℃であることが更に好ましい。この前処理工程においては、米国特許9159547号明細書に記載のように紫外線を照射しながら処理することも好ましい。このような前処理工程により膜の特性を向上させることが可能である。前処理工程は10秒間~2時間程度の短い時間で行うとよく、15秒~30分間がより好ましい。前処理は2段階以上のステップとしてもよく、例えば100~150℃の範囲で前処理工程1を行い、その後に150~200℃の範囲で前処理工程2を行ってもよい。 Heating may be performed in stages. As an example, the temperature is raised from 25 ° C. to 180 ° C. at 3 ° C./min and held at 180 ° C. for 60 minutes, the temperature is raised from 180 ° C. to 200 ° C. at 2 ° C./min, and held at 200 ° C. for 120 minutes. , Etc. may be performed. The heating temperature as the pretreatment step is preferably 100 to 200 ° C., more preferably 110 to 190 ° C., and even more preferably 120 to 185 ° C. In this pretreatment step, it is also preferable to carry out the treatment while irradiating with ultraviolet rays as described in US Pat. No. 9,159,547. It is possible to improve the characteristics of the film by such a pretreatment step. The pretreatment step is preferably performed in a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, more preferably 15 seconds to 30 minutes. The pretreatment may be performed in two or more steps. For example, the pretreatment step 1 may be performed in the range of 100 to 150 ° C., and then the pretreatment step 2 may be performed in the range of 150 to 200 ° C.
 更に、加熱後冷却してもよく、この場合の冷却速度としては、1~5℃/分であることが好ましい。 Further, cooling may be performed after heating, and the cooling rate in this case is preferably 1 to 5 ° C./min.
 加熱工程は、窒素、ヘリウム、アルゴンなどの不活性ガスを流す等により、低酸素濃度の雰囲気で行うことが特定樹脂の分解を防ぐ点で好ましい。酸素濃度は、50ppm(体積比)以下が好ましく、20ppm(体積比)以下がより好ましい。
 加熱手段としては、特に限定されないが、例えばホットプレート、赤外炉、電熱式オーブン、熱風式オーブンなどが挙げられる。
The heating step is preferably performed in an atmosphere having a low oxygen concentration by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, or argon from the viewpoint of preventing decomposition of the specific resin. The oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, and more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less.
The heating means is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hot plate, an infrared furnace, an electric heating oven, and a hot air oven.
<金属層形成工程>
 本発明の製造方法は、現像処理後の膜(硬化性樹脂組成物層)の表面に金属層を形成する金属層形成工程を含むことが好ましい。
<Metal layer forming process>
The production method of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the surface of the film (curable resin composition layer) after the development treatment.
 金属層としては、特に限定なく、既存の金属種を使用することができ、銅、アルミニウム、ニッケル、バナジウム、チタン、クロム、コバルト、金、タングステン、及び、これらの金属を含む合金が例示され、銅及びアルミニウムがより好ましく、銅が更に好ましい。 As the metal layer, existing metal species can be used without particular limitation, and copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, tungsten, and alloys containing these metals are exemplified. Copper and aluminum are more preferred, and copper is even more preferred.
 金属層の形成方法は、特に限定なく、既存の方法を適用することができる。例えば、特開2007-157879号公報、特表2001-521288号公報、特開2004-214501号公報、特開2004-101850号公報に記載された方法を使用することができる。例えば、フォトリソグラフィ、リフトオフ、電解メッキ、無電解メッキ、エッチング、印刷、及びこれらを組み合わせた方法などが考えられる。より具体的には、スパッタリング、フォトリソグラフィ及びエッチングを組み合わせたパターニング方法、フォトリソグラフィと電解メッキを組み合わせたパターニング方法が挙げられる。 The method for forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and an existing method can be applied. For example, the methods described in JP-A-2007-157879, JP-A-2001-521288, JP-A-2004-214501, and JP-A-2004-101850 can be used. For example, photolithography, lift-off, electrolytic plating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and a method combining these can be considered. More specifically, a patterning method combining sputtering, photolithography and etching, and a patterning method combining photolithography and electroplating can be mentioned.
 金属層の厚さとしては、最も厚肉の部分で、0.01~100μmが例として挙げられ、0.1~50μmが好ましく、1~10μmがより好ましい。 As the thickness of the metal layer, 0.01 to 100 μm is mentioned as an example in the thickest portion, 0.1 to 50 μm is preferable, and 1 to 10 μm is more preferable.
<積層工程>
 本発明の製造方法は、更に、積層工程を含むことが好ましい。
<Laminating process>
The production method of the present invention preferably further includes a laminating step.
 積層工程とは、硬化膜(樹脂層)又は金属層の表面に、再度、(a)膜形成工程(層形成工程)、(b)露光工程、(c)現像工程、(d)加熱工程を、この順に行うことを含む一連の工程である。ただし、(a)の膜形成工程のみを繰り返す態様であってもよい。
また、(d)加熱工程は積層の最後又は中間に一括して行う態様としてもよい。すなわち、(a)~(c)の工程を所定の回数繰り返し行い、その後に(d)の加熱をすることで、積層された硬化性樹脂組成物層を一括で硬化する態様としてもよい。また、(c)現像工程の後には(e)金属層形成工程を含んでもよく、このときにも都度(d)の加熱を行ってもよいし、所定回数積層させた後に一括して(d)の加熱を行ってもよい。積層工程には、更に、上記乾燥工程や加熱工程等を適宜含んでいてもよいことは言うまでもない。
The laminating step means that (a) a film forming step (layer forming step), (b) an exposure step, (c) a developing step, and (d) a heating step are performed again on the surface of the cured film (resin layer) or the metal layer. , A series of steps including performing in this order. However, the mode may be such that only the film forming step (a) is repeated.
Further, (d) the heating step may be performed collectively at the end or the middle of the lamination. That is, the steps (a) to (c) may be repeated a predetermined number of times, and then the heating of (d) may be performed to cure the laminated curable resin composition layers all at once. Further, (c) the developing step may be followed by (e) a metal layer forming step, and (d) may be heated each time, or the layers may be laminated a predetermined number of times and then collectively (d). ) May be heated. Needless to say, the laminating step may further include the drying step, the heating step, and the like as appropriate.
 積層工程後、更に積層工程を行う場合には、上記加熱工程後、上記露光工程後、又は、上記金属層形成工程後に、更に、表面活性化処理工程を行ってもよい。表面活性化処理としては、プラズマ処理が例示される。 When the laminating step is further performed after the laminating step, the surface activation treatment step may be further performed after the heating step, the exposure step, or the metal layer forming step. An example of the surface activation treatment is plasma treatment.
 上記積層工程は、2~5回行うことが好ましく、3~5回行うことがより好ましい。また、積層工程における各層は、組成、形状、膜厚等が同一の層であってもよいし、異なる層であってもよい。 The laminating step is preferably performed 2 to 5 times, more preferably 3 to 5 times. Further, each layer in the laminating step may be a layer having the same composition, shape, film thickness, etc., or may be a different layer.
 例えば、樹脂層/金属層/樹脂層/金属層/樹脂層/金属層のような、樹脂層を2層以上20層以下とする構成が例として挙げられ、樹脂層が3層以上7層以下の構成が好ましく、3層以上5層以下が更に好ましい。 For example, a configuration in which the number of resin layers is 2 or more and 20 or less, such as a resin layer / metal layer / resin layer / metal layer / resin layer / metal layer, is given as an example, and the number of resin layers is 3 or more and 7 or less. Is preferable, and 3 layers or more and 5 layers or less are more preferable.
<表面活性化処理工程>  
 本発明の硬化膜の製造方法は、上記金属層および感光性樹脂組成物層の少なくとも一部を表面活性化処理する、表面活性化処理工程を含んでもよい。
 表面活性化処理工程は、通常、金属層形成工程の後に行うが、上記露光現像工程の後、感光性樹脂組成物層に表面活性化処理工程を行ってから、金属層形成工程を行ってもよい。
 表面活性化処理は、金属層の少なくとも一部のみに行ってもよいし、露光後の感光性樹脂組成物層の少なくとも一部のみに行ってもよいし、金属層および露光後の感光性樹脂組成物層の両方について、それぞれ、少なくとも一部に行ってもよい。表面活性化処理は、金属層の少なくとも一部について行うことが好ましく、金属層のうち、表面に感光性樹脂組成物層を形成する領域の一部または全部に表面活性化処理を行うことが好ましい。このように、金属層の表面に表面活性化処理を行うことにより、その表面に設けられる樹脂層との密着性を向上させることができる。  
 また、表面活性化処理は、露光後の感光性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)の一部または全部についても行うことが好ましい。このように、感光性樹脂組成物層の表面に表面活性化処理を行うことにより、表面活性化処理した表面に設けられる金属層や樹脂層との密着性を向上させることができる。
 表面活性化処理としては、具体的には、各種原料ガス(酸素、水素、アルゴン、窒素、窒素/水素混合ガス、アルゴン/酸素混合ガスなど)のプラズマ処理、コロナ放電処理、CF/O、NF/O、SF、NF、NF/Oによるエッチング処理、紫外線(UV)オゾン法による表面処理、塩酸水溶液に浸漬して酸化皮膜を除去した後にアミノ基とチオール基を少なくとも一種有する化合物を含む有機表面処理剤への浸漬処理、ブラシを用いた機械的な粗面化処理から選択され、プラズマ処理が好ましく、特に原料ガスに酸素を用いた酸素プラズマ処理が好ましい。コロナ放電処理の場合、エネルギーは、500~200,000J/mが好ましく、1000~100,000J/mがより好ましく、10,000~50,000J/mが最も好ましい。
<Surface activation treatment process>
The method for producing a cured film of the present invention may include a surface activation treatment step of surface activating at least a part of the metal layer and the photosensitive resin composition layer.
The surface activation treatment step is usually performed after the metal layer forming step, but after the exposure development step, the photosensitive resin composition layer may be subjected to the surface activation treatment step and then the metal layer forming step. Good.
The surface activation treatment may be performed on at least a part of the metal layer, on at least a part of the photosensitive resin composition layer after exposure, or on the metal layer and the photosensitive resin after exposure. For both of the composition layers, each may be at least partially. The surface activation treatment is preferably performed on at least a part of the metal layer, and it is preferable to perform the surface activation treatment on a part or all of the region of the metal layer in which the photosensitive resin composition layer is formed on the surface. .. By performing the surface activation treatment on the surface of the metal layer in this way, the adhesion to the resin layer provided on the surface can be improved.
Further, it is preferable that the surface activation treatment is performed on a part or all of the photosensitive resin composition layer (resin layer) after exposure. By performing the surface activation treatment on the surface of the photosensitive resin composition layer in this way, it is possible to improve the adhesion to the metal layer or the resin layer provided on the surface of the surface activation treatment.
Specifically, the surface activation treatment includes plasma treatment of various raw material gases (oxygen, hydrogen, argon, nitrogen, nitrogen / hydrogen mixed gas, argon / oxygen mixed gas, etc.), corona discharge treatment, CF 4 / O 2 , NF 3 / O 2 , SF 6 , NF 3 , NF 3 / O 2 , surface treatment by ultraviolet (UV) ozone method, immersion in hydrochloric acid aqueous solution to remove oxide film, then amino group and thiol group It is selected from a dipping treatment in an organic surface treatment agent containing at least one compound and a mechanical roughening treatment using a brush, and a plasma treatment is preferable, and an oxygen plasma treatment using oxygen as a raw material gas is particularly preferable. For corona discharge treatment, the energy is preferably 500 ~ 200,000J / m 2, more preferably 1000 ~ 100,000J / m 2, and most preferably 10,000 ~ 50,000J / m 2.
 本発明では特に、金属層を設けた後、更に、上記金属層を覆うように、上記硬化性樹脂組成物の硬化膜(樹脂層)を形成する態様が好ましい。具体的には、(a)膜形成工程、(b)露光工程、(c)現像工程、(e)金属層形成工程、(d)加熱工程の順序で繰り返す態様、又は、(a)膜形成工程、(b)露光工程、(c)現像工程、(e)金属層形成工程の順序で繰り返し、最後又は中間に一括して(d)加熱工程を設ける態様が挙げられる。硬化性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)を積層する積層工程と、金属層形成工程を交互に行うことにより、硬化性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)と金属層を交互に積層することができる。 In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to form a cured film (resin layer) of the curable resin composition so as to cover the metal layer after the metal layer is provided. Specifically, a mode in which (a) a film forming step, (b) an exposure step, (c) a developing step, (e) a metal layer forming step, and (d) a heating step are repeated in this order, or (a) film forming. Examples thereof include an embodiment in which the steps, (b) exposure steps, (c) development steps, and (e) metal layer forming steps are repeated in this order, and (d) heating steps are collectively provided at the end or in the middle. By alternately performing the laminating step of laminating the curable resin composition layer (resin layer) and the metal layer forming step, the curable resin composition layer (resin layer) and the metal layer can be laminated alternately.
 本発明は、本発明の硬化膜又は積層体を含む半導体デバイスも開示する。本発明の硬化性樹脂組成物を再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いた半導体デバイスの具体例としては、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0213~0218の記載及び図1の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The present invention also discloses a semiconductor device containing the cured film or laminate of the present invention. As specific examples of the semiconductor device in which the curable resin composition of the present invention is used to form the interlayer insulating film for the rewiring layer, the description in paragraphs 0213 to 0218 and the description in FIG. 1 of JP-A-2016-0273557 are taken into consideration. Yes, these contents are incorporated herein.
(樹脂)
 本発明の樹脂は、上述の式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位、及び、上述の式(2-2)で表される繰返し単位よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一方を含むことが好ましい。
 本発明の樹脂は、上述の式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位、及び、上述の式(2-2)で表される繰返し単位よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一方を含むこと以外は、上述の特定樹脂と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
(resin)
The resin of the present invention may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (2-1) and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (2-2). preferable.
The resin of the present invention contains at least one selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (2-1) and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (2-2). Is synonymous with the above-mentioned specific resin, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
<用途>
 本発明の樹脂は、硬化性樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂として用いられることが好ましい。
 また、例えば層間絶縁膜用の組成物など、従来のポリイミドが用いられる組成物において、特に制限なく、従来のポリイミドの一部又は全部を本発明の樹脂に置き換えて用いることができる。
 本発明の樹脂は耐薬品性に優れるため、本発明の樹脂は、例えば、絶縁膜を形成するための組成物、積層体を形成するための組成物などの、耐薬品性が必要とされる用途に用いられる組成物において、好適に用いられると考えられる。
<Use>
The resin of the present invention is preferably used as the resin contained in the curable resin composition.
Further, in a composition in which a conventional polyimide is used, for example, a composition for an interlayer insulating film, a part or all of the conventional polyimide can be used in place of the resin of the present invention without particular limitation.
Since the resin of the present invention has excellent chemical resistance, the resin of the present invention is required to have chemical resistance, for example, a composition for forming an insulating film, a composition for forming a laminate, and the like. It is considered that the composition is preferably used in the composition used for the purpose.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明を更に具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。以下、「部」、「%」は特に述べない限り、質量基準である。 The present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples below. The materials, amounts used, ratios, treatment contents, treatment procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Hereinafter, "part" and "%" are based on mass unless otherwise specified.
(特定樹脂の合成)
<ジアミンの合成>
〔ジニトロ体(A-1)の合成〕
 コンデンサー及び撹拌機を取り付けたフラスコ中で、メタクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)26.0g(0.2モル)、脱水ピリジン(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)17.4g(0.22モル)を78gの酢酸エチルに溶解し、5℃以下に冷却した。次いで、3,5-ジニトロベンゾイルクロリド(東京化成工業(株)製)48.4g(0.21モル)を145gの酢酸エチルに溶解し、この溶液を滴下ロートを使い、1時間かけてフラスコ中に滴下した。滴下終了後、10℃以下で30分撹拌し、25℃に昇温し、3時間撹拌した。次いで、反応液を酢酸エチル(CHCOOEt)600mLで希釈し、分液ロートに移し、水300mL、飽和重曹水300mL、希塩酸300mL、飽和食塩水で順に洗浄した。分液洗浄後、硫酸マグネシウム30gで乾燥後、エバポレーターを用いて濃縮、真空乾燥し、ジニトロ体(A-1)を61.0g得た。ジニトロ体(A-1)であることはNMRスペクトルから確認した。ジニトロ体(A-1)についてH-NMRによる分析を行った。その結果を以下に示す。
H-NMRデータ(重クロロホルム、400MHz、内部標準:テトラメチルシラン)δ(ppm)=1.97(s、3H)、4.55-4.57(m、2H)、4.70-4.73(m、2H)、5.63(s、1H)、6.16(s、1H)、9.16-9.17(d、2H)、9.24-9.25(d、1H)
 同様にして、後述する構造のジニトロ体(A-2)~(A-9)を合成した。
(Synthesis of specific resin)
<Synthesis of diamine>
[Synthesis of dinitro compound (A-1)]
2-Hydroxyethyl methacrylate (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 26.0 g (0.2 mol), dehydrated pyridine (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) in a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer. ) 17.4 g (0.22 mol) was dissolved in 78 g of ethyl acetate and cooled to 5 ° C. or lower. Next, 48.4 g (0.21 mol) of 3,5-dinitrobenzoyl chloride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 145 g of ethyl acetate, and this solution was dissolved in a flask over 1 hour using a dropping funnel. Dropped into. After completion of the dropping, the mixture was stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for 30 minutes, the temperature was raised to 25 ° C., and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours. Then, the reaction solution was diluted with 600 mL of ethyl acetate (CH 3 COOEt), transferred to a separating funnel, and washed with 300 mL of water, 300 mL of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, 300 mL of dilute hydrochloric acid, and saturated brine in that order. After the liquid separation washing, the mixture was dried over 30 g of magnesium sulfate, concentrated using an evaporator, and vacuum dried to obtain 61.0 g of a dinitro compound (A-1). It was confirmed from the NMR spectrum that it was a dinitro compound (A-1). The dinitro compound (A-1) was analyzed by 1 1 H-NMR. The results are shown below.
1 1 H-NMR data (deuterated chloroform, 400 MHz, internal standard: tetramethylsilane) δ (ppm) = 1.97 (s, 3H), 4.55-4.57 (m, 2H), 4.70-4 .73 (m, 2H), 5.63 (s, 1H), 6.16 (s, 1H), 9.16-9.17 (d, 2H), 9.24-9.25 (d, 1H) )
In the same manner, dinitro compounds (A-2) to (A-9) having the structures described later were synthesized.
〔ジアミン(AA-1)の合成〕
 コンデンサー及び撹拌機を取り付けたフラスコに、還元鉄(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)27.9g(500ミリモル)、塩化アンモニウム(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)5.9g(110ミリモル)、酢酸(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)3.0g(50ミリモル)、2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン 1-オキシル フリーラジカル(東京化成工業(株)製)0.03gを秤り取り、イソプロピルアルコール(IPA)200mL、純水30mLを添加し、撹拌した。
 次いで、ジニトロ体(A-1)16.2gを少量ずつ1時間かけて添加し、30分撹拌した。次に、外温を85℃に昇温し、2時間撹拌し、25℃以下に冷却した後、セライト(登録商標)を使用してろ過した。ろ液をロータリーエバポレーターで濃縮し、酢酸エチル800mLに溶解した。これを分液ロートに移し、飽和重曹水300mLで2回洗浄し、水300mL、飽和食塩水300mLで順に洗浄した。分液洗浄後、硫酸マグネシウム30gで乾燥後、エバポレーターを用いて濃縮、真空乾燥し、ジアミン(AA-1)を11.0g得た。ジアミン(AA-1)であることはNMRスペクトルから確認した。
H-NMRデータ(重クロロホルム、400MHz、内部標準:テトラメチルシラン)δ(ppm)=1.95(s、3H)、3.68(s、4H)、4.45-4.47(m、2H)、4.50-4.53(m、2H)、5.58(s、1H)、6.14(s、1H)、6.19-6.20(t、1H)、6.77-6.78(d、2H)
 同様にして、ジニトロ体(A-1)に代えてジニトロ体(A-2)~(A-9)を用いることにより、下記構造のジアミン(AA-2)~(AA-9)を合成した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
[Synthesis of diamine (AA-1)]
In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, 27.9 g (500 mmol) of reduced iron (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and 5.9 g (110 mmol) of ammonium chloride (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) ), Acetic acid (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 3.0 g (50 mmol), 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin 1-oxyl free radical (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.03 g Was weighed, 200 mL of isopropyl alcohol (IPA) and 30 mL of pure water were added, and the mixture was stirred.
Then, 16.2 g of the dinitro compound (A-1) was added little by little over 1 hour, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Next, the outside temperature was raised to 85 ° C., stirred for 2 hours, cooled to 25 ° C. or lower, and then filtered using Celite (registered trademark). The filtrate was concentrated on a rotary evaporator and dissolved in 800 mL of ethyl acetate. This was transferred to a separating funnel, washed twice with 300 mL of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and then washed with 300 mL of water and 300 mL of saturated brine in that order. After the liquid separation washing, the mixture was dried over 30 g of magnesium sulfate, concentrated using an evaporator, and vacuum dried to obtain 11.0 g of diamine (AA-1). It was confirmed from the NMR spectrum that it was a diamine (AA-1).
1 1 H-NMR data (deuterated chloroform, 400 MHz, internal standard: tetramethylsilane) δ (ppm) = 1.95 (s, 3H), 3.68 (s, 4H), 4.45-4.47 (m) , 2H), 4.50-4.53 (m, 2H), 5.58 (s, 1H), 6.14 (s, 1H), 6.19-6.20 (t, 1H), 6. 77-6.78 (d, 2H)
Similarly, diamines (AA-2) to (AA-9) having the following structures were synthesized by using dinitro compounds (A-2) to (A-9) instead of the dinitro compound (A-1). ..
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
<カルボン酸二無水物の合成>
 コンデンサー及び撹拌機を取り付けたフラスコに、無水トリメリット酸クロリド(東京化成工業(株)製) 18.5g(0.88モル)を酢酸エチル 200gに溶解し、-10℃以下に冷却した。次いで、ジアミン(AA-1) 10.6g(40ミリモル)、ピリジン 7.12g(90ミリモル)を酢酸エチル 60gに溶解し、これを1時間かけて滴下した。滴下後、-10℃以下で1時間、25℃で1時間撹拌した。次いで、酢酸エチル 500mL、及び、水 300mLを添加し、10分間撹拌した後、これを分液ロートに移し、300mLの水で洗浄した後、200mLの飽和重曹水溶液で2回洗浄し、200mLの希塩酸水溶液、飽和食塩水の順で洗浄した。これを硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥し、エバポレーターで濃縮後、酢酸エチル溶液をヘキサンに晶析した。これをろ過、真空乾燥し、無水物(MA-1)20.0g得た。無水物(MA-1)であることはNMRスペクトルから確認した。無水物(MA-1)についてH-NMRによる分析を行った結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMRデータ(重ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)、400MHz、内部標準:テトラメチルシラン)
δ(ppm)=1.88(s、3H)、4.44-4.47(q、2H)、4.60-4.62(q、2H)、5.70(s、2H)、6.06(s、1H)、8.23-8.26(m、4H)、8.52―8.54(d、2H)、8.65(s、2H)、8.82―8.83(t、1H)、10.98(s、2H)
 同様にして、無水物(MA-1)の合成において、ジアミン(AA-1)に代えてジアミン(AA-2)~(AA-7)を用いることにより、下記構造の無水物(MA-2)~(MA-7)を合成した。
 無水物(MA-1)の合成において、ジアミン(AA-1)に代えて4,4’-ジアミノベンズアニリドを用いることにより無水物(MA-8)を合成した。
 無水物(MA-1)の合成において、ジアミン(AA-1)に代えて下記構造のジアミン(AA-10)を用いることにより無水物(MA-9)を合成した。
 ジアミン(AA-10)は、ジアミン(AA-1)と4-ニトロベンゾイルクロリドとを反応させることによりジニトロ体(A-10)を作成した後、上記ジニトロ体(A-10)を、ジニトロ体(A-1)からジアミン(AA-1)を合成する場合と同様の方法により還元して合成した。
 無水物(MA-1)の合成において、ジアミン(AA-1)に代えてジアミン(AA-8)又は(AA-9)を用いることにより、下記構造の(MA-10)及び(MA-11)をそれぞれ合成した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
<Synthesis of carboxylic acid dianhydride>
In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, 18.5 g (0.88 mol) of trimellitic anhydride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 200 g of ethyl acetate and cooled to −10 ° C. or lower. Then, 10.6 g (40 mmol) of diamine (AA-1) and 7.12 g (90 mmol) of pyridine were dissolved in 60 g of ethyl acetate, and this was added dropwise over 1 hour. After the dropping, the mixture was stirred at −10 ° C. or lower for 1 hour and at 25 ° C. for 1 hour. Then, 500 mL of ethyl acetate and 300 mL of water were added, and after stirring for 10 minutes, this was transferred to a separating funnel, washed with 300 mL of water, washed twice with 200 mL of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and 200 mL of dilute aqueous hydrochloric acid solution. The cells were washed in the order of aqueous solution and saturated brine. This was dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated on an evaporator, and then the ethyl acetate solution was crystallized into hexane. This was filtered and vacuum dried to obtain 20.0 g of anhydride (MA-1). It was confirmed from the NMR spectrum that it was an anhydride (MA-1). The results of 1 H-NMR analysis of the anhydride (MA-1) are shown below.
1 1 H-NMR data (heavy dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), 400 MHz, internal standard: tetramethylsilane)
δ (ppm) = 1.88 (s, 3H), 4.44-4.47 (q, 2H), 4.60-4.62 (q, 2H), 5.70 (s, 2H), 6 .06 (s, 1H), 8.23-8.26 (m, 4H), 8.52-8.54 (d, 2H), 8.65 (s, 2H), 8.82-8.83 (T, 1H), 10.98 (s, 2H)
Similarly, in the synthesis of the anhydride (MA-1), by using diamines (AA-2) to (AA-7) instead of the diamine (AA-1), the anhydride (MA-2) having the following structure is used. )-(MA-7) was synthesized.
In the synthesis of the anhydride (MA-1), the anhydride (MA-8) was synthesized by using 4,4'-diaminobenzanilide instead of the diamine (AA-1).
In the synthesis of the anhydride (MA-1), the anhydride (MA-9) was synthesized by using a diamine (AA-10) having the following structure instead of the diamine (AA-1).
Diamine (AA-10) is prepared by reacting diamine (AA-1) with 4-nitrobenzoyl chloride to prepare a dinitro compound (A-10), and then the dinitro compound (A-10) is converted into a dinitro compound. The diamine (AA-1) was reduced from (A-1) by the same method as in the case of synthesizing the diamine (AA-1).
By using diamine (AA-8) or (AA-9) instead of diamine (AA-1) in the synthesis of anhydride (MA-1), (MA-10) and (MA-11) having the following structures are used. ) Was synthesized respectively.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
<ポリイミド樹脂PI-1の合成>
 コンデンサー及び撹拌機を取り付けたフラスコに、水分を除去しながら、無水物(MA-1) 11.0g(18ミリモル)、2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル フリーラジカル(東京化成工業(株)製) 0.02gをN-メチルピロリドン(NMP) 40.0gに溶解した。次いで、ジアミン(AA-1) 4.76g(18ミリモル)添加し、25℃で3時間撹拌し、45℃で更に3時間撹拌した。次いで、ピリジン 5.69g(72ミリモル)、無水酢酸 4.59g(45ミリモル)、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP) 37.7g添加し、80℃で、3時間撹拌し、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP)50gを加え、希釈した。
 この反応液を、1リットルのメタノールの中で沈殿させ、3,000rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。樹脂を濾過して取得し、1リットルのメタノールの中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。得られた樹脂を減圧下で、40℃で1日乾燥し、ポリイミド樹脂PI-1を得た。PI-1の分子量は、Mw(重量平均分子量)=62,100、Mn(数平均分子量)=22,900であった。
 PI-1の構造は下記式(PI-1)により表される構造であると推測される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
<Synthesis of polyimide resin PI-1>
11.0 g (18 mmol) of anhydride (MA-1), 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin 1-oxyl free radical (Tokyo Chemical Industry) while removing water in a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer. 0.02 g of (manufactured by Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 40.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Then, 4.76 g (18 mmol) of diamine (AA-1) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 3 hours and further at 45 ° C. for 3 hours. Then, 5.69 g (72 mmol) of pyridine, 4.59 g (45 mmol) of acetic anhydride, and 37.7 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). 50 g was added and diluted.
The reaction was precipitated in 1 liter of methanol and stirred at a rate of 3,000 rpm for 15 minutes. The resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 1 liter of methanol for 30 minutes and filtered again. The obtained resin was dried under reduced pressure at 40 ° C. for 1 day to obtain a polyimide resin PI-1. The molecular weight of PI-1 was Mw (weight average molecular weight) = 62,100 and Mn (number average molecular weight) = 22,900.
The structure of PI-1 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (PI-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
<ポリイミド樹脂PI-2の合成>
 コンデンサー及び撹拌機を取り付けたフラスコに、水分を除去しながら、無水物(MA-2) 9.73g(18ミリモル)、2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル フリーラジカル(東京化成工業(株)製) 0.02gをN-メチルピロリドン(NMP) 40.0gに溶解した。次いで、ジアミン(AA-4) 5.01g(18ミリモル)添加し、25℃で3時間撹拌し、45℃で更に3時間撹拌した。次いで、ピリジン5.69g(72ミリモル)、無水酢酸 4.59g(45ミリモル)、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP) 34.4g添加し、80℃で、3時間撹拌し、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP)50gを加え、希釈した。
 この反応液を、1リットルのメタノールの中で沈殿させ、3,000rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。樹脂を濾過して取得し、1リットルのメタノールの中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。得られた樹脂を減圧下で、40℃で1日乾燥し、ポリイミド樹脂PI-2を得た。PI-2の分子量は、Mw=74,200、Mn=29,000であった。
 PI-2の構造は下記式(PI-2)により表される構造であると推測される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
<Synthesis of polyimide resin PI-2>
9.73 g (18 mmol) of anhydride (MA-2), 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin 1-oxyl free radical (Tokyo Chemical Industry) while removing water in a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer. 0.02 g of (manufactured by Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 40.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Then, 5.01 g (18 mmol) of diamine (AA-4) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 3 hours and further at 45 ° C. for 3 hours. Then, 5.69 g (72 mmol) of pyridine, 4.59 g (45 mmol) of acetic anhydride, and 34.4 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). 50 g was added and diluted.
The reaction was precipitated in 1 liter of methanol and stirred at a rate of 3,000 rpm for 15 minutes. The resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 1 liter of methanol for 30 minutes and filtered again. The obtained resin was dried under reduced pressure at 40 ° C. for 1 day to obtain a polyimide resin PI-2. The molecular weight of PI-2 was Mw = 74,200 and Mn = 29,000.
The structure of PI-2 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (PI-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
<ポリイミド樹脂PI-3の合成>
 コンデンサー及び撹拌機を取り付けたフラスコに、水分を除去しながら、無水物(MA-3) 9.45g(18ミリモル)、2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル フリーラジカル(東京化成工業(株)製) 0.02gをN-メチルピロリドン(NMP) 40.0gに溶解した。次いで、ジアミン(AA-6) 8.27g(18ミリモル)添加し、25℃で3時間撹拌し、45℃で更に3時間撹拌した。次いで、ピリジン 5.69g(72ミリモル)、無水酢酸 4.59g(45ミリモル)、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP) 41.5g添加し、80℃で、3時間撹拌し、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP) 50gを加え、希釈した。
 この反応液を、1リットルのメタノールの中で沈殿させ、3,000rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。樹脂を濾過して取得し、1リットルのメタノールの中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。得られた樹脂を減圧下で、40℃で1日乾燥し、ポリイミド樹脂PI-3を得た。PI-3の分子量は、Mw=81,000、Mn=32,700であった。
 PI-3の構造は下記式(PI-3)により表される構造であると推測される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
<Synthesis of polyimide resin PI-3>
9.45 g (18 mmol) of anhydride (MA-3), 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin 1-oxyl free radical (Tokyo Chemical Industry) while removing water in a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer. 0.02 g of (manufactured by Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 40.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Then, 8.27 g (18 mmol) of diamine (AA-6) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 3 hours and further at 45 ° C. for 3 hours. Then, 5.69 g (72 mmol) of pyridine, 4.59 g (45 mmol) of acetic anhydride, and 41.5 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). 50 g was added and diluted.
The reaction was precipitated in 1 liter of methanol and stirred at a rate of 3,000 rpm for 15 minutes. The resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 1 liter of methanol for 30 minutes and filtered again. The obtained resin was dried under reduced pressure at 40 ° C. for 1 day to obtain a polyimide resin PI-3. The molecular weight of PI-3 was Mw = 81,000 and Mn = 32,700.
The structure of PI-3 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (PI-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
<ポリイミド樹脂PI-4の合成>
 コンデンサー及び撹拌機を取り付けたフラスコに、水分を除去しながら、無水物(MA-1)11.0g(18ミリモル)、2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル フリーラジカル(東京化成工業(株)製)0.02gをN-メチルピロリドン(NMP)40.0gに溶解した。次いで、ジアミン(AA-4)5.01g(18ミリモル)添加し、25℃で3時間撹拌し、45℃で更に3時間撹拌した。次いで、ピリジン5.69g(72ミリモル)、無水酢酸4.59g(45ミリモル)、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP)41.5g添加し、80℃で、3時間撹拌し、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP)50gを加え、希釈した。
 この反応液を、1リットルのメタノールの中で沈殿させ、3,000rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。樹脂を濾過して取得し、1リットルのメタノールの中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。得られた樹脂を減圧下で、40℃で1日乾燥し、ポリイミド樹脂PI-4を得た。PI-4の分子量は、Mw=81,000、Mn=32,700であった。
 PI-4の構造は下記式(PI-4)により表される構造であると推測される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
<Synthesis of polyimide resin PI-4>
In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, while removing water, 11.0 g (18 mmol) of anhydride (MA-1), 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin 1-oxyl free radical (Tokyo Chemical Industry) 0.02 g of (manufactured by Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 40.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Then, 5.01 g (18 mmol) of diamine (AA-4) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 3 hours and further at 45 ° C. for 3 hours. Then, 5.69 g (72 mmol) of pyridine, 4.59 g (45 mmol) of acetic anhydride, and 41.5 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). 50 g was added and diluted.
The reaction was precipitated in 1 liter of methanol and stirred at a rate of 3,000 rpm for 15 minutes. The resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 1 liter of methanol for 30 minutes and filtered again. The obtained resin was dried under reduced pressure at 40 ° C. for 1 day to obtain a polyimide resin PI-4. The molecular weight of PI-4 was Mw = 81,000 and Mn = 32,700.
The structure of PI-4 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (PI-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
<ポリイミド樹脂PI-5の合成>
 コンデンサー及び撹拌機を取り付けたフラスコに、水分を除去しながら、無水物(MA-1) 11.0g(18ミリモル)、2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル フリーラジカル(東京化成工業(株)製) 0.02gをN-メチルピロリドン(NMP)40.0gに溶解した。次いで、ジアミン(AA-7) 3.75g(18ミリモル)添加し、25℃で3時間撹拌し、45℃で更に3時間撹拌した。次いで、ピリジン5.69g(72ミリモル)、無水酢酸4.59g(45ミリモル)、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP)37.7g添加し、80℃で、3時間撹拌し、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP)50gを加え、希釈した。
 この反応液を、1リットルのメタノールの中で沈殿させ、3,000rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。樹脂を濾過して取得し、1リットルのメタノールの中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。得られた樹脂を減圧下で、40℃で1日乾燥し、ポリイミド樹脂PI-5を得た。PI-5の分子量は、Mw=32,600、Mn=14,100であった。
 PI-5の構造は下記式(PI-5)により表される構造であると推測される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
<Synthesis of polyimide resin PI-5>
11.0 g (18 mmol) of anhydride (MA-1), 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin 1-oxyl free radical (Tokyo Chemical Industry) while removing water in a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer. 0.02 g of (manufactured by Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 40.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Then, 3.75 g (18 mmol) of diamine (AA-7) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 3 hours and further at 45 ° C. for 3 hours. Then, 5.69 g (72 mmol) of pyridine, 4.59 g (45 mmol) of acetic anhydride, and 37.7 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). 50 g was added and diluted.
The reaction was precipitated in 1 liter of methanol and stirred at a rate of 3,000 rpm for 15 minutes. The resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 1 liter of methanol for 30 minutes and filtered again. The obtained resin was dried under reduced pressure at 40 ° C. for 1 day to obtain a polyimide resin PI-5. The molecular weight of PI-5 was Mw = 32,600 and Mn = 14,100.
The structure of PI-5 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (PI-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
<ポリイミド樹脂PI-6の合成>
 コンデンサー及び撹拌機を取り付けたフラスコに、水分を除去しながら、無水物(MA-9) 15.31g(18ミリモル)、2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル フリーラジカル(東京化成工業(株)製)0.02gをN-メチルピロリドン(NMP)40.0gに溶解した。次いで、ジアミン(AA-6)7.81g(17ミリモル)添加し、25℃で3時間撹拌し、45℃で更に3時間撹拌した。次いで、ピリジン5.69g(72ミリモル)、無水酢酸4.59g(45ミリモル)、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP)41.5g添加し、80℃で、3時間撹拌し、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP)50gを加え、希釈した。
 この反応液を、1リットルのメタノールの中で沈殿させ、3000rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。樹脂を濾過して取得し、1リットルのメタノールの中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。得られた樹脂を減圧下で、40℃で1日乾燥し、ポリイミド樹脂PI-6を得た。PI-6の分子量は、Mw=28,400、Mn=11,300であった。
 PI-6の構造は下記式(PI-6)により表される構造であると推測される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
<Synthesis of polyimide resin PI-6>
15.31 g (18 mmol) of anhydride (MA-9), 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin 1-oxyl free radical (Tokyo Chemical Industry) while removing water in a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer. 0.02 g of (manufactured by Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 40.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Then, 7.81 g (17 mmol) of diamine (AA-6) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 3 hours and further at 45 ° C. for 3 hours. Then, 5.69 g (72 mmol) of pyridine, 4.59 g (45 mmol) of acetic anhydride, and 41.5 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). 50 g was added and diluted.
The reaction was precipitated in 1 liter of methanol and stirred at a rate of 3000 rpm for 15 minutes. The resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 1 liter of methanol for 30 minutes and filtered again. The obtained resin was dried under reduced pressure at 40 ° C. for 1 day to obtain a polyimide resin PI-6. The molecular weight of PI-6 was Mw = 28,400 and Mn = 11,300.
The structure of PI-6 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (PI-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
<ポリイミド樹脂PI-7の合成>
 コンデンサー及び撹拌機を取り付けたフラスコに、水分を除去しながら、無水物(MA-10) 11.5g(18ミリモル)、2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル フリーラジカル(東京化成工業(株)製) 0.02gをN-メチルピロリドン(NMP) 40.0gに溶解した。次いで、ジアミン(AA-1) 4.76g(18ミリモル)添加し、25℃で3時間撹拌し、45℃で更に3時間撹拌した。次いで、ピリジン 5.69g(72ミリモル)、無水酢酸 4.59g(45ミリモル)、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP) 37.7g添加し、80℃で、3時間撹拌し、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP)50gを加え、希釈した。
 この反応液を、1リットルのメタノールの中で沈殿させ、3,000rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。樹脂を濾過して取得し、1リットルのメタノールの中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。得られた樹脂を減圧下で、40℃で1日乾燥し、ポリイミド樹脂PI-7を得た。PI-7の分子量は、Mw(重量平均分子量)=35,500、Mn(数平均分子量)=13,900であった。
 PI-7の構造は下記式(PI-7)により表される構造であると推測される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
<Synthesis of polyimide resin PI-7>
11.5 g (18 mmol) of anhydride (MA-10), 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin 1-oxyl free radical (Tokyo Chemical Industry) while removing water in a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer. 0.02 g of (manufactured by Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 40.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Then, 4.76 g (18 mmol) of diamine (AA-1) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 3 hours and further at 45 ° C. for 3 hours. Then, 5.69 g (72 mmol) of pyridine, 4.59 g (45 mmol) of acetic anhydride, and 37.7 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). 50 g was added and diluted.
The reaction was precipitated in 1 liter of methanol and stirred at a rate of 3,000 rpm for 15 minutes. The resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 1 liter of methanol for 30 minutes and filtered again. The obtained resin was dried under reduced pressure at 40 ° C. for 1 day to obtain a polyimide resin PI-7. The molecular weight of PI-7 was Mw (weight average molecular weight) = 35,500 and Mn (number average molecular weight) = 13,900.
The structure of PI-7 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (PI-7).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
<ポリイミド前駆体樹脂PA-1の合成例>
 コンデンサー及び撹拌機を取り付けたフラスコに、水分を除去しながら、無水物(MA-1) 29.3g(47.8ミリモル)をジグリム 100g中に懸濁させた。ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル 13.4g(100ミリモル)、ピリジン 16.8g(132ミリモル)を続いて添加し、60℃の温度で5時間撹拌した。次いで、混合物を-20℃まで冷却した後、塩化チオニル 11.9g(100ミリモル)を90分かけて滴下した。ピリジニウムヒドロクロリドの白色沈澱が得られた。次いで、混合物を室温まで温め、2時間撹拌した後、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP) 30mLを添加し、ジアミン(AA-1) 11.9g(45ミリモル)をN-メチルピロリドン(NMP) 80mL中に溶解させたものを、1時間かけて滴下により添加した。上記ジアミンを添加している間、粘度が増加した。次いで、メタノール 6.0g(188ミリモル)と2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル フリーラジカル(東京化成工業(株)製)0.05gを加え、混合物を2時間撹拌した。次いで、5リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体樹脂混合物を500rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。ポリイミド前駆体樹脂を濾過して取得し、4リットルの水の中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。次いで、得られたポリイミド前駆体樹脂を減圧下で、45℃で1日乾燥し、ポリイミド前駆体PA-1を得た。このポリイミド前駆体PA-1の分子量は、Mw=30,600、Mn=13,500であった。
 PA-1の構造は下記式(PA-1)により表される構造であると推測される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
<Synthesis example of polyimide precursor resin PA-1>
In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, 29.3 g (47.8 mmol) of anhydride (MA-1) was suspended in 100 g of diglyme while removing water. 13.4 g (100 mmol) of diethylene glycol monoethyl ether and 16.8 g (132 mmol) of pyridine were subsequently added, and the mixture was stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 5 hours. The mixture was then cooled to −20 ° C. and then 11.9 g (100 mmol) of thionyl chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes. A white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride was obtained. The mixture was then warmed to room temperature, stirred for 2 hours, then 30 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) was added and 11.9 g (45 mmol) of diamine (AA-1) was added to 80 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). The dissolved product was added dropwise over 1 hour. The viscosity increased while the diamine was added. Then, 6.0 g (188 mmol) of methanol and 0.05 g of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl free radical (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The polyimide precursor resin was then precipitated in 5 liters of water and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a rate of 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. Next, the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried under reduced pressure at 45 ° C. for 1 day to obtain a polyimide precursor PA-1. The molecular weight of this polyimide precursor PA-1 was Mw = 30,600 and Mn = 13,500.
The structure of PA-1 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (PA-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
<ポリイミド前駆体樹脂PA-2の合成例>
 コンデンサー及び撹拌機を取り付けたフラスコに、水分を除去しながら、無水物(MA-1) 29.3g(47.8ミリモル)をジグリム 100g中に懸濁させた。トリフルオロー1-プロパノール 8.56g(75ミリモル)、メタクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル3.25g(25ミリモル)ピリジン 16.8g(132ミリモル)を続いて添加し、60℃の温度で5時間撹拌した。次いで、混合物を-20℃まで冷却した後、塩化チオニル 11.9g(100ミリモル)を90分かけて滴下した。ピリジニウムヒドロクロリドの白色沈澱が得られた。次いで、混合物を室温まで温め、2時間撹拌した後、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP)30mLを添加し、ジアミン(AA-1) 11.9g(45ミリモル)をN-メチルピロリドン(NMP)80mL中に溶解させたものを、1時間かけて滴下により添加した。上記ジアミンを添加している間、粘度が増加した。次いで、メタノール 6.0g(188ミリモル)と2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル フリーラジカル(東京化成工業(株)製)0.05gを加え、混合物を2時間撹拌した。次いで、5リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体樹脂混合物を500rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。ポリイミド前駆体樹脂を濾過して取得し、4リットルの水の中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。次いで、得られたポリイミド前駆体樹脂を減圧下で、45℃で1日乾燥し、ポリイミド前駆体PA-2を得た。このポリイミド前駆体PA-2の分子量は、Mw=28,300、Mn=12,900であった。
 PA-2の構造は下記式(PA-2)により表される構造であると推測される。
 式(PA-2)中、*はRが結合する酸素原子との結合部位を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
<Synthesis example of polyimide precursor resin PA-2>
In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, 29.3 g (47.8 mmol) of anhydride (MA-1) was suspended in 100 g of diglyme while removing water. 8.56 g (75 mmol) of trifluoro-1-propanol, 3.25 g (25 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 16.8 g (132 mmol) of pyridine were subsequently added and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 5 hours. The mixture was then cooled to −20 ° C. and then 11.9 g (100 mmol) of thionyl chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes. A white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride was obtained. The mixture was then warmed to room temperature, stirred for 2 hours, then 30 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) was added and 11.9 g (45 mmol) of diamine (AA-1) was added to 80 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). The dissolved product was added dropwise over 1 hour. The viscosity increased while the diamine was added. Then, 6.0 g (188 mmol) of methanol and 0.05 g of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl free radical (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The polyimide precursor resin was then precipitated in 5 liters of water and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a rate of 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. Next, the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried under reduced pressure at 45 ° C. for 1 day to obtain a polyimide precursor PA-2. The molecular weight of this polyimide precursor PA-2 was Mw = 28,300 and Mn = 12,900.
The structure of PA-2 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (PA-2).
In formula (PA-2), * represents the binding site with the oxygen atom to which R 1 binds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
<ポリイミド前駆体樹脂PA-3の合成例>
 コンデンサー及び撹拌機を取り付けたフラスコに、水分を除去しながら、ジアミン(AA-4) 12.5g(45ミリモル)、2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル フリーラジカル(東京化成工業(株)製) 0.05gをN-メチルピロリドン(NMP)122g溶解させた。次いで、無水物(MA-4) 28.2g(45ミリモル)を添加し、25℃で5時間撹拌した。次いで、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP) 40gを添加した後、3リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体樹脂混合物を500rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。ポリイミド前駆体樹脂を濾過して取得し、4リットルの水の中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。次いで、得られたポリイミド前駆体樹脂を減圧下で、40℃で1日乾燥し、ポリイミド前駆体PA-3を得た。このポリイミド前駆体PA-3の分子量は、Mw=50,300、Mn=21,500であった。
 PA-3の構造は下記式(PA-3)により表される構造であると推測される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
<Synthesis example of polyimide precursor resin PA-3>
12.5 g (45 mmol) of diamine (AA-4), 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin 1-oxyl free radical (Tokyo Chemical Industry) while removing water in a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer. (Manufactured by Co., Ltd.) 0.05 g was dissolved in 122 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Then 28.2 g (45 mmol) of anhydride (MA-4) was added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours. Then, after adding 40 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP), the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 3 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a rate of 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. Next, the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried under reduced pressure at 40 ° C. for 1 day to obtain a polyimide precursor PA-3. The molecular weight of this polyimide precursor PA-3 was Mw = 50,300 and Mn = 21,500.
The structure of PA-3 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (PA-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
<ポリイミド前駆体樹脂PA-4の合成例>
 コンデンサー及び撹拌機を取り付けたフラスコに、水分を除去しながら、無水物(MA-1) 29.3g(47.8ミリモル)をジグリム 100g中に懸濁させた。ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル 13.4g(100ミリモル)、ピリジン 16.8g(132ミリモル)を続いて添加し、60℃の温度で5時間撹拌した。次いで、混合物を-20℃まで冷却した後、塩化チオニル 11.9g(100ミリモル)を90分かけて滴下した。ピリジニウムヒドロクロリドの白色沈澱が得られた。次いで、混合物を室温まで温め、2時間撹拌した後、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP) 30mLを添加し、ジアミン(AA-7) 9.37g(45ミリモル)をN-メチルピロリドン(NMP)80mL中に溶解させたものを、1時間かけて滴下により添加した。上記ジアミンを添加している間、粘度が増加した。次いで、メタノール 6.0g(188ミリモル)と2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル フリーラジカル(東京化成工業(株)製)0.05gを加え、混合物を2時間撹拌した。次いで、5リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体樹脂混合物を500rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。ポリイミド前駆体樹脂を濾過して取得し、4リットルの水の中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。次いで、得られたポリイミド前駆体樹脂を減圧下で、45℃で1日乾燥し、ポリイミド前駆体PA-4を得た。このポリイミド前駆体PA-4の分子量は、Mw=21,900、Mn=10,100であった。
 PA-4の構造は下記式(PA-4)により表される構造であると推測される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
<Synthesis example of polyimide precursor resin PA-4>
In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, 29.3 g (47.8 mmol) of anhydride (MA-1) was suspended in 100 g of diglyme while removing water. 13.4 g (100 mmol) of diethylene glycol monoethyl ether and 16.8 g (132 mmol) of pyridine were subsequently added, and the mixture was stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 5 hours. The mixture was then cooled to −20 ° C. and then 11.9 g (100 mmol) of thionyl chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes. A white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride was obtained. The mixture was then warmed to room temperature, stirred for 2 hours, then 30 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) was added and 9.37 g (45 mmol) of diamine (AA-7) was added to 80 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). The dissolved product was added dropwise over 1 hour. The viscosity increased while the diamine was added. Then, 6.0 g (188 mmol) of methanol and 0.05 g of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl free radical (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The polyimide precursor resin was then precipitated in 5 liters of water and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a rate of 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. Next, the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried under reduced pressure at 45 ° C. for 1 day to obtain a polyimide precursor PA-4. The molecular weight of this polyimide precursor PA-4 was Mw = 21,900 and Mn = 10,100.
The structure of PA-4 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (PA-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
<ポリイミド前駆体樹脂PA-5の合成例>
 コンデンサー及び撹拌機を取り付けたフラスコに、水分を除去しながら、無水物(MA-9) 40.7g(47.8ミリモル)をジグリム 180g中に懸濁させた。トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル 16.4g(100ミリモル)、ピリジン 16.8g(132ミリモル)を続いて添加し、60℃の温度で5時間撹拌した。次いで、混合物を-20℃まで冷却した後、塩化チオニル 11.9g(100ミリモル)を90分かけて滴下した。ピリジニウムヒドロクロリドの白色沈澱が得られた。次いで、混合物を室温まで温め、2時間撹拌した後、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP)50mLを添加し、ジアミン(AA-1) 11.89g(45ミリモル)をN-メチルピロリドン(NMP)100mL中に溶解させたものを、1時間かけて滴下により添加した。上記ジアミンを添加している間、粘度が増加した。次いで、メタノール 6.0g(188ミリモル)と2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル フリーラジカル(東京化成工業(株)製)0.05gを加え、混合物を2時間撹拌した。次いで、5リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体樹脂混合物を500rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。ポリイミド前駆体樹脂を濾過して取得し、4リットルの水の中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。次いで、得られたポリイミド前駆体樹脂を減圧下で、45℃で1日乾燥し、ポリイミド前駆体PA-5を得た。このポリイミド前駆体PA-5の分子量は、Mw=28,000、Mn=13,500であった。
 PA-5の構造は下記式(PA-5)により表される構造であると推測される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
<Synthesis example of polyimide precursor resin PA-5>
In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, 40.7 g (47.8 mmol) of anhydride (MA-9) was suspended in 180 g of diglyme while removing water. 16.4 g (100 mmol) of triethylene glycol monomethyl ether and 16.8 g (132 mmol) of pyridine were subsequently added, and the mixture was stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 5 hours. The mixture was then cooled to −20 ° C. and then 11.9 g (100 mmol) of thionyl chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes. A white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride was obtained. The mixture was then warmed to room temperature, stirred for 2 hours, then 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) was added and 11.89 g (45 mmol) of diamine (AA-1) was added to 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). The dissolved product was added dropwise over 1 hour. The viscosity increased while the diamine was added. Then, 6.0 g (188 mmol) of methanol and 0.05 g of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl free radical (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The polyimide precursor resin was then precipitated in 5 liters of water and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a rate of 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. Next, the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried under reduced pressure at 45 ° C. for 1 day to obtain a polyimide precursor PA-5. The molecular weight of this polyimide precursor PA-5 was Mw = 28,000 and Mn = 13,500.
The structure of PA-5 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (PA-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
<ポリイミド前駆体樹脂PA-6の合成例>
 コンデンサー及び撹拌機を取り付けたフラスコに、水分を除去しながら、無水物(MA-11) 29.5g(47.8ミリモル)をジグリム 100g中に懸濁させた。エタノール 4.61g(100ミリモル)、ピリジン 16.8g(132ミリモル)を続いて添加し、60℃の温度で5時間撹拌した。次いで、混合物を-20℃まで冷却した後、塩化チオニル 11.9g(100ミリモル)を90分かけて滴下した。ピリジニウムヒドロクロリドの白色沈澱が得られた。次いで、混合物を室温まで温め、2時間撹拌した後、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP) 30mLを添加し、ジアミン(AA-1) 11.9g(45ミリモル)をN-メチルピロリドン(NMP) 80mL中に溶解させたものを、1時間かけて滴下により添加した。上記ジアミンを添加している間、粘度が増加した。次いで、メタノール 6.0g(188ミリモル)と2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル フリーラジカル(東京化成工業(株)製)0.05gを加え、混合物を2時間撹拌した。次いで、5リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体樹脂混合物を500rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。ポリイミド前駆体樹脂を濾過して取得し、4リットルの水の中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。次いで、得られたポリイミド前駆体樹脂を減圧下で、45℃で1日乾燥し、ポリイミド前駆体PA-6を得た。このポリイミド前駆体PA-6の分子量は、Mw=25,100、Mn=10,500であった。
 PA-6の構造は下記式(PA-6)により表される構造であると推測される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
<Synthesis example of polyimide precursor resin PA-6>
In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, 29.5 g (47.8 mmol) of anhydride (MA-11) was suspended in 100 g of diglyme while removing water. 4.61 g (100 mmol) of ethanol and 16.8 g (132 mmol) of pyridine were subsequently added and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 5 hours. The mixture was then cooled to −20 ° C. and then 11.9 g (100 mmol) of thionyl chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes. A white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride was obtained. The mixture was then warmed to room temperature, stirred for 2 hours, then 30 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) was added and 11.9 g (45 mmol) of diamine (AA-1) was added to 80 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). The dissolved product was added dropwise over 1 hour. The viscosity increased while the diamine was added. Then, 6.0 g (188 mmol) of methanol and 0.05 g of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl free radical (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The polyimide precursor resin was then precipitated in 5 liters of water and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a rate of 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. Next, the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried under reduced pressure at 45 ° C. for 1 day to obtain a polyimide precursor PA-6. The molecular weight of this polyimide precursor PA-6 was Mw = 25,100 and Mn = 10,500.
The structure of PA-6 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (PA-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
<比較例用ポリイミドP-1の合成>
 コンデンサー及び撹拌機を取り付けたフラスコに、水分を除去しながら、下記式(a-1)で表される無水物(a-1) 11.4g(25ミリモル)をN-メチルピロリドン(NMP) 33.1gに溶解した。次いで、1,3-フェニレンジアミン(東京化成工業(株)製) 2.70g(25ミリモル)を添加し、25℃で3時間撹拌し、45℃で更に3時間撹拌した。次いで、ピリジン7.50g(94.8ミリモル)、無水酢酸6.38g(62ミリモル)、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP)20.0g添加し、80℃で、3時間撹拌し、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP)50gを加え、希釈した。
 この反応液を、1.2リットルのメタノールの中で沈殿させ、3,000rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。樹脂を濾過して取得し、1リットルのメタノールの中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。得られた樹脂を減圧下で、40℃で1日乾燥し、比較例用ポリイミドP-1を得た。P-1の分子量は、Mw=74,300、Mn=30,100であった。
 P-1の構造は下記式(P-1)により表される構造であると推測される。
 P-1は、式(1-1)におけるL11に該当する位置に重合性基を有していないため、特定樹脂には該当しない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
<Synthesis of Polyimide P-1 for Comparative Example>
In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, while removing water, 11.4 g (25 mmol) of anhydride (a-1) represented by the following formula (a-1) was added to N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) 33. Dissolved in 1 g. Next, 2.70 g (25 mmol) of 1,3-phenylenediamine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 3 hours and further at 45 ° C. for 3 hours. Then, 7.50 g (94.8 mmol) of pyridine, 6.38 g (62 mmol) of acetic anhydride, and 20.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain N-methylpyrrolidone (N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). NMP) 50 g was added and diluted.
The reaction was precipitated in 1.2 liters of methanol and stirred at a rate of 3,000 rpm for 15 minutes. The resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 1 liter of methanol for 30 minutes and filtered again. The obtained resin was dried under reduced pressure at 40 ° C. for 1 day to obtain Polyimide P-1 for Comparative Example. The molecular weight of P-1 was Mw = 74,300 and Mn = 30,100.
The structure of P-1 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (P-1).
Since P-1 does not have a polymerizable group at the position corresponding to L 11 in the formula (1-1), it does not correspond to the specific resin.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
<比較例用ポリイミド前駆体P-2の合成>
 コンデンサー及び撹拌機を取り付けたフラスコに、水分を除去しながら、無水物(a-1)21.8g(47.8ミリモル)をジグリム 100g中に懸濁させた。ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル 13.4g(100ミリモル)、ピリジン 16.8g(132ミリモル)を続いて添加し、60℃の温度で5時間撹拌した。次いで、混合物を-20℃まで冷却した後、塩化チオニル 11.9g(100ミリモル)を90分かけて滴下した。ピリジニウムヒドロクロリドの白色沈澱が得られた。次いで、混合物を室温まで温め、2時間撹拌した後、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP)30mLを添加し、1,3-フェニレンジアミン(東京化成工業(株)製)4.87(45ミリモル)をNMP50mL中に溶解させたものを、1時間かけて滴下により添加した。上記ジアミンを添加している間、粘度が増加した。次いで、メタノール 6.0g(188ミリモル)と2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル フリーラジカル(東京化成工業(株)製)0.05gを加え、混合物を2時間撹拌した。次いで、5リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体樹脂を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体樹脂混合物を500rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。ポリイミド前駆体樹脂を濾過して取得し、4リットルの水の中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。次いで、得られたポリイミド前駆体樹脂を減圧下で、45℃で1日乾燥し、比較例用ポリイミドP-2を得た。このポリイミド前駆体P-2の分子量は、Mw=26,300、Mn=12,100であった。
 P-2の構造は下記式(P-2)により表される構造であると推測される。
 P-2は、式(1-2)におけるL21に該当する位置に重合性基を有していないため、特定樹脂には該当しない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
<Synthesis of polyimide precursor P-2 for comparative example>
In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, 21.8 g (47.8 mmol) of anhydride (a-1) was suspended in 100 g of diglyme while removing water. 13.4 g (100 mmol) of diethylene glycol monoethyl ether and 16.8 g (132 mmol) of pyridine were subsequently added, and the mixture was stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 5 hours. The mixture was then cooled to −20 ° C. and then 11.9 g (100 mmol) of thionyl chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes. A white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride was obtained. Next, the mixture was warmed to room temperature, stirred for 2 hours, 30 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) was added, and 1.3-phenylenediamine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 4.87 (45 mmol) was added to 50 mL of NMP. The solution dissolved therein was added dropwise over 1 hour. The viscosity increased while the diamine was added. Then, 6.0 g (188 mmol) of methanol and 0.05 g of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl free radical (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The polyimide precursor resin was then precipitated in 5 liters of water and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at a rate of 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. Next, the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried under reduced pressure at 45 ° C. for 1 day to obtain Polyimide P-2 for Comparative Example. The molecular weight of this polyimide precursor P-2 was Mw = 26,300 and Mn = 12,100.
The structure of P-2 is presumed to be the structure represented by the following formula (P-2).
Since P-2 does not have a polymerizable group at the position corresponding to L 21 in the formula (1-2), it does not correspond to the specific resin.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
<比較例用ポリイミド前駆体P-3の合成>
 コンデンサー及び撹拌機を取り付けたフラスコに、水分を除去しながら、1,12-ドデカンジアミン 2.31g(12.5mmol)、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン 1.41g(5.7mmol)及びN-メチルピロリドン 5.0gを加えて室温で15分間攪拌した。次に、1,10-(デカメチレン)ビストリメリテート二無水物 10.00g(19.1mmol)及びN-メチルピロリドン 10.00gの混合溶液を15分間かけて添加した。添加終了後、得られた混合液を60℃まで昇温し、8時間攪拌することで、比較例用ポリイミド前駆体P-3のNMP溶液を得た。得られた溶液中の固形分は40質量%であり、P-3のMwは42,000、Mn=20,000であった。
 P-3は、式(1-2)におけるL21に該当する位置に重合性基を有していないため、特定樹脂には該当しない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
<Synthesis of polyimide precursor P-3 for comparative example>
In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, while removing water, 2.31 g (12.5 mmol) of 1,12-dodecanediamine, 1.41 g (5.7 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone and N- 5.0 g of methylpyrrolidone was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. Next, a mixed solution of 10.00 g (19.1 mmol) of 1,10- (decamethylene) bistrimeritate dianhydride and 10.00 g of N-methylpyrrolidone was added over 15 minutes. After completion of the addition, the temperature of the obtained mixed solution was raised to 60 ° C. and stirred for 8 hours to obtain an NMP solution of the polyimide precursor P-3 for Comparative Example. The solid content in the obtained solution was 40% by mass, the Mw of P-3 was 42,000, and Mn = 20,000.
Since P-3 does not have a polymerizable group at the position corresponding to L 21 in the formula (1-2), it does not correspond to the specific resin.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
<実施例及び比較例>
 各実施例において、それぞれ、下記表1に記載の成分を混合し、各硬化性樹脂組成物を得た。また、各比較例において、それぞれ、下記表1に記載の成分を混合し、各比較用組成物を得た。得られた硬化性樹脂組成物及び比較用組成物を、細孔の幅が0.8μmのポリテトラフルオロエチレン製フィルターを通して加圧ろ過した。
 表1中、「質量部」の欄の数値は各成分の含有量(質量部)を示している。
 表1中、例えば、「種類」の欄の「PA-1/PI-1」、「質量部」の欄の「18/14」等の記載は、PA-1を18質量部、PI-1を14質量部それぞれ使用したことを示している。
 また、表1中、「-」の記載は該当する成分を含有していないことを示している。
<Examples and Comparative Examples>
In each example, the components shown in Table 1 below were mixed to obtain each curable resin composition. Further, in each Comparative Example, the components shown in Table 1 below were mixed to obtain each comparative composition. The obtained curable resin composition and comparative composition were pressure-filtered through a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene having a pore width of 0.8 μm.
In Table 1, the numerical value in the column of "parts by mass" indicates the content (parts by mass) of each component.
In Table 1, for example, the description of "PA-1 / PI-1" in the "Type" column and "18/14" in the "Mass part" column indicates that PA-1 is 18 parts by mass and PI-1. Is shown to have been used in each of 14 parts by mass.
Further, in Table 1, the description of "-" indicates that the corresponding component is not contained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000092
 表1に記載した各成分の詳細は下記の通りである。 Details of each component listed in Table 1 are as follows.
〔樹脂(特定樹脂又は比較用樹脂)〕
・PI-1~PI-7:上記で合成したポリイミド樹脂PI-1~PI-7
・PA-1~PA-6:上記で合成したポリイミド前駆体樹脂PA-1~PA-6
・P-1~P-3:上記で合成した比較用ポリイミドP-1、比較用ポリイミド前駆体P-2~P-3
[Resin (specific resin or comparative resin)]
-PI-1 to PI-7: Polyimide resins PI-1 to PI-7 synthesized above
-PA-1 to PA-6: Polyimide precursor resins PA-1 to PA-6 synthesized above.
-P-1 to P-3: Comparative polyimide P-1 synthesized above, comparative polyimide precursors P-2 to P-3.
〔溶剤〕
・DMSO:ジメチルスルホキシド
・GBL:γ-ブチロラクトン
・EL:乳酸エチル
・NMP:N-メチルピロリドン
 表1中、DMSO/GBLの記載は、DMSOとGBLをDMSO:GBL=20:80(質量比)の割合で混合して用いたことを示している。
 表1中、NMP/ELの記載は、NMPとELをNMP:EL=80:20(質量比)の割合で混合して用いたことを示している。
〔solvent〕
-DMSO: dimethyl sulfoxide-GBL: γ-butyrolactone-EL: ethyl lactate-NMP: N-methylpyrrolidone In Table 1, DMSO / GBL is described as DMSO: GBL = 20: 80 (mass ratio). It shows that they were mixed and used in proportion.
In Table 1, the description of NMP / EL indicates that NMP and EL were mixed and used at a ratio of NMP: EL = 80: 20 (mass ratio).
〔光重合開始剤〕
・OXE-01:IRGACURE OXE 01(BASF社製)
・OXE-02:IRGACURE OXE 02(BASF社製)
[Photopolymerization initiator]
・ OXE-01: IRGACURE OXE 01 (manufactured by BASF)
OXE-02: IRGACURE OXE 02 (manufactured by BASF)
〔重合性化合物〕
・SR-209:SR-209(サートマー社製)
・SR-231:SR-231(サートマー社製)
・ADPH:ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(新中村化学工業社製)
[Polymerizable compound]
-SR-209: SR-209 (manufactured by Sartmer)
-SR-231: SR-231 (manufactured by Sartmer)
-ADPH: Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
〔重合禁止剤〕
・F-1:1,4-ベンゾキノン
・F-2:4-メトキシフェノール
・F-3:1,4-ジヒドロキシベンゼン
・F-4:2-ニトロソ-1-ナフトール(東京化成工業(株)製)
[Polymerization inhibitor]
・ F-1: 1,4-benzoquinone ・ F-2: 4-methoxyphenol ・ F-3: 1,4-dihydroxybenzene ・ F-4: 2-nitroso-1-naphthol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) )
〔金属接着性改良剤〕
・G-1~G-4:下記構造の化合物。以下の構造式中、Etはエチル基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
[Metal adhesion improver]
-G-1 to G-4: Compounds having the following structures. In the following structural formula, Et represents an ethyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
〔マイグレーション抑制剤〕
・H-1:1H-テトラゾール
・H-2:1,2,4-トリアゾール
・H-3:5-フェニルテトラゾール
[Migration inhibitor]
・ H-1: 1 H-tetrazole ・ H-2: 1,2,4-triazole ・ H-3: 5-phenyltetrazole
〔オニウム塩又は熱塩基発生剤〕
・I-1:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
[Onium salt or thermobase generator]
-I-1: A compound having the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
〔添加剤〕
・J-1:N-フェニルジエタノールアミン(東京化成工業(株)製)
〔Additive〕
・ J-1: N-Phenyldiethanolamine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
<評価>
〔耐薬品性の評価〕
 各実施例及び比較例において調製した各硬化性樹脂組成物又は比較用組成物を、それぞれ、シリコンウェハ上にスピンコート法により適用し、硬化性樹脂組成物層を形成した。
 得られた硬化性樹脂組成物層を適用したシリコンウェハをホットプレート上で、100℃で5分間乾燥し、シリコンウェハ上に15μmの均一な厚さの硬化性樹脂組成物層を形成した。シリコンウェハ上の硬化性樹脂組成物層を、ステッパー(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C)を用いて、500mJ/cmの露光エネルギーで全面露光し、露光した硬化性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)を、窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、表1の「硬化条件」の欄に記載の温度で180分間加熱して、硬化性樹脂組成物層の硬化層(樹脂層)を得た。
 得られた樹脂層について下記の薬液に下記の条件で浸漬し、溶解速度を算定した。
薬液:ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)と25質量%のテトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)水溶液の90:10(質量比)の混合物
評価条件:薬液中でに樹脂層を75℃で15分間浸漬して浸漬前後の膜厚を比較し、溶解速度(nm/分)を算出した。
 評価は下記評価基準に従って行い、評価結果は表1の「耐薬品性」の欄に記載した。溶解速度が小さいほど、耐薬品性に優れるといえる。
-評価基準-
A:溶解速度が200nm/分未満であった。
B:溶解速度が200nm/分以上300nm/分未満であった。
C:溶解速度が300nm/分以上400nm/分未満であった。
D:溶解速度が400nm/分以上であった。
<Evaluation>
[Evaluation of chemical resistance]
Each curable resin composition or comparative composition prepared in each Example and Comparative Example was applied on a silicon wafer by a spin coating method to form a curable resin composition layer.
The silicon wafer to which the obtained curable resin composition layer was applied was dried on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes to form a curable resin composition layer having a uniform thickness of 15 μm on the silicon wafer. The curable resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was entirely exposed to an exposure energy of 500 mJ / cm 2 using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C), and the exposed curable resin composition layer (resin layer) was subjected to nitrogen. The cured layer (resin layer) of the curable resin composition layer is heated at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min in an atmosphere at the temperature shown in the “Curing conditions” column of Table 1 for 180 minutes. Got
The obtained resin layer was immersed in the following chemical solution under the following conditions, and the dissolution rate was calculated.
Chemical solution: Mixture of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and 25 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution at 90:10 (mass ratio) Evaluation conditions: Immerse the resin layer in the chemical solution at 75 ° C. for 15 minutes. The dissolution rate (nm / min) was calculated by comparing the film thicknesses before and after.
The evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria, and the evaluation results are listed in the "Chemical resistance" column of Table 1. It can be said that the lower the dissolution rate, the better the chemical resistance.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: The dissolution rate was less than 200 nm / min.
B: The dissolution rate was 200 nm / min or more and less than 300 nm / min.
C: The dissolution rate was 300 nm / min or more and less than 400 nm / min.
D: The dissolution rate was 400 nm / min or more.
〔現像液溶解性(現像性)評価〕
 現像液溶解性評価は、以下のようにして実施した。
 各実施例及び比較例において調製した各硬化性樹脂組成物又は比較用組成物を、それぞれ、スピンコート法でシリコンウェハ上に適用して硬化性樹脂組成物層を形成した。
 得られた硬化性樹脂組成物層を適用したシリコンウェハをホットプレート上で、100℃で5分間乾燥し、シリコンウェハ上に35μmの厚さの均一な硬化性樹脂組成物層を得た。
 シリコンウェハ上の硬化性樹脂組成物層を、ステッパー(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C)を用いて、500mJ/cmの露光エネルギーでi線により露光した。上記露光は、幅50μm、幅70μm、又は、幅100μmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンが形成されたバイナリマスクを用いて行った。
 上記露光後の硬化性樹脂組成物層に対し、表1の「現像方法(現像液)」の欄に「溶剤」と記載された例においては、露光後の硬化性樹脂組成物層に対して現像液として30℃のシクロペンタノンを用いた現像を行い、PGMEA(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート)によるリンスを行った。
 表1の「現像方法(現像液)」の欄に「アルカリ」と記載された例においては、露光後の硬化性樹脂組成物層に対して、現像液として30℃の2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液を用いた現像を行い、イオン交換水によるリンスを行った。
 露光時に幅100μmの1:1ラインアンドスペース(L/S)パターンを用い、硬化性樹脂組成物層の厚さを35μmとした場合の未露光部の溶解に最低限必要な時間を最小現像時間とし、下記評価基準に従って評価した。最小現像時間が短いほど、現像液溶解性に優れているといえる。評価結果は表1の「現像性」の欄に記載した。
-評価基準-
A:上記最小現像時間が30秒以内であった。
B:上記最小現像時間が30秒を超え60秒以内であった。
C:上記最小現像時間が60秒を超え120秒以内であった。
D:120秒で完全に溶解しなかった。
[Evaluation of developer solubility (developability)]
The developer solubility evaluation was carried out as follows.
Each curable resin composition or comparative composition prepared in each Example and Comparative Example was applied onto a silicon wafer by a spin coating method to form a curable resin composition layer.
The silicon wafer to which the obtained curable resin composition layer was applied was dried on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes to obtain a uniform curable resin composition layer having a thickness of 35 μm on the silicon wafer.
The curable resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was exposed to i-rays with an exposure energy of 500 mJ / cm 2 using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C). The above exposure was performed using a binary mask in which a 1: 1 line-and-space pattern having a width of 50 μm, a width of 70 μm, or a width of 100 μm was formed.
With respect to the curable resin composition layer after exposure, in the example described as "solvent" in the column of "development method (developer)" in Table 1, with respect to the curable resin composition layer after exposure. Development was carried out using cyclopentanone at 30 ° C. as a developing solution, and rinsing was carried out with PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate).
In the example described as "alkali" in the column of "development method (developer)" in Table 1, 2.38 mass% tetra at 30 ° C. as a developer with respect to the curable resin composition layer after exposure. Development was carried out using an aqueous solution of methylammonium hydroxide, and rinsing was carried out with ion-exchanged water.
The minimum development time is the minimum time required to dissolve the unexposed area when the thickness of the curable resin composition layer is 35 μm using a 1: 1 line-and-space (L / S) pattern with a width of 100 μm during exposure. And evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. It can be said that the shorter the minimum development time, the better the developer solubility. The evaluation results are shown in the "Developability" column of Table 1.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: The minimum development time was within 30 seconds.
B: The minimum development time was more than 30 seconds and less than 60 seconds.
C: The minimum development time was more than 60 seconds and less than 120 seconds.
D: Not completely dissolved in 120 seconds.
〔解像性評価〕
 各実施例又は比較例において、上記現像液溶解性評価と同様の方法により、硬化性樹脂組成物層を有する銅張積層板を作製し、幅70μm、又は幅100μmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターン(L/Sパターン)を用いた露光を行った。
 現像時間を、上記現像液溶解性評価における、最小現像時間の2倍の時間の現像時間とした以外は、上記現像液溶解性評価と同様の方法により現像処理及びリンス処理を施した後、溶解部の銅面が現れている部分を観察し、解像できたかを確認した。
 現像後の硬化膜のパターンにおける溶解部について27点の測定を行い、下記評価基準に従って評価した。評価結果は表1の「解像性」の欄に記載した。
-評価基準-
A:全ての50μmのL/Sパターンが解像できた。
B:50μmでは1つ以上が解像せず、全ての70μmのL/Sパターンが解像できた。
C:70μmのL/Sパターンの1つ以上が完全に解像せず、すべての100μmのL/Sパターンが解像できた。
D:100μmのL/Sパターンの1つ以上が現像残渣等により、完全に解像しなかった。
[Resolution evaluation]
In each Example or Comparative Example, a copper-clad laminate having a curable resin composition layer was produced by the same method as in the developer solubility evaluation, and a 1: 1 line-and-space pattern having a width of 70 μm or a width of 100 μm was produced. Exposure using (L / S pattern) was performed.
The development time is the same as that of the developer solubility evaluation, except that the development time is twice the minimum development time in the developer solubility evaluation, and then the development treatment and the rinsing treatment are performed and then dissolved. We observed the part where the copper surface appeared and confirmed whether the resolution could be achieved.
Twenty-seven points were measured for the dissolved part in the pattern of the cured film after development, and the evaluation was made according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are listed in the "Resolution" column of Table 1.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: All 50 μm L / S patterns could be resolved.
B: At 50 μm, one or more were not resolved, and all 70 μm L / S patterns could be resolved.
C: One or more of the 70 μm L / S patterns were not completely resolved, and all 100 μm L / S patterns could be resolved.
D: One or more of the 100 μm L / S patterns were not completely resolved due to development residue and the like.
 以上の結果から、本発明に係る、特定樹脂を含む硬化性樹脂組成物は、耐薬品性に優れることがわかる。
 比較例1~3に係る比較用組成物は、特定樹脂を含有しない。この比較例1~3に係る比較用組成物は、耐薬品性に劣ることが分かる。
From the above results, it can be seen that the curable resin composition containing the specific resin according to the present invention has excellent chemical resistance.
The comparative compositions according to Comparative Examples 1 to 3 do not contain a specific resin. It can be seen that the comparative compositions according to Comparative Examples 1 to 3 are inferior in chemical resistance.
<実施例101>
 実施例1に記載の硬化性樹脂組成物を、表面に銅薄層が形成された樹脂基材における銅薄層の表面に膜厚が20μmとなるようにスピニングして塗布した。樹脂基材に塗布した硬化性樹脂組成物を、100℃で2分間乾燥した後、ステッパー(ニコン製、NSR1505 i6)を用いて露光した。露光は正方形パターン(縦横各100μmの正方形パターン、繰り返し数10)のマスクを介して、波長365nmで400mJ/cmの露光量で行い正方形残しパターンを作製した。露光の後、シクロペンタノンで30秒間現像し、PGMEAで20秒間リンスし、パターンを得た。
 次いで、窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、表1の実施例1の「硬化条件」の欄に記載の温度に達した後、この温度で3時間加熱し、再配線層用層間絶縁膜を形成した。この再配線層用層間絶縁膜は、絶縁性に優れていた。また、これらの再配線層用層間絶縁膜を使用して半導体デバイスを製造したところ、問題なく動作することを確認した。
<Example 101>
The curable resin composition according to Example 1 was spun and applied to the surface of the thin copper layer of the resin base material having the thin copper layer formed on the surface so as to have a film thickness of 20 μm. The curable resin composition applied to the resin substrate was dried at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes and then exposed using a stepper (NSR1505 i6, manufactured by Nikon Corporation). The exposure was carried out through a mask of a square pattern (square pattern of 100 μm each in length and width, number of repetitions of 10) at a wavelength of 365 nm and an exposure amount of 400 mJ / cm 2 to prepare a square remaining pattern. After exposure, it was developed with cyclopentanone for 30 seconds and rinsed with PGMEA for 20 seconds to obtain a pattern.
Next, the temperature was raised at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min under a nitrogen atmosphere, and after reaching the temperature described in the column of "curing conditions" of Example 1 in Table 1, heating was performed at this temperature for 3 hours. An interlayer insulating film for the rewiring layer was formed. The interlayer insulating film for the rewiring layer was excellent in insulating property. Moreover, when a semiconductor device was manufactured using these interlayer insulating films for the rewiring layer, it was confirmed that the semiconductor device operated without any problem.

Claims (14)

  1.  下記式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位、及び、下記式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の繰返し単位を有する樹脂、並びに、
     重合開始剤を含む、
     硬化性樹脂組成物;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     式(1-1)中、R11はアミド結合を複数有する4価の基を表し、L11は重合性基を含む2価の連結基を表す;
     式(1-2)中、R21はアミド結合を複数有する4価の基であり、L21は重合性基を含む2価の基を表し、R22及びR23はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。
    A resin having at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the following formula (1-1) and the repeating unit represented by the following formula (1-2), and
    Including polymerization initiator,
    Curable resin composition;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In formula (1-1), R 11 represents a tetravalent group having a plurality of amide bonds, and L 11 represents a divalent linking group containing a polymerizable group;
    In formula (1-2), R 21 is a tetravalent group having a plurality of amide bonds, L 21 represents a divalent group containing a polymerizable group, and R 22 and R 23 are independent hydrogen atoms. Or represents a monovalent organic group.
  2.  前記樹脂が、前記式(1-1)で表される繰返し単位として下記式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位を有するか、又は、前記式(1-2)で表される繰返し単位として下記式(2-2)で表される繰返し単位を有する、請求項1に記載の硬化性樹脂組成物;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     式(2-1)中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、炭素数2~30の環状、直鎖状、又は、分岐鎖状の脂肪族基を表し、Yは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Qは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Aは重合性基、脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、ポリアルキレンオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を含む基を表し、Aは重合性基を含む基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、n1及びn2はそれぞれ独立に、1以上の整数を表す;
     式(2-2)中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、炭素数2~30の環状、直鎖状、または分岐鎖状の脂肪族基を表し、Yは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Qは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Aは重合性基、脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、ポリアルキレンオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を含む基を表し、Aは重合性基を含む基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、G及びGはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、n3及びn4はそれぞれ独立に、1以上の整数を表す。
    The resin has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2-1) as a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1), or a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-2). The curable resin composition according to claim 1, which has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2-2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    In formula (2-1), X 1 and X 2 are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, cyclic, linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. A group is represented, Y 1 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, Q 1 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and A 1 represents a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a polyalkyleneoxy. Represents a group containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of groups, A 2 represents a group containing a polymerizable group, and R 1 and R 2 each independently contain a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Represented, n1 and n2 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more;
    In formula (2-2), X 3 and X 4 are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and cyclic, linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Y 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, Q 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and A 3 represents a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a polyalkyleneoxy group. Represents a group containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of, A 4 represents a group containing a polymerizable group, and R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. , G 1 and G 2 each independently represent an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more.
  3.  前記式(2-1)中のX及びXがそれぞれ独立に、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基であり、前記式(2-2)中のX及びXがそれぞれ独立に、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基である、請求項2に記載の硬化性樹脂組成物。 X 1 and X 2 in the formula (2-1) are independent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and X 3 and X 4 in the formula (2-2) are independent, respectively. The curable resin composition according to claim 2, which is an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms.
  4.  前記式(2-1)中のYが芳香族炭化水素基を含む基であり、前記式(2-2)中のYが芳香族炭化水素基を含む基である、請求項2又は3に記載の硬化性樹脂組成物。 Claim 2 or claim 2, wherein Y 1 in the formula (2-1) is a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and Y 2 in the formula (2-2) is a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The curable resin composition according to 3.
  5.  前記式(2-1)中のQが芳香族炭化水素基を含む基であり、前記式(2-2)中のQが芳香族炭化水素基を含む基である、請求項2~4のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性樹脂組成物。 Claims 2 to 2, wherein Q 1 in the formula (2-1) is a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and Q 2 in the formula (2-2) is a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The curable resin composition according to any one of 4.
  6.  重合性化合物を更に含む、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性樹脂組成物。 The curable resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, further comprising a polymerizable compound.
  7.  前記重合性化合物として、多官能重合性化合物を更に含む、請求項6に記載の硬化性樹脂組成物。 The curable resin composition according to claim 6, further comprising a polyfunctional polymerizable compound as the polymerizable compound.
  8.  再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いられる、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性樹脂組成物。 The curable resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, which is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
  9.  請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化膜。 A cured film obtained by curing the curable resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8.
  10.  請求項9に記載の硬化膜を2層以上有し、前記硬化膜同士のいずれかの間に金属層を有する、積層体。 A laminated body having two or more layers of the cured film according to claim 9, and having a metal layer between any of the cured films.
  11.  請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性樹脂組成物を基板に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程を含む、硬化膜の製造方法。 A method for producing a cured film, which comprises a film forming step of applying the curable resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8 to a substrate to form a film.
  12.  前記膜を50~450℃で加熱する工程を含む、請求項11に記載の硬化膜の製造方法。 The method for producing a cured film according to claim 11, which comprises a step of heating the film at 50 to 450 ° C.
  13.  請求項9に記載の硬化膜又は請求項10に記載の積層体を有する、半導体デバイス。 A semiconductor device having the cured film according to claim 9 or the laminate according to claim 10.
  14.  式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位、及び、式(2-2)で表される繰返し単位よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一方を含む、
     樹脂。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     式(2-1)中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、炭素数2~30の環状、直鎖状、または分岐鎖状の脂肪族基を表し、Yは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Qは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Aは重合性基、脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、ポリアルキレンオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を含む基を表し、Aは重合性基を含む基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、n1及びn2はそれぞれ独立に、1以上の整数を表す;
     式(2-2)中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、炭素数2~30の環状、直鎖状、または分岐鎖状の脂肪族基を表し、Yは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Qは炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、Aは重合性基、脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、ポリアルキレンオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を含む基を表し、Aは重合性基を含む基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、G及びGはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数1~30の有機基を表し、n3及びn4はそれぞれ独立に、1以上の整数を表す。
    Includes at least one selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-2).
    resin.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    In formula (2-1), X 1 and X 2 are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and cyclic, linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Y 1 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, Q 1 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and A 1 represents a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a polyalkyleneoxy group. Represents a group containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of, A 2 represents a group containing a polymerizable group, and R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. , N1 and n2 each independently represent an integer greater than or equal to 1.
    In formula (2-2), X 3 and X 4 are independently aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and cyclic, linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Y 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, Q 2 represents an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and A 3 represents a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a polyalkyleneoxy group. Represents a group containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of, A 4 represents a group containing a polymerizable group, and R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. , G 1 and G 2 each independently represent an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more.
PCT/JP2020/044050 2019-11-27 2020-11-26 Curable resin composition, cured film, layered product, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and resin WO2021107024A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021561499A JP7319387B2 (en) 2019-11-27 2020-11-26 Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and resin
KR1020227017557A KR102703960B1 (en) 2019-11-27 2020-11-26 Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and resin
CN202080081668.7A CN114730132A (en) 2019-11-27 2020-11-26 Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and resin
JP2023118381A JP2023153860A (en) 2019-11-27 2023-07-20 Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and resin

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019214433 2019-11-27
JP2019-214433 2019-11-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021107024A1 true WO2021107024A1 (en) 2021-06-03

Family

ID=76129615

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2020/044050 WO2021107024A1 (en) 2019-11-27 2020-11-26 Curable resin composition, cured film, layered product, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and resin

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (2) JP7319387B2 (en)
CN (1) CN114730132A (en)
WO (1) WO2021107024A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022202098A1 (en) * 2021-03-22 2022-09-29 日産化学株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition
WO2023106108A1 (en) * 2021-12-09 2023-06-15 日産化学株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000221681A (en) * 1999-01-28 2000-08-11 Hitachi Chemical Dupont Microsystems Ltd Photosensitive resin composition, production of pattern and electronic parts
JP2002014469A (en) * 2000-06-30 2002-01-18 Hitachi Chemical Dupont Microsystems Ltd Photosensitive polymer composition, electronic parts using the same and method for producing the parts
JP2009251451A (en) * 2008-04-09 2009-10-29 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive element
WO2018151195A1 (en) * 2017-02-20 2018-08-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000221681A (en) * 1999-01-28 2000-08-11 Hitachi Chemical Dupont Microsystems Ltd Photosensitive resin composition, production of pattern and electronic parts
JP2002014469A (en) * 2000-06-30 2002-01-18 Hitachi Chemical Dupont Microsystems Ltd Photosensitive polymer composition, electronic parts using the same and method for producing the parts
JP2009251451A (en) * 2008-04-09 2009-10-29 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive element
WO2018151195A1 (en) * 2017-02-20 2018-08-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022202098A1 (en) * 2021-03-22 2022-09-29 日産化学株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition
WO2023106108A1 (en) * 2021-12-09 2023-06-15 日産化学株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202130701A (en) 2021-08-16
JPWO2021107024A1 (en) 2021-06-03
JP2023153860A (en) 2023-10-18
JP7319387B2 (en) 2023-08-01
CN114730132A (en) 2022-07-08
KR20220092913A (en) 2022-07-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021039841A1 (en) Method for producing cured film, photocurable resin composition, method for producing laminate, and method for producing semiconductor device
JP7259141B1 (en) Method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and treatment liquid
JP2023153860A (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and resin
WO2021246457A1 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2022145356A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, cured product manufacturing method and semiconductor device
WO2021246458A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP2023153846A (en) Curable resin composition, method for producing curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP7425088B2 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and resin
WO2022045120A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device
WO2021246459A1 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2021157643A1 (en) Resin composition, cured film, laminate, production method for cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2021132578A1 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, layered product, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2023032820A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, semiconductor device, and compound
WO2022210225A1 (en) Resin composition, cured article, laminate, method for producing cured article, and semiconductor device
WO2022210226A1 (en) Resin composition, cured object, layered product, method for producing cured object, semiconductor device, and compound
WO2022210532A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, cured product production method, semiconductor device, and polyimide precursor and method for producing same
WO2022145355A1 (en) Resin composition, cured object, layered object, method for producing cured object, and semiconductor device
WO2022172996A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminated body, method for producing cured product, semiconductor device, and base generator
WO2022145136A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, production method for cured product, semiconductor device, and compound
WO2022050041A1 (en) Cured product production method, laminate production method, and electronic device production method
WO2022050278A1 (en) Curable resin composition, cured object, layered product, method for producing cured object, semiconductor device, and photobase generator
WO2021085072A1 (en) Pattern forming method, photosensitive resin composition, layered body manufacturing method, and semiconductor device manufacturing method
WO2021100768A1 (en) Pattern forming method, photocurable resin composition, layered body manufacturing method, and electronic device manufacturing method
KR102703960B1 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and resin
TWI853124B (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20894149

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021561499

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20227017557

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20894149

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1